For Cluster XVII Group of Minesenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/20112018CJ... · 2018-11-20 · 1.2 cluster concept of bccl mines 4 1.3 purpose of the report 5 1.4 identification

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN WITH NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

(As per EIA Notification, 2006) (Based on TOR issued by MOEF letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA.II(M) dated 21St May,

2014, letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA.II(M)pt. dated 26th December 2017 & ToR issued by MoEF&CC letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA.II(M) dated 16th October 2018)

For

Cluster XVII Group of Mines

Proposed

Sl. No. Name of Colliery/Washery Normative

Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)

1 Begunia Colliery 0 0 306.00

2 Victoria West Colliery 0 0 310.00

3 Victoria Colliery 0 0 0

4 Damagoria Colliery 0 0 0

5 Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP (KOCP) 223 Ha in the LH of Victoria Colliery, 620 Ha in the LH of Damagoria Colliery & 369.33 Ha outside LH (for external OB Dumping)

4.00 5.20 1212.43

6 Proposed Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery with approach road

3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09

Bharat Coking Coal Limited

(November, 2018) Prepared at

Central Mine Planning & Design Institute Ltd. (A Subsidiary of Coal India Ltd.)

Regional Institute - II, Koyla Bhawan complex, Koyla Nagar, Dhanbad - 826005 (Jharkhand), India

STRICTLY RESTRICTED FOR COMPANY USE ONLY

RESTRICTED The information given in this report is not to be communicated either directly or indirectly to the press or to any person not holding an official position in the CIL/Government.

Document No: CMPDI/EIA/BCCL/2018-19 /Nov/54/01

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL i Job No: 200308025

C O N T E N T S

CHAPTER NO. TITLE PAGE NO

I INTRODUCTION 1-17

1.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE CLUSTER 2

1.2 CLUSTER CONCEPT OF BCCL MINES 4

1.3 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 5

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

6

1.5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

6

1.6 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

7

1.7 SCOPE OF STUDY-DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE

8

II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18-58

2.1 BACKGROUND OF CLUSTER XVII MINES 20

2.2 PRESENT PROPOSAL 22

2.3 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT 23

2.4 GEO-MINING CHARACTERSTICS 23

2.5 POWER SUPPLY 38

2.6 CLUSTER DESCRIPTION 39

2.7 WORK SHOP & STORE 41

2.8 COAL STOCK YARD 45

2.9 OB DUMPING STRATEGY 47

2.10 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF THE CLUSTER

49

2.11 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

49

2.12 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION WORK 49

2.13 MANPOWER 50

2.14 PRICE OF WASHED PRIME COCKING COAL & MEDIUM COAL

51

2.15 CAPITAL REQUIRED 51

2.16 KALYANESHWARI COAL WASHERY 53

III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 59-148

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL ii Job No: 200308025


3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD, COMPONENTS & METHODOLOGY

64

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 67

3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 93

3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 102

3.5 SOIL QUALITY 112

3.6 FLORA AND FAUNA STUDY OF CORE ZONE AND BUFFER ZONE STUDY AREA

118

3.7 HYDRO-GEOLOGY 131

3.8 GROUNDWATER RESOURCES IN THE AREA 136

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE 143

IV ANTICIPATED ENVORONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

149-195

4.1 INTRODUCTION 151

4.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR AIR

151

4.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR WATER

157

4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR NOISE & BLASTING

165

4.5 IMPACT ON LAND RESOURCE AND ITS MANAGEMENT

168

4.6 FIRE AND UNSTABLE AREAS 176

4.7 R&R PLAN FOR CLUSTER-XVII 176

4.8 MINE CLOSURE PLAN 179

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA AND CONSERVATION PLAN

184

4.10 IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT BY KALYANESHWARI WASHERY

185

4.11 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 194

V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 196-201

5.1 SELECTION OF MINING METHOD 197

5.2 MINING & COAL WASHERY PROCESS 198

5.3 SITE SPECIFIC 201

VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 202-212


6.2 GENERATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA BANK 204

6.3 DETAILED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL WORKS

209

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL iii Job No: 200308025


6.4

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN MONITORING AND CONTROL FOR THE PROJECT & COLLABORATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND CONSULTANTS

211

VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 213-229


7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 214

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT

214

7.3 SLOPE FAILURE IN MINE 218

7.4 BLASTING & VIBRATIONS 221

7.5 EXPLOSIVE HANDLING 221

7.6 SAFETY RULES 222

7.7 SAFETY MEASURES FOR WORKING OVER DEVELOPED COAL SEAMS

222

7.8 SAFETY FROM INNUNDATION 222

7.9 ROAD ACCIDENTS 223

7.10 MANAGEMENT OF HEMM 223

7.11 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS MEASURES 227

7.12 TRAINING 227

7.13 MEDICAL AID 227

7.14 EMPLOYE EDUCATION 228

7.15 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN 228

VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 230-235


8.2 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 232

8.3 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE 232

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 234

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 234

IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 235

X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 237-267


10.2 IMPLEMENTATION ORGANIZATION 238

10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 239

10.4 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF BCCL ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT

263

10.5 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

266

XI REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN (NCRAP)

268-315


EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL iv Job No: 200308025


11.2

ASSESEMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE,

ECONOMIC BENEFITS AND VALIDATION OF

BASELINE DATA

275

11.3 REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

282

11.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

(CER) 313

11.5 CONCLUSION 315

XII SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 316-329


12.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 320

12.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 321

12.4 BRIEF DETAIL OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

324

12.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 325

12.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 326

12.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 326

12.8 PROJECT BENEFITS 326

12.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 326

12.10 CAPITAL AND REVENUE ESTIMATES 327


328

12.12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 329

XIII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 330

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL Q1-41

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE TITLE PAGE NO

ANNEXURE - I COPY OF APPROVED TOR & TOR ISSUED BY VIOLATION EAC

A I – 1-17

ANNEXURE - II COAL CHARACTERSTICS A II – 1-2

ANNEXURE - III CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY A III – 1

ANNEXURE – IV MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING A IV- 1-11

ANNEXURE – V AFFIDAVIT A V – 1-2

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL v Job No: 200308025

LIST OF PLATES

SL NO. DESCRIPTION PLATE NO.

1 LOCATION PLAN 1 A

2 LOCATION MAP ON TOPOSHEET 1 B

3 LOCATION MAP ON TOPOSHEET 1 C

4 SURFACE PLAN 2

5

STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING CORE & BUFFER ZONE

3

6

STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING HABITATION & FOREST

4

7 STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING ROAD & RAILWAY 5

8

STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING HYDROLOGICAL FEATURES

6

9 STUDY AREA MAP OF DRAINAGE CONTOUR 7

10 GEOLOGICAL PLAN 8

11 LITHOLOGS 9

12 GEOLOGICAL CROSS-SECTION 10

13

STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING SAMPLING/MONITORING STATIONS

11(A-D)

14

ISOPLETHS FOR INCREMENTAL PM 2.5 CONCENTRATION

12

15

ISOPLETHS FOR INCREMENTAL PM10 CONCENTRATION

13

16 UNSTABLE SITES TO BE REHABILITATED 14

17

REHABILITATION SITES IN BCCL AS PER MASTER PLAN

15

18 INITIAL STAGE QUARRY PLAN 16 A

19 INTERMEDIATE STAGE QUARRY PLAN 16 B

20 FINAL STAGE DUMP PLAN 16 C

21 POST MINING LAND USE PLAN OF KALYANESHWARI OCP

17

22 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 18

23 FLOW DIAGRAM OF KALYANESHWARI WASHERY

19

24 COAL TRANSPORT ROUTE 20 & 20A

25 HYDROGRAPH STATIONS SHOWING WATER TABLE CONTOUR

21

26 OB DUMP CROSS-SECTION 22

27 STUDY AREA MAP SHOWING LAND USE 23

28 RADIUS OF MINE INFLUENCE 24

29 TRANSVERSE SECTION 25

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL 1 Job No: 200308025

CHAPTER- I

INTRODUCTION

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

INTRODUCTION 1-17

1.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE CLUSTER 2

1.2 CLUSTER CONCEPT OF BCCL MINES 4

1.3 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 5

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 6

1.5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

6

1.6 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

7

1.7 SCOPE OF STUDY-DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE)

8

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

TABLE - 1.1 STATUS AND CATEGORY OF MINE FOR EC

3

TABLE - 1.2 LEASEHOLD AREA 4

TABLE – 1.3 MINES EXISTING PRIOR TO NATIONALIZATION AND THEIR PRESENT STATUS

6

TABLE - 1.4 LOCATION OF MINES 6

TABLE – 1.5 PRODUCTION DETAILS 7


CHAPTER- I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Brief Description of the Cluster The Cluster XVII mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL), a subsidiary of Coal

India Limited (A Government of India Enterprise) is located in the Chanch Victoria

Area in Raniganj Coalfields. The mines of Cluster XVII are more than 100 years old

taken over mines of BCCL. Certain factors like historic unscientific mining, difficult

geo-mining conditions, highly gassy seams, presence of large number of surface and

ground water bodies and densely populated mining areas make mines of BCCL

unique and mining difficult. Mines in Command Area of BCCL has been infamous by

the names of “Slaughter Mining” and “Rat Hole Mining”. The old OC and UG

openings were prone to illegal mining and created danger to persons involved in

such activities. To overcome this, such openings are being monitored regularly and

openings are closed immediately on reopening by such elements (by filling 81582.86

cu.m.OB). However after full-fledged operation at Kalyaneshwari OC , such areas

will be liquidated and no such possibility will be there.

Mining History:

Mining by erstwhile private mine owners have been guided by profit motive driven by

“More Hole More Coal” dictum, this has led to problem of fire and subsidence in

mines of BCCL which is causing loss of vital national resources and notional loss to

the exchequer apart from threat to railway line of the region and to life and property

of local people. To deal with fire and subsidence Master Plan has been under

implementation in Cluster XVII.

Coal Block History: This coal Block was allocated to M/s West Bengal Power Development Corporation

Ltd. (WBPDCL) on 27.02.2009 and subsequently de-allocated on 21.10.2011. This

block was then assigned again to Coal India Ltd along with Brahmini and Chicro-

Pastimal (Jharkhand) as per the PIB release ID : 95611 dated 06.05.2013.

There exist another coal block named Sitarampur Coal Block, situated in the dip side

of East of Damogaria (Kalyaneshwari) Block. This geologically continuous coal block


with Kalyaneshwari was allocated to M/s West Bengal Mineral Development &

Trading Corporation (WBMDTC) vide allocation No.13016/23/2006-CA-I dated

27th December, 2007.

Both the above mentioned coal blocks were de-allocated on 25th August, 2014

vide the judgment delivered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India regarding

allotment of coal blocks made by the screening committee of Govt. of India.

During the takeover of the mines in 1972 in BCCL from private mine owners,

the data like leasehold area, underground mine planning, production capacity

was unknown. However, most of the mines were further reorganized.

All the mines of BCCL were grouped into 17 clusters for preparation of

EIA/EMP report. This is because the mines are small in size and the

infrastructure is common for a number of mines.

Details of Mines in Cluster- XVII

Out of 04 old mines of pre-nationalization period namely Begunia, Victoria West

Colliery, Victoria Colliery and Damagoria Colliery; the first two will remain

inoperative/non-producing and latter two, Victoria and Damagoria leasehold are

merged to form proposed Kalyaneshwari OC.

Kalyaneshwari OCP (KOCP) is proposed by the amalgamation of Victoria Colliery

and Damagoria Colliery. The area used for external OB dump will be 474.22 Ha.

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery is also proposed in 15.66 Ha area for washing of coal

before supply to consumers.

Table-1.1: Status and Category of mine for EC

Cluster No.

Name of the Mine/ Washery Status Category of mine for EC

XVII

Begunia Colliery UG (Closed for production) Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria West Colliery UG (Closed for production) Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria Colliery UG (to be amalgamated with proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

Inoperative seeking EC regularisation

Damagoria Colliery OC (to be amalgamated with proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

Operative under implementation of Master Plan

seeking EC regularisation Kalyaneshwari Opencast Project

OC Proposed

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery

Washery Proposed


Table-1.2: Leasehold Area

Proposed


Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43


3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09

1.2 Cluster Concept of BCCL Mines

The concept of grouping mines into a cluster arose during the meeting of

Secretary (Env.) and Secretary (Coal), GOI held on 28.02.2008 with a view

that a common EIA-EMP could be prepared for the entire cluster and

clearance obtained for all the mines in the cluster. The EAC (T&C) in the

meeting held in September 2008 discussed the matter and it was decided that

a background would be circulated to the EAC for discussion/finalization and

thereafter forwarded to the Ministry of Coal/Coal companies under M/s Coal

India Ltd to facilitate undertaking suitable study on the feasibility of cluster

approach for coal mines located in the Jharia and Raniganj coalfields.

A presentation on ‘Feasibility study of Cluster Concept for preparation of EIA-

EMP study for cluster of mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited’ was made

before the EAC (T&C) on 24.11.2009 incorporating suggestions made by the

EAC (T&C). As on 24.11.2009, the 103 mines of BCCL in Jharia and

Raniganj coalfields consisting of 65 operating mines, 34 mines closed for

production and 4 proposed mines were grouped into 17 clusters on the basis


Environmental rationale. The following environmental rationales were

considered while grouping the mines into clusters:

1. Ambient air quality in a cluster of mines.

2. Conservation of coal

3. Rock/OB waste management

4. Ecological restoration

5. Socio-economic environment

6. Fire abatement measures

7. Prominent wind direction

8. Surface hydrology

9. Environmental corridors

After discussions in details the Committee agreed with the 17 clusters

proposed and desired that the matter of clustering should ensure clear

environmental benefits and should be dovetailed with approved Master Plan,

2009(Vide letter no. J-11015/24/2009-IA.II(M), dated 2nd December, 2009).

1.3 Purpose of the report

All the mines in the Cluster started their operation prior to nationalization of

the coal mines. This Report has been prepared on the basis of Project Report

/ schemes/Feasibility Reports taking into account the present status of the

mine.

Out of 04 old mines of pre nationalization period namely Begunia, Victoria

West Colliery, Victoria Colliery and Damagoria Colliery; the first two will

remain inoperative/non-producing and latter two, Victoria and Damagoria

leasehold are merged to form proposed Kalyaneshwari OC.

Kalyaneshwari OCP (KOCP) is proposed by the amalgamation of Victoria

Colliery and Damagoria Colliery. The area used for external OB dump will be

474.22 Ha. Apart from this, it is also envisaged to design a small quarry that

may extend upto Salanpur- C seam on the eastern side of NH-2 without

diverting it.


Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery is also proposed in 15.66 Ha area for washing of

coal before supply to consumers.

The purpose of this report is to apply for grant of environmental clearance for

Cluster XVII mines of BCCL, under Cluster Concept, from Ministry of

Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in view of EIA Notification, 2006. The

Cluster will have a peak production capacity of mines 5.2 MTPA and that of

washery will be 3.60 MTPA.

1.4 Identification of Project and Project Proponent

During the takeover of the mines in 1972 in BCCL from private mine owners,

the data like leasehold area, underground mine planning, production capacity

was unknown. However, most of the mines were further reorganized. The

following Table depicts the mines that were existing prior to nationalization

and their present status in Cluster no. XVII

Table-1.3

Cluster No.

Name of Nationalised

mine vested in BCCL

Name of the Pre-

nationalised mine

Open cast mine

Under ground mine

Abn./ closed mine/

Opera-ting mine

XVII

Begunia Begunia (R-6) Y Victoria West Victoria West (R-

5) Y Y

Victoria Colliery

Victoria (R-4) Y Y

Damagoria Colliery

New Damagoria, East Ramnagar, Chaptoria, Borira

Y Y Y

1.5 Brief description of nature, size and location of the project

• Location:

This cluster of mines is located in the western part of the Raniganj Coalfield in Burdwan district of West Bengal. The location of the above mines/ proposed Coal Washery are as under:

Table-1.4 Sl

No. Name of the Mine Latitude Longitude

1 Begunia Colliery 23°43'25.22" N to

23°43'57.88" N

86°48'9.99" E to

86°49'48.91”E

2 Victoria West Colliery 23°44' 0.89"N to 23°44'’43.85" N

86°48'30.06"E to 86°50'1.77"E


Sl No.

Name of the Mine Latitude Longitude

3 Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

23°43'49.97" N

23°46'12.56"

23°44'53.37"

23°44'44.30"

86°52'31.72" E

86°51'4.62" E

86°52'50.98" E

86°50'12.22" E

Table-1.5 Production Details

• Communication •

Barakar Railway Station of Eastern Railway is within 1 km to the North/East

and G.T.Road (Bye-Pass) is situated 0.05 km North of the Begunia Colliery

and stands as Northern boundary of the colliery. It lies at distance of 15 kms

west from the Asansol town.

The area is covered under Topo sheet No 73/I/9-10, 73/I/13-14

1.6 The importance of this Project to the country & region

Benefits at national level The mines of Jharia Coalfield and Raniganj Coalfield are affected by Fire and

Subsidence. Master Plan was approved by Govt. of India to deal with Fire,

subsidence and Rehabiliation. Coal mining in Cluster XVII is being undertaken

in national interest for ensuring safety of the local inhabitants in the

subsidence affected areas.

Sl No. Name of Mine

Type Production MTY Expected Peak

Production (MTY)

Category of mine for EC

OC/UG/Mixed/ coal

washery

1993-94

2017-18

1 Begunia Colliery UG 0.076 0 00 Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

2 Victoria West Colliery UG 0.052 0 00 Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

3 Victoria Colliery (to be amalgamated with proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

UG 00 0 00 Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

4 Damagoria Colliery (to be amalgamated with proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

OC 0.78 1.38 0


seeking EC regularisation

5 Kalyaneshwari Opencast Project (Proposed)

OC - - 5.2 Proposed

6 Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery (Proposed)

Coal Washery

- - 3.60 Proposed


Also, Bharat Coking Coal Limited is facing increasing demand of coal

because of increased demand mainly from steel industry and power sector.

Continuing and augmentation of coal production from the mines of BCCL will

help to bridge the gap of demand and supply of coal in India. Moreover BCCL

is the main producer of coking coal in the country. In order to meet the

requirement of coking coal, substantial foreign exchange has to be spent on

import of coking coal. To reduce the dependency, we need to enhance

utilization of available resources.

Benefits at local level

The proposed project will also bring about enhanced socio-economic benefits

to local population as per CIL’s CSR policy which is “The fund for the CSR is

being allocated based on 2% of the average net profit of the Company for the

three immediate preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of Coal

Production of previous year whichever is higher”.

1.7 SCOPE OF THE STUDY – DETAILS OF REGULATORY

SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE) Based on the presentation made to MoEF, the terms of reference (ToR) was issued

by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA.II (M) dated 21st May, 2014.The

validity of ToR was extended for a further period of one year i.e. upto 21st May, 2018

by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA-II (M)pt. dated 26th

December,2017. Based on presentation made to MoEF&CC on 28th June 2018, the

proposal for granting EC to Cluster XVII was forwarded to Violation EAC in

MoEF&CC which issued Terms of Reference(ToR) vide letter no. J-11015/373/2013-

IA.II(M) dated 16th October 2018. This EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on

the ToR prescribed by MoEF&CC.


COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE

Compliance of Terms of Reference dated 16th October 2018

Sl. No.

Specific ToR Conditions Details at Chapter No. Section No. Page No.

7(i) The State Government/SPCB to take action against the project proponent under the provisions of Section 19 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and further no consent to operate or occupancy certificate to be issued till the project is granted.

Chapter – XI 11.2 281 to 282

7(ii) The project proponent shall be required to submit a bank guarantee equivalent to the amount of remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan with the SPCB prior to the grant of EC. The quantum shall be recommended by the EAC and finalized by the regulatory authority. The bank guarantee shall be released after successful implementation of the EMP, followed by recommendations of the EAC and approval of the regulatory authority.

Chapter – XI 11.2 281 to 282

7(iii) Assessment of ecological damage with respect to air, water, land and other environmental attributes. The collection and analysis of data shall be done by an environmental laboratory duly notified under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, or an environmental laboratory accredited by NABL, or a laboratory of a Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) institution working in the field of environment.

Chapter -XI 11.2 275 to 280

7(iv) Preparation of EMP comprising remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan corresponding to the ecological damage assessed and economic benefits derived due to violation.

Chapter 11 has been prepared as “REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN (NCRAP)”

7(v) The remediation plan and the natural and community resource augmentation plan to be prepared as an independent chapter in the EIA report by the accredited consultants.


7(vi) Public Hearing (PH) has been conducted on 27.04.2018 covering all the issues, Committee felt that one time PH as per the order of Hon’ble High Court of Madras has already taken care and hence repeat PH is not required.

-

7(vii) Socio-Economic Study following standard procedures to be included, impact due to project activities to be assessed and remedial measures, during Construction and Operation, to be proposed based on the Field Study and Public Hearing.

Chapter-III,

Chapter-IV,

3.9

4.7

143

176

7(viii) Validation of base line data with ongoing post monitoring data and snapshot if required 15 days BLD.

Chapter-XI

11.2

275 to 279

7(ix) Fund allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per as per Ministry’s O.M No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May, 2018 for various activities therein. The details of fund allocation and activities for CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Chapter-XI 11.4 313 to 315

7(x) The Project Proponent shall give an undertaking by way of affidavit to comply with all the statutory requirements and judgement of Hon’ble Supreme Court dated the 2nd August 2017 in Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of 2014 in the matter of Common Cause verses Union of India and Ors. before grant of ToR/EC. The undertaking inter-alia include commitment of the



Sl. No.

Specific ToR Conditions Details at Chapter No. Section No. Page No.

PP not to repeat any such violation in future in case of violation of above undertaking, the Tor/Environmental Clearance shall be liable to be terminated forthwith.

7(xi) NoC from ground water point of view from CGWA/concerned state authority.

In process

7(xii) Study the alternative technologies and justification for selected technology for coal washing.

Chapter-V 5.1, 5.2 & 5.3 197 to 201

7(xiii) Copy of approved mining plan. Copy enclosed.

Compliance of Generic Terms of Reference for Cluster XVII dated 21st May 2014

Sl. No.

Generic ToR for an opencast coalmine project Details at Chapter Section Page No.

i An EIA-EMP report would be prepared for 5.20 MTPA rated capacity in an ML/project area of 1844.09 ha based on the generic structure specified in Appendix-III of the EIA Notification 2006.

EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA

Notification 2006.

ii An EIA/EMP Report would be prepared for 5.20 MTPA rated capcity cover the impacts and management plan for the project specific activities on the enviornmennt of the region, and the environmental quality; air, water, land, biotic, community etc. through collection of data and information generation of data on impacts including predticion modelling for 5.20 MTPA of coal production based on approval of project/Mining plan for 5.20 MTPA.. Baseline data collection may be for any season except monsoon.

Chapter-X 10.1 to 10.4 235 to 265

Chapter-III 3.1 to 3.9 64 to 148

Chapter-IV

4.2 151 to 178

Plate 12 to 13

iii A map specifying locations of the state, district and project location.

Chapter-I 1.5 6 to 7

Plate 1 iv A Study area map of the core zone and 10 km area of the

buffer zone (1: 50,000 scale) clearly delineating the major topographical features such as the land use, surface drainage of rivers/streams/nalas/canals, locations of the human habitation, major construction including railways, roads, pipelines, major industries/mines and other polluting sources. In case of ecologically sensitive area such as biosphere reserve/National parks/WL sactuaries/Elephant reserves, Forest reserved/Protected, migratory corridor of fauna and areas where endangered fauna and plants of medical and economic importance found in the 15km area of the buffer zone should be given.

Plate 3

Plate 4

Plate 5

Plate 6

Plate 7

v Land use map (1: 50,000 scale) based on a recent satellite imagery of the study area may also be provided with explanatory note of the land use. Satellite imagery per se is not required.

Chapter-IV 4.5 168 to 171

Plate 23

vi Map showing the core zone delineating the agricultural land Plate 3


Sl. No.


(irrigated and unirrigated, uncultivable land (as defined in the revenue records), forest areas (as per records) along with other physical features such as water bodies etc should be furnished.

Plate 4

Plate 7

vii A contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone and 2-5 km of the buffer zone (where the water courses of the core zone ultimately join the major rivers/streams outside the lease/project area.) should also be clearly indicated as a separate map.

Plate 7

viii A detailed site plan of the cluster of mines showing the various proposed break-up of the land for mining operations such as the quarry area, OB dumps, green belt, safety zone, buildings, infrastucture, CHP, ETP, Stockyard, township/colony (within and adjacent to the ML), undisturbed area and if any, in topography such as roads, drains/natural water bodies are to be left indisturbed along with any natural drainage adjoining the lease/project and modification of thereof in terms of construction of embankment/bunds, proposed diversion/rechanneling of the water courses etc, approach roads, major haul roads etc.

Plate 2

Plate 5

Plate 18

ix In case of any proposed diversion of nallah/canal/river, the proposed route of diversion/modification of draianage and their realignment, construction of embankment etc should also be shown on the map.

Not Applicable

x Similarly if the project involves diversion of any road/railway line passing through the ML/project area, the proposed route of diversion and its realignment should be shown.

Not Applicable

xi Break up of lease/projectarea as per different land uses and their stage of acquisition.


xii Break up of lease/project area as per mining operations. Chapter-IV 4.5 168 to 171

xiii Impacts of changes in the land use due to start of the projects if much of the land being acquired is agricultural land / forest land /grazing land.


xiv Collection of one-season (non-monsoon) primary base-line data on environmental quality- air (PM 10, PM 2.5, Sox, NOx and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb,Cr,As etc),. noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil along with one-season met data coinciding with the same season for AAQ collection period.

Chapter-III 3.1 to 3.9 64 to 143

xv Map of the study area (1: 50,000 scale) (core and buffer zone) clearly delineating the location of various stations superimposed with location of habitats, other industries/ mines, polluting sources. The number and location of the stations in both core & buffer zone should be selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the proposed impacts in the downwind (air)/ downstream(surface water)/ ground water regime(based on flow). One station should be in the upwind/upstream/non-impact non-polluting area as a control station. The Monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines and Parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Values should ne provided based on

Plate 11-A to 11-D


Sl. No.


desirable limits.

xvi Study on the existing flora and fauna in the study area (10 km) carried out by an institution of relevant discipline and the list of flora and fauna duly authenticated separately for core and buffer zone and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna. If the study area has endangered flora and fauna or if the project falls within 15 km of an ecologically sensitive area, or used as a migratory corridor then a comprehensive Conservation Plan should be prepared and submitted with EIA-EMP Report and comments from the CWLW of the State Govt. also obtained and furnished.

Chapter-III 3.6 118 to 130

xvii Details of mineral reserves, geological status of the study area and the seams to be worked, ultimate working depth and progressive stage-wise working scheme until end of mine life should be reflected on the basis of the approved rated capacity and calendar plans of production from the approved Mining Plan. Geological maps & sections should be included. The progressive mine devlopment and Conceptual Final Mine Closure also be shown in figures.

Chapter-II 2.4 to 2.9 23 to 48

Plate 8

Plate 9

Plate 10

xviii Details of mining method, tecnology, equipment to be used etc rationale for selection of that technology and equipment proposed to be used vis-à-vis the potential impacts

Chapter-II 2.4 to 2.9 23 to 49

Chapter-IV 4.2 to 4.5 151 to 175

xix Impact of mining on hydrology, modification of natural drainage, diversion and channeling of the existing river/ water courses flowing though the ML and adjoining the lease/project and the Impact on the existing users and impacts of mining operations thereon.


Plate 6,7

xx Detailed water balance should be provided. The break up of water requirement for various mining operations should be given separately.

Chapter-III 3.8 141

xxi Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the competent authority in the state Govt and impacts vis-à-vis the competing users.


xxii Impact of mining and water abstraction use in mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regime within the core zone and 10 km buffer zone including long-term modeling studies on the impact of mining on the groundwater regime. Details of rainwater harvesting and measures for recharge of groundwater should be reflected in case there is a declining trend of ground availability and/or if the area falls within dark/grey zone.


Plate 6,7,21 and 24

xxiii Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations. Chapter-IV 4.4 165 to 167

xxiv Impact of mining on the AAQ, predictive modeling using ISCST3 (Revised) or latest model


Plate 12 and 13


Sl. No.


xxv Impact of mineral transportation within and outside the lease/project along with flow chart indicating the specific areas generating fugitive emissions. Impacts of transportation, handling, transfer of mineral and waste on air quality, generation of effluents from workshop, management plan for maintenance of HEMM, machinery, equipments. Details of various facilities to be provided in terms of parking, rest areas, canteen, and effluents/pollution load from these activities.

Chapter-IV 4.2 to 4.5

& 4.9 151 to 175

& 184

Plate 20

xxvi Details of waste generatio- OB and topsoil- as per the approved calendar programme, their management shown in figures as well in the explanatory chapter with tables giving progressive development and mine closure plan, green belt development, back filling programme, and conceptual post mining land use. OB dump heights and terracing should be based on slope stability studies with a max of 28° angle as the ultimate slope. Section of dumps (ultimate) (both longitudinal and cross section) with relation to the adjacent area should be shown.

Chapter-II 2.6 & 2.9 39 to 40 47 to 48


xxvii Progressive Green Belt and afforestation plan (both in text, figures as well as in tables prepared by MOEF) and selection of species (local) for afforestation/plantation programme based on original survey/land use.

Chapter-IV 4.5

175

xxviii Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan, post mining land use and restoration of land/habitat to pre-mining. A plan for ecological restoration of the area post mining and for land use should be prepared with detail cost provisions. Impact and management of waste and issues of rehandling (wherever applicable) and backfilling and progressive mine closure and reclamation.

Chapter-II 2.6 39 to 41

Chapter-IV 4.5 & 4.8 168 to 175 & 179 to 183

Plate 16,17

xxix Flow chart of water balance, Treatment of effluents from work shop, township, domestic wastewater, mine water discharge etc. Details of STP in colony and ETP in mine, Recycle of water to the max. possible extent.

Chapter-III 3.7 143


xxx Occupational health issues- Baseline data on the health of the population and measures for occupational health and safety of the personnel and manpower for the mine.

Chapter-III 3.9

143 to 148

xxxi Risk Assessment and disaster preparedness and Management Plan

Chapter-VII 7.2 to 7.15 214 to 229

xxxii Integrating in the Environment Management Plan, measures for minimizing use of natural resources water, land, energy etc.

Chapter -X 10.1 to 10.4 238 to 265

xxxiii Including cost of EMP (capital and recurring) in the project cost and for progressive and final mine closure plan

Chapter-VI 6.3 209 to 210

xxxiv Detailed R&R. Detailed project specific R&R Plan with data on the existing socio-economic status of the population (including SC/ST/BPL families) found in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for resettlement colony, alternative livelihood



Sl. No.


concerns/employment for the displaced people, civic and housing amenities being offered, etc and costs along with the schedule of the implementation of the R&R Plan.

xxxv CSR plan along with details of villages and specific budgetary provisions (Capital and Recurring ) for specific activities over the life of project

Chapter-VIII 8.3 232 to 234

xxxvi Public Hearing hould cover the details of notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of public hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made by the proponent should be presented in a tabular form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional- language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

Annexure-IV

xxxvii In built mechanism for self-monitoring of compliance of environmental regulations.

Chapter-X 10.2 238 to 239

xxxviii Status of any litigation/ court cases filed/pending on the project.

Not Applicable

Xxxix,

xl

Submission of sample test analysis of: Characteristic of coal -this includes grade of coal and other characteristics-ash, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg,As,Pb,Cr etc

Annexure A-II-1 to 2

xli Copy of clearances/approvals-such as Forestry clearances, Mining plan approval, NOC from Flood and irrigation Dept (if req) etc

Mining plan approved by BCCL board on 4.05.2018.

A Forestry Clearance Not applicabe

xlii. Corporate Environment Responsibility: a. The company must have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by the Board of Directors. b. The Environment Policy must prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringements/deviation/violation of the environment or forest norms/ conditions. c. The hierarchical system or Administrative Order of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring complaince with the environmental clearence conditions must be furnished. d. To have proper checks and balances, the company should have a well laid down system of reporting of non-complainces/violations of environmental normsto the Board of Directors of the Company and/pr shareholders or stakeholders at large.

Annexure A-III-1

Compliance of additional Clasuses in “STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR COAL MINING

PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/ EMP REPORT” published in “STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR] FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARENCE UNDER EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006” by MoEF&CC in April

2015.

Sl No. Generic Conditions Details at

Chapter Section Page No.

(iii) A map specifying locations of the state, District and Project site should be provided.

Plate 1 B and 1 C

(xxiv) Effort be made to reduce/eliminate road transport of coal inside and outside Chapter-IV& 4.2 154 to


Sl No. Generic Conditions Details at mine and for mechanized loading of coal through CHP/Silo into wagons and trucks/tippers.

PLATE 20 & 20 A 155

(xxvi) Efforts be made for maximising progressive internal dumping of O.B., sequential mining, external dump on coal bearing area and later rehandling into the mine void – to reduce land degradation.


(xxvii) Impact of change in land use due to mining operations and plan for restoration of the mined area to its original land use should be provided.

Chapter-IV 4.5 168 to

175

(xxviii)

Progressive Green belt and ecological restoration/afforestation plan (both in text, figures and in the tabular form as per the format of MOEFCC given below) and selection of species (native) based on original survey/land use should be given.

Table:1 Stage wise Land use and Reclamation Area (ha)

Sl. No.

Land use Category Present (1st

Year)

5th Year

10th Year

20th Year

(end of mine life including three years post Closure period)

1

Backfilled Area (Reclaimed

with plantation)

2

Excavation Area (not

reclaimed)/void

3

External OB dump Reclaimed

with plantation)

4

Reclaimed Top soil dump

5

Green Built Area

6

Undisturbed Area (brought

under plantation)

7

Roads (avenue plantation)

8

Area around buildings and

Infrastructure

TOTAL

Table:2 Stage wise Cummulative Plantation

Sl. No.

YEAR* Green Belt

External Dump

Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed Area/etc)

Total

1 1st Year

2 3rd Year

3 5th Year

4 10th Year

5 15th Year

6 20th Year

7 25th Year

8 30th Year

9 end of mine life

10 (Three years Post-mining

period )

Chapter-IV 4.5 173 to

175

Compliance of Generic Terms of Reference for Kalyaneshwari Washery dated 21st May

2014



i A brief description of the plant, the technology used, the source of coal, the mode of transport of incoming unwashed coal and the outgoing washed coal. Specific pollution control and mitigative measures for the

Chapter- II 2.16 53 to 58



Chapter Section Page No. entire process.

ii

The EIA-EMP report should cover the impacts and management plan for the project of the capacity for which EC is sought and the impacts of specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality- air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts for the rated capacity. If the washery is captive to a coal mine/TPP/Plant the cumulative impacts on the environment and usage of water should be brought out along with the EMP.

Chapter -IV

4.10 185 to 194

Chapter -X 10.1 to

10.5 238 to 267

iii

A Study area map of the core zone and 10km area of the buffer showing major industries/mines and other polluting sources, which shall also indicate the migratory corridors of fauna, if any and the areas where endangered fauna and plants of medicinal and economic importance are found in the area. If there are any ecologically sensitive areas found within the 15km buffer zone, the shortest distance form the National Park/WL Sanctuary, Tiger Reserve, etc should be shown and the comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government should be furnished.

Plate 3, 4 , 5 , 6 and 7

iv Collection of one-season (non-monsoon) primary base-line data on environmental quality- air (SPM, RSPM, SOx and NOx), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil.

Chapter-III 3.2 to 3.5 & 3.7, 3.8

67 to 117, 131 to 143

iv

Detailed water balance should be provided. The breakup of water requirement as per different activities in mining operations vis-à-vis washery should be given separately. Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the competent authority in the State Govt. and examine if the unit can be zero discharge including recycling and reuse of the wastewater for other uses such as green belt, etc.

Plate 18

vi Impact of choice of the selected use of technology and impact on air quality and waste generation (emissions and effluents).


vii

Impacts of mineral transportation - the entire sequence of mineral production, transportation, handling, transfer and storage of mineral and waste, if any, and their impacts on air quality should be shown in a flow chart with the specific points where fugitive emissions can arise and the specific pollution control/mitigative measures proposed to be put in place.


Plate 20

viii

Details of various facilities to be provided for the personnel involved in mineral transportation in terms of parking, rest areas, canteen, and effluents/pollution load from these activities. Examine whether existing roads are adequate to take care of the additional load of mineral [and rejects] transportation, their impacts. Details of workshop, if any, and treatment of workshop effluents.

Chapter- II 2.12 49 to 50

ix Impacts of CHP, if any, on air and water quality. A flow chart of water use and whether the unit can be made a zero-discharge unit.


x Details of green belt development. Chapter-IV 4.5 175 xi Including cost of EMP (capital and recurring) in the project cost. Chapter-VI 6.3 209 to 210

xv

Public Hearing for the washery should cover the details of notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of public hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made in a tabular form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional- language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

Annexure-IV

xv Status of any litigations/ court cases filed/pending on the project. Not Applicable xvi Submission of sample test analysis of: Annexure A-II-1 to 2



Chapter Section Page No. a. Characteristics of coal to be washed- this includes grade of coal and other characteristics - ash, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc. b. Characteristics and quantum of washed coal. c. Characteristics and quantum of coal waste rejects.

xvii Management/disposal/Use of coal waste rejects Not applicable

xviii Copies of MOU/Agreement with linkages (for stand alone washery) for the capacity for which EC has been sought

Raw coal to washery will be fed from Proposed Kalyaneshwari washery

Compliance of Specific ToR dated 21st May 2014

Sl

No. Specific Conditions Details at


i. There shall be no external OB dump at the end of the mine.


ii. Treated mine water be used in place of ground water.

Chapter-II 2.16 58

iii. No extra land shall be utilized for OBD. Chapter-II 2.9 47 to 48

iv. There shall be zero discharge from washeries.

Chapter-II 2.16 58

v.

The Notification of MoEF vide no. GSR 02(E) dated 2nd January, 2014 with regard to raw or blended or beneficiated coal is required to be followed while operating the washery.

Will be followed


CHAPTER - II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18-58

2.1 BACKGROUND OF CLUSTER XVII MINES 20

2.2 PRESENT PROPOSAL 22

2.3 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT 23

2.4 GEO-MINING CHARACTERSTICS 23

2.5 POWER SUPPLY 38

2.6 CLUSTER DESCRIPTION 39

2.7 WORK SHOP & STORE 41

2.8 COAL STOCK YARD 45

2.9 OB DUMPING STRATEGY 47


49


49

2.12 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION WORK 49

2.13 MANPOWER 50

2.14 PRICE OF WASHED PRIME COCKING COAL & MEDIUM COAL

51

2.15 CAPITAL REQUIRED 51

2.16 KALYANESHWARI COAL WASHERY 53

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

TABLE - 2.1 PRODUCTION CAPACITY OF CLUSTER XVII 20

TABLE - 2.2 LEASEHOLD AREA OF CLUSTER XVII 21

TABLE – 2.3 DETAILS OF EXPLORATION 24


TABLE - 2.4 SUMMARIZED ACCOUNT OF RESERVES 27

TABLE – 2.5 DESCRIPTION OF FAULTS 28

TABLE – 2.6 SEQUENCE OF COAL SEAMS AND INTERVENING PARTING

29

TABLE – 2.7 MINING PARAMETERS 31

TABLE - 2.8 STRIKE LENGTH AND DIP RISE LENGTH OF EACH SEAM 32

TABLE – 2.9 MINING PARAMETERS FOR PROJECT 37

TABLE - 2.10 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATIONS 38

TABLE – 2.11 LAND USE OF BEGUNIA COLLIERY 39

TABLE – 2.12 LAND USE OF VICTORIA WEST COLLIERY 39

TABLE – 2.13 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI WASHERY 40

TABLE - 2.14 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI OCP 40

TABLE – 2.15 A

PRESENT AND POST-MINING LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII

40

TABLE - 2.15 B

CONCEPTUAL POST CLOSURE LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII AS PER MOEF&CC FORMAT

41

TABLE – 2.16 TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR HEMMS 41

TABLE – 2.17 LIST OF MAJOR SHOPS PROPOSED FOR REPAIR & MAINTENANCE

44

TABLE – 2.18 MAJOR SHOPS PROPOSED IN E&M WORKSHOP

44

TABLE – 2.19 CALENDAR PROGRAMME OF COAL & OB 48

TABLE - 2.20 YEARLY BACKFILLING SCHEDULE OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL OB

48

TABLE – 2.21 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 51

TABLE – 2.22 PRICE OF COKING COAL & POWER COAL 51

TABLE – 2.23 CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR KALYANESHWARI OCP

51

TABLE – 2.24 ENVIRONMENTAL COST OF KALYANESHWARI OCP 52

TABLE – 2.25 TENTATIVE BALANCE OF PRODUCTS 57

TABLE – 2.26 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT FOR KALYANESHWARI WASHERY

58


CHAPTER - II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BACKGROUND OF CLUSTER-XVII MINES

The Cluster XVII mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL), a subsidiary of Coal

India Limited (A Government of India Enterprise) is located in the Chanch Victoria

Area in Raniganj Coalfields. The mines of Cluster XVII are more than 100 years old

taken over mines of BCCL. Certain factors like historic unscientific mining, difficult

geo-mining conditions, highly gassy seams, presence of large number of surface and

ground water bodies and densely populated mining areas make mines of BCCL

unique and mining difficult. Mines in Command Area of BCCL has been infamous by

the names of “Slaughter Mining” and “Rat Hole Mining”. The old OC and UG openings

were prone to illegal mining and created danger to persons involved in such activities.

To overcome this, such openings are being monitored regularly and openings are

closed immediately on reopening by such elements (by filling 81582.86 cu.m.OB).

However after full-fledged operation at Kalyaneshwari OC , such areas will be

liquidated and no such possibility will be there.

Mining by erstwhile private mine owners have been guided by profit motive driven by

“More Hole More Coal” dictum, this has led to problem of fire and subsidence in

mines of BCCL which is causing loss of vital national resources and notional loss to

the exchequer apart from threat to railway line of the region and to life and property of

local people. To deal with fire and subsidence Master Plan has been under

implementation in Cluster XVII.

Details of Normative and peak production of the cluster is given below: Table 2.1: Production Capacity of Cluster XVII

Sl. No. Name of Colliery/Washery Normative Prod. (Mty) Peak Prod. (Mty)

1 Begunia Colliery (Closed for Production) 0 0

2 Victoria West Colliery (Closed for Production)

0 0

3 Victoria Colliery (to be amalgamated with Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

0 0

4 Damagoria Colliery (to be amalgamated with Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

0 0

5

Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP (KOCP) in the LH of Victoria Colliery, Damagoria Colliery & 369.33 Ha outside LH (for external OB Dumping)

4 5.2

6 Proposed Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery 3.60 3.60


Table 2.2: Lease Hold of Cluster XVII

Proposed


Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43


3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09


West Colliery, Victoria Colliery and Damagoria Colliery; the first two will remain

inoperative/non-producing and latter two, Victoria and Damagoria leasehold

are merged to form proposed Kalyaneshwari OC.


Colliery and Damagoria Colliery. Additional 369.33 Ha of land will be required

for external OB Dumping.

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery is also proposed in 15.66 Ha area for washing of

coal before supply to Power Plants & Steel Plants.

Cluster Concept of BCCL Mines

The concept of grouping mines into a cluster arose during the meeting of

Secretary (Env) and Secretary (Coal), GOI held on 28.02.2008 with a view that

a common EIA-EMP could be prepared for the entire cluster and clearance

obtained for all the mines in the cluster. The EAC (T&C) in the meeting held in

September 2008 discussed the matter and it was decided that a background


would be circulated to the EAC for discussion/finalization and thereafter

forwarded to the Ministry of Coal/Coal companies under M/s Coal India Ltd to

facilitate undertaking suitable study on the feasibility of cluster approach for

coal mines located in the Jharia and Raniganj coalfields.

A presentation on ‘Feasibility study of Cluster Concept for preparation of EIA-

EMP study for cluster of mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited’ was made

before the EAC (T&C) on 24.11.2009 incorporating suggestions made by the

EAC (T&C). As on 24.11.2009, the 103 mines of BCCL in Jharia and Raniganj

coalfields consisting of 65 operating mines, 34 mines closed for production

and 4 proposed mines were grouped into 17 clusters on the basis

Environmental rationale. The following environmental rationales were

considered while grouping the mines into clusters:

1. Ambient air quality in a cluster of mines.

2. Conservation of coal

3. Rock/OB waste management

4. Ecological restoration

5. Socio-economic environment

6. Fire abatement measures

7. Prominent wind direction

8. Surface hydrology

9. Environmental corridors

After discussions in details the Committee agreed with the 17 clusters

proposed and desired that the matter of clustering should ensure clear

environmental benefits and should be dovetailed with approved Master Plan,

2009(Vide letter no. J-11015/24/2009-IA.II (M), dated 2nd December, 2009).

2.2 PRESENT PROPOSAL


Cluster XVII group of mines from Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of

India in view of renewal of mining lease and operation of proposed

Kalyaneshwari OCP and Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery.


2.3 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT The mines of Jharia Coalfield and Raniganj Coalfield are affected by Fire and


Subsidence and Rehabiliation. Coal mining in Cluster XVII is being undertaken



Also, Bharat Coking Coal Limited is facing increasing demand of coal because

of increased demand mainly from steel industry and power sector. Continuing

and augmentation of coal production from the mines of BCCL will help to

bridge the gap of demand and supply of coal in India. To meet the growing

demand of coal, especially in power and steel sectors, BCCL has planned to

increase its production capacity. Moreover BCCL is the main producer of

coking coal in the country. In order to meet the growing demand of coking

coal, substantial foreign exchange has to be spent on import of coking coal. To

reduce the dependency, we need to enhance utilization of available resources.

2.4 GEO-MINING CHARACTERISTICS OF KALYANESHWARI OCP

PRESENT STATUS OF THE PROJECTISED AREA AND METHOD OF

MINING:

The method of mining used to extract coal and OB in Kalyaneshwari OCP is

incline slicing.

Communication and Accessibility: The Kalyaneshwari block is well

connected by road and rail. The national High-way No.2 (Grand Trunk Road)

is passing close to the southern boundary of the block and is connected by a

feeder road to the block. The by-pass (NH-2) is close to the Northern part of

the area. The Howrah-Gaya-Mugalsarai Grand-Chord passes at a distance

of about 1.5 Km. to the south of the block and Asansol-Chitranjan-Patna

Main line of Eastern Railway passes close to North-Eastern corner of the

block. The Kulti railway station on Grand Chord line is about 1 Km and is the

nearest township connected to the block by an all-weather road. The

Dhanbad and Asansol Townships are located at about 50 Km. and 15 Km.

from the block respectively.


MINE BOUNDARIES DELINEATION

Surface boundary of the proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP has been delineated

as under:

Northern Boundary: Resultant surface line drawn at about 320 from the

base of the fault F3 on the floor of Salanpur A.

Northern batter holds the most important central

haul road of the quarry.

Southern Boundary: Resultant surface line drawn at about 350 from the

floor RL of (-) 140M on the floor of Salanpur A.

Western Boundary: Resultant surface line drawn at about 370 from the

base of the fault F2 on the floor of Salanpur A.

Eastern Boundary: Minimum safety margin of 100m from NH-2 bypass.

The mine can be extended up to the limit of the East of Damagoria

(Kalyaneshwari) Block in South-Western direction under favorable

conditions, like availability of additional dumping space in the vicinity of the

mine.

Previous and present mining activity: There are a number of old quarries

(worked before nationalization) within the mining area of the project, apart

from some UG mines near Borira village at the dip side of the property. This

project falls in West Burdwan district of West Bengal.

Table2.3: Details of Exploration:

Sl.

No. Year Series

Drilling

Agency

No. of

BH

Meterage

Drilled (m)

Project Area

Adjoining Area

Project Area

Adjoining Area

1 2004-05 KALCM CMPDI (RI-1) 22 5 5423.00 652.00

2 1979-81 DER CMPDI (Through

Pvt. Party) 11 3 1610.56 705.36

3 1986-87 RBE CMPDI (Through

Pvt. Party) 14 - 3690.00 -

4 1984-86 RVT MECL 6 - 1519.55 - Total 53 08 12243.11 1357.36


Density of boreholes: 14 BHs/Km2 (within the project area).

Geological Structure: The geological structure of the Kalyaneshwari block is

relatively simple except for number of faults as deciphered from subsurface

data (Plate-III/Geological Plan). The strike of the strata is generally north-south

and south-west. However, in some patches, the strike swings to almost east-

west to northwest-southeast. The dip is generally towards south and south-

west and amount generally varies between 4°-7°; though in some cases, the

dip steep up to 10°-14°. Overall structure evolved from the floor contour

pattern of the coal seams indicate periclinal structure consisting of asymmetric

domes and troughs with irregular rolls.

Coal Seam: There are 16 main Barakar coal seams within the proposed

project area. Salanpur-A is the oldest seam, where as Ramnagar is the

youngest seam of the project area.

Quality of Coal Seams: Most of the coal seams of Barakar formation in this area

are considered as coking coal and its grade varies between S-II to UG.

BASE OF THE QUARRY

Floor of Salanpur A seam will form the base of the quarry for the entire strike.

ADJONING BLOCKS

On the western side of this mining block, there exists Ramnagar Block of SAIL,

which is a separate PSU falling under Ministry of Sleel & Mines, GOI. Other

block in the western side is the Victoria block of BCCL.

On the eastern side of this mining block, there exist mining blocks of ECL

namely Bonjemehary & Dalmiya of Salanpur area.

On the southern side, there exist two different mining blocks. One is Kulti

Block and the other is the Sitarampur Block.

SECTORISATION

For the purpose of estimation of mineable reserve (in mineable part of the

quarry) and overburden volume, the entire quarry has been divided into four

sectors considering the depth of the quarry (about 115m difference in depth),

which is as follows:

Sector-1: From Initial pit limit to (-) 75m FRL on Salanpur A seam.

Sector-2: From (-) 75m to (-) 110m FRL on Salanpur A seam

Sector-3: From (-) 110m to (-) 130m FRL on Salanpur A seam.

Sector-4: From (-) 130m FRL to final Pit limit on Salanpur A seam.


Sector limit on upper seams has been marked on the basis of disposition of

benches corresponding to above sector limit on Salanpur A seam and then

mineable reserve and overburden volume have been calculated through

Minex Model.

SINGLE QUARRY CONCEPT

For the purpose of viable operation, the entire project area has been

proposed to be worked in one section. This will enable further extension in

the dip side and maximizing the scope of internal dumping which in turn will

reduce the requirement of land for external dump as well as the overall lead

for OB transport.

NET GEOLOGICAL RESERVE & MINEABLE RESERVES

ACCOUNT OF RESERVES

For furnishing account of reserves, geological and mineable reserves have

been defined as follows:

Net Geological Reserve (NGR):

The reserves have been estimated upto the lower most important coal

horizon (i.e. Salanpur A seam) within delineated quarry using Minex model. It

has been calculated using “Detailed resource reporting” menu of MINEX

software along with separate template for each individual seam.

Mineable Reserve (MR):

A part of net geological reserve (NGR) is lost during process of exploitation.

Therefore, the part of NGR that can be exploited successfully and

transported to pit head coal stockyard is termed as mineable reserve (MR)

[Mineable Reserve = Extraction Factor x Net Geological Reserve]. Extraction

Factor is taken as 0.90.

Thus, within the proposed project area, the Net Geological Reserves (NGR)

has been assessed at 136.62MT upto Salanpur A seam (lower most coal

horizon of the property) which includes 12.34MT of Jhama. The rest

124.28MT of the reserve is coking coal.

Out of total Net Geological reserve of 136.62MT, 122.96MT is mineable as

the balance 13.66MT is estimated as mining loss during process of

exploitation.


Table 2.4: Summarized account of reserves is as follows:

Sl. No. Particulars Total

1. Surface Area of the Mining Block (Sq. Km.) 3.61

2. Net Geological Reserves (MT) 136.62

3. Mineable Reserves (MT) 122.96

4. Mining Loss (MT) 13.66

GEO-MINING CHARACTERISTICS

Following geo-mining parameters have been considered for open pit design.

DIP & STRIKE

The geological structure of the Kalyaneshwari block is relatively simple

except for number of faults as deciphered from subsurface data. The strike

of the strata is generally north-south and south-west. However, in some

patches, the strike swings to almost east-west to northwest-southeast. The

dip is generally towards south and south-west and amount generally varies

between 4°-7°; though in some cases, the dip steep up to 10°-14°. Overall

structure evolved from the floor contour pattern of the coal seams indicate

periclinal structure consisting of asymmetric domes and troughs with

irregular rolls GEOLOGICAL DISTURBANCES

FAULTS

Based on the correlation of borehole data and old mine working plans, a

total of 13 numbers of faults (F1 to F13) of different magnitudes have been

deciphered within the Kalyaneshwari geological block. Out of these 13

faults, only 5(five) faults have been encountered in the proposed project

area. The detail description of these five faults which have been intersected

within project limit has been given below:


Table-2.5 Description of Faults

Sl. No.

Fault No.

Location Strike

(Approx.)

Max. Amount of throw in

m/direction

Nature & Evidence

1 F1-F1 Along South-Eastern boundary of the proposed Project Area.

NE-SW 250 m/SE

Oblique fault 1) Omissions of all seams between L-6 seam and Chanch-Begunia Special seam in BH No. RBE- 9. 2) Faulting of seams below L9 seam in BH No.RBE-15. 3) Faulting of seams L-10 to Chanch-Begunia seam in KALCM-18. 4) Termination of Laikdih Bottom seam workings against the fault.

2 F2-F2 It defines the South-West boundary of the proposed Project Area.

NW-SE 190 m/SW

Oblique fault 1) Omissions of all the seams below Salanpur-C seam in BH No. RVT-3. 2) Omissions all the seams below L-9 seam in BH No.RVT-14A. 3) Omissions of seams L4 to Laikdih Top in BH No. KALCM- 14. 4) Omissions of all the seams above L7 seam in BH No. KALCM- 23. 5) Termination of Laikdih Bottom seam workings against the fault. 6) Omissions of all the seams above Sal-C in KALCM – 6.

3 F3-F3

Located near North-Western boundary of the proposed Project Area. NE-SW 180m/ SE

Oblique fault. 1) Salanpur -A seam is partly faulted in BH Nos. DER- 11, 20, 21. 2) Quarry of Salanpur -A seam terminating against footwall of the fault.

4 F5-F5 Parallel & near the eastern boundary of the proposed Project Area. NNE-SSW

140m/W to 40m/NW

Oblique fault. 1) Encountered in the workings of Laikdih Bottom. 2) Trend of Floor contour lines also indicates the fault.

5 F12 –F12

Near eastern boundary of the proposed Project Area. NNE-SSW 10m/ESE

Oblique fault. Interpreted from the trends of Floor contour lines.

IGNEOUS ACTIVITIES

Mica Peridotite / Lamprophyre have been found to intrude the coal bearing

sedimentary strata both in the form of dykes and sills. Although dykes affect all


the seams, their effect on coal seams is found to be less as compared to that

of sills.

The effect of sills of Mica peridotite is more pronounced in terms of their extent

and effect on coal seams. Sills occur randomly and their effect on coal seams

is erratic. Effect of pyrolitization due to intrusive is most pronounced in

Salanpur-A seam. Salanpur-B seam is found to be partially affected. Upper

seams are generally free from any intrusion.

The pattern of burning of coal seams is erratic and no regular trend could be

deciphered from the borehole data. Five dykes generally trending north-west

and south-east have been located in the area. Some of these have been

encountered in the old workings. Due to extensive soil cover, the end points of

the dykes could not be marked in some cases. From the behavior of the

burning of the coal seams and occurrence of Mica Peridotite in the boreholes,

it was found that effect of sills are more pronounced and very erratic in nature.

IN-SEAM BAND (I100)

The non- combustible bands like shale, sandstone, siderite etc. irrespective of

the thickness and grey shale(ash>75%), carbonaceous shale (ash>50%) in 1

meter and above in thickness occurring within the seam, have been excluded

from the total thickness of the seam for computing the effective thickness of

coal seams for the purpose of quality consideration. Rests of the dirt bands

have been included as part of coal seam.

Bands more than 1m in thickness is specifically contained to seams Laikdih

Middle, Laikdih Bottom, Salanpur – D, Salanpur – C, Salanpur – B, Salanpur –

A. The number of inseam bands ranges from ranges from 1 to as much as 30

and the average total thickness ranges from 1m to 8m. MP, shale and

sandstone band are reported in all the above boreholes.

DETAILS OF SEQUENCE OF COAL SEAM AND PARTING

The geological sequence of coal seams and intervening partings of the area is

given below:

TABLE2.6: SEQUENCE OF COAL SEAMS (WITH BRIEF DESCRIPTION) &

INTERVENING PARTINGS

Seam/Parting (P)

Stratigraphic Thickness (m)

No. of Full Seam

Intersections Grade

NGR/ Coal+ Coal in Coal+ Jhama Area

(Mt.)

Max. Floor Depth (m.) Minimum Maximum


Seam/Parting (P)


No. of Full Seam

Intersections Grade


(Mt.)


Chanch-Begunia (B-VI)

0.75(RBE-12) 1.75(RBE-15) 4 SI - WIII

Not assessed 140

Parting 57 64 Chanch-Begunia Special (B-VIB)

0.76(RBE-09) 0.99(RBE-15) 3 WII –WIII

Not assessed 190

Parting 80 94 Ramnagar (B-

VIA) 0.78(RBE-12)

4.37(RVT-14A)

6 WII - UG

0.95 250

Parting 28 52 Laikdih (B-VI)

Top 0.40(KALCM-

21) 4.00 (RVT-

15) 12

SI – WIII

0.60 300


Middle 0.45(KALCM-

21) 3.68

(KALCM-20) 10

SI – WIII

0.87 310


Bot. 5.15 (RBE-7)

15.46(RVT-15)

16 WI – UG

5.84 320

Parting 28 35

L11 0.15(RVT-

14A) 1.09 (RVT-

15) 18

SII – UG

Not assessed 350

Parting 3 17

L-10 0.15 (RBE-

16) 2.25 (RBE-

11) 26

SI – WIV

2.45 360

Parting 1 9

Salanpur-D(B-IV) 0.35

(KALCM-27) 5.60 (RBE-4) 32

WI– UG

5.28 370

Parting 2 20

Salanpur-C(B-III) 1.30(KALCM-

13) 12.06 (RVT-

7) 40

WI – UG

14.34 390

Parting 28 64

L-9 0.40(KALCM-

3) 3.46 (RVT-7) 30

WI – UG

3.31 450

Parting 1 11

L-8 0.08 (RVT-5) 2.80

(KALCM-21) 25

WIII – UG

2.97 460

Parting 1 16

L-7 0.10(KALCM-

03) 2.80

(KALCM-23) 40

WIV – UG

3.61 475

Parting 1 11

L-6 0.60

(KALCM-3) 3.35(KALCM-

24) 40

SII - WIV

5.84 484

Parting 5 21

L-5 0.10

(KALCM-06) 1.25 (RBE-9) 5

WIV – UG

Not assessed 500

Parting 3 26

L-4 0.20

(KALCM-25) 1.70

(KALCM-17) 26

WIV -- UG

1.92 530

Parting 1 16

L-3 0.25

(KALCM-21) 3.08 (DER-

14) 35

WIV - UG

2.11 550

Parting 1 11

L-2 0.22 (DER-4) 3.51

(KALCM-21) 37

WIII–UG

3.90 570

Parting 10 33 Salanpur-B(B-II) 2.20 10.40 (RBE- 44 WIII – 19.24 610


Seam/Parting (P)


No. of Full Seam

Intersections Grade


(Mt.)


(KALCM-1) 11) UG Parting 3 29

Salanpur-A(B-I) 17.11 (RVT-

7) 47.54 (RBE-

09) 44

WIV – UG

61.27 670

Parting 24.58(DER-

1) 43.46(DER-

2)

L-1 0.30(DER-2) 0.52(DER-

10) 3

W-I-UG

Not assessed 273

PHYSICO-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Physico-mechanical properties of rock as assessed while planning Mukunda

Opencast Block has been considered for the purpose of slope stability and

drilling & blasting requirements. Category of excavation for coal is 100%

Cat.-III and that for OB is 50% Cat.-III and 50% Cat.-IV.

Ultimate Pit slope of 35.5o has been considered for the final quarry depth of

270m.

MINING PARAMETERS

As mentioned earlier, the whole quarry will be worked in one section. Mining

parameters for both the sectors are given below:

Table2.7: Mining parameters

Sl. No.

Particulars Unit QUANTITY

1. Quarriable Area Sq.Km 3.61

2. Strike length (on Floor) m. 1740 1014

(max) (min)

3. Dip Rise width (on floor) m. 1248 769

(max) (min)

4. Maximum depth m 270

5. Total Mineable Reserve mt 122.96

6. Total O.B. Mm3 418.73

7. Av. Stripping Ratio M3/te 3.41

8. Annual Coal Production Capacity Mty 4.0

9. Production life Yr. 36

The seam wise extent with respect to the final stage quarry plan is given

below:


Table 2.8: The extent of strike length and dip rise length for each seam

Name of the seam Strike Length (m) Dip-Rise Length (m) Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

Ramnagar 100 50 90 75 Laikdih Top 700 150 175 70

Laikdih Middle 1000 200 600 300 Laikdih Bot 1400 300 700 300

L-10 1500 400 870 470 Salanpur-D 1600 500 950 600 Salanpur-C 1920 520 1150 820

L-9 1900 520 1150 810 L-8 1900 520 1150 810 L-7 1890 520 1150 810 L-6 1880 520 1150 800 L-4 1870 500 1150 800 L-3 1870 500 1150 780 L-2 1860 500 1100 770

Salanpur-B 1850 500 1100 750 Salanpur-A 1800 500 1100 750

CHOICE OF TECHNOLOGY

Considering the mining and geological condition of the area, the shovel-

dumper combination has been proposed for mining the quarry. They are the

following:

a) Moderate dip (4o to 7o) of the coal seam.

b) Mining of multiple seams separated by multi parting.

c) Development of some of the seams in one to two sections and goaf in

patches.

d) Presence of old abandoned opencast working in some parts of the

quarry.

The opencast mining with deployment of shovel dumper combination

has been proposed. The approved opencast projects (Chaptoria OC) in

the proposed area of Kalyaneshwari OCP was proposed to be working with

shovel dumper system. Therefore the proposed system has been

continued by providing additional equipment for achieving the higher

production level.

Other technologies like Dragline, Bucket Wheel Excavator, Surface miners

are ruled out under the given geo-mining condition. The reason for not

selecting these technologies is given below.


Application of Dragline

The application of dragline is ruled out due to the following technical

reasons:

(i) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of dragline

application.

(ii) Annual workload of OB between the bottommost two coal seams does

not justify the application of dragline.

Application of Bucket Wheel Excavator

The application of Bucket Wheel is ruled out due to the following technical

reasons:

(i) The Bucket Wheel Excavator is suitable for excavating loose soil and

lignite deposits.

(ii) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of BWE application.

Application of Surface Miners

The application of Surface Miner is ruled out due to the following technical

reason:

(i) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of surface miner

application.

(ii) Surface miner can be applicable to bottom most seam i.e., Salanpur

“A”.

Deployment of smaller dumps truck

Smaller size dump trucks (such as 35T) have not been considered for

deployment for the following reasons:

(i) Smaller size trucks will need smaller loading shovels. The maximum

cutting height of these shovels will be lower than that of the shovels

suggested in this report. This will result in lower bench height and

increased area of excavation for the same volume of coal.

(ii) Large fleet will create problem in operation, maintenance and traffic

management.

(iii) Number of operators will increase which will adversely affect OMS

(iv) Cost per tonne cost of excavation is greater in smaller equipment

size.


EQUIPMENT SELECTION

The selection process is the most critical part of the project planning. The

selection of equipment is based on the proposed method of mining, geo-

mining characteristics of the deposit, general adopted technology in BCCL,

standardization of equipment, annual workload, equipment life and project

life.

The following selection criteria have been considered for selecting the size

and type of the equipment:

1. The strike length of the mine

2. Annual rate of advance

3. Total volume of overburden and coal to be handled annually

4. The individual thickness of coal seam and partings

5. The geo-mining condition of the mine.

6. The type of mining system to be used like Inclined Slicing or

Horizontal Slicing.

7. The intuitive economics of the mine

Based on the above selection criteria, bigger size rope shovel (10 cum)

with 100T RD is being proposed for removal of Top OB and thick parting in

horizontal slicing method. 6-8 cum Hydraulic shovel will be used to extract

the comparatively thin partings. Coal production will be carried out in

inclined slicing method by deploying 6-8 cum Hyd. Shovel with 60T RD

combination.

The proposed place of deployment (in which partings, seams, etc.) of the

selected equipment is given below.

Mining Method for Overburden Removal

Shovel-Dumper mining system has been envisaged for working this

opencast project. Bigger size Rope Shovel is envisaged for overburden

removal. Thin Partings is proposed to be mined by inclined slicing method

while the upper OB benches along with substantial partings are proposed

to be taken by horizontal slicing. There is a substantial parting between

Laikhdih Bottom and Local XI & Salanpur “C” and Local IX. These partings

are to be excavated using bigger shovels (10cum Rope). The working and


non-working benches have been shown in the quarry cross-sections.

These Rope Shovels are envisaged to work in conjunction with 100T Rear

Dumpers. For the estimation of the dumpers population, the lead for OB

transportation has been considered for each year and for each bench.

Mining Method for Coal Winning

Comparatively smaller size equipment has been envisaged for Coal

Winning. For coal production, 6-8 cum Hyd. Shovel with 60T RD have been

proposed in Salanpur “A” seam, which is the thickest of all the seams.

Other seam will also be worked with Hydraulic shovel. Some of the smaller

shovels will have backhoe attachment. One backhoe with smaller capacity

is also proposed in common to handle thin partings and dart bands. This

attachment will be useful tools in handling faulted area operation and

temporary sump formation in horizontal slicing method. For the estimation

of the dumpers population, the lead for coal transportation has been

considered for each year and for each seam. Productivity of this backhoe

has not been considered while calculation the requirement of HEMM for the

mine.

EXCAVATION

OVERBURDEN REMOVAL

The partings between the seams vary from 3m to 46m. The OB from the

benches above the coal seam is proposed to be removed by 4 nos. of

10m3 and 4 nos. of 6-8m3 electrical hydraulic shovels working in

conjunction with 100T and 60T dumpers respectively. Out of the four 6-8

m3 2 nos. of electric hydraulic shovel with backhoe attachment has been

proposed in the earliest year of the project. These backhoes will be used to

prepare the typical box-cut (batter road till the floor of the Salanpur “A”) of

the project. After completion of the rated life of these backhoes, they will be

replaced by same capacity front-end electric hydraulic shovel.

COAL EXTRACTION

Considering the thickness range, number of seams to be worked, status of

exploitation of seams, status of fire and production level, 2 No. of 6-8m3

Elect. Hyd. Shovel has been proposed for extraction of coal after proper

drilling and blasting. The OB shovels on upper benches will be also used

for coal extraction of upper coal seams and vice-versa.


DUMPERS

For transportation of OB 50 Nos. of 100T and 47 nos. of 60T dumpers are

proposed.

For transportation of coal 17 Nos. of 60T dumpers for working with 6-8m3

Electrical Hyd. Shovel are proposed.

DRILLS

The selection and requirement of drills has been done considering the

following:

a) Workload as per calendar plan of excavation.

b) Annual productivity of the drills.

c) Yield of mass per running meter of hole drilled.

d) Physical location of drills, within the operating sections and planned

cycle of repair and maintenance.

For drilling in OB, 12 Nos. of RBH drill of 160mm dia. has been provided.

Similarly for drilling in coal, 2 Nos. of RBH drill with 160mm dia. has been

provided.

DOZER

Considering the size and nos. of excavator in OB section, 4 nos. of 410 HP

dozer in OB with 10cum rope shovel and 4 Nos. of 410 HP dozer with 6-

8m3 rope shovel have been provided for face cleaning in coal and OB

benches. Apart from this, 2 nos. of 410HP will be fitted with ripper

attachment for preparation of coal face.

Additionally, 2 nos. of 410 HP dozer have been provided for use at OB

dump sites including reclamation.

MINING SYSTEM AND SYSTEM PARAMETERS

Considering the moderate dip (4o to 7o) of the seams, it is proposed to

excavate the OB from advance benches by inclined slicing. The variation in

thickness of OB will make it difficult to maintain uniform bench height in OB

horizons. However, it is proposed to have a ceiling on OB bench height

from safety reasons. The height of the bench generally should not exceed

the boom height of the shovel. But due to variation in thickness of parting /

cover, the bench height sometimes may exceed the boom height by few


meters temporarily for effective utilization of shovel in certain cases.

Necessary relaxation in this regard will have to be obtained from DGMS.

In the initial stage of the mine, the width of working and non-working

benches has been kept 40 and 20 m. Later on, the width of the cuts for

Shovel benches for OB will be 30 m. The maximum inclined height of the

shovel bench is proposed to be 15 m. With two way traffic along the bench,

the width of working bench of OB will be 55 m & for non-working it will be

35 m in the later years of the mine life.

The width of the cut for coal shovel varies from 10 – 15 m. The maximum

bench height for the coal shovel (6-8m3 Elect. Hyd. Shovel) is 10-12 m.

The width of working benches and non-working benches of coal shovels

may be kept preferably at 40 m and 25 m respectively.

The slope angle of the working benches is adopted as 70o for coal and OB

as well, while for OB dump it is adopted as 37o + 20. In the light of the

experience gained the elements of mining system can be modified during

the actual mining operations depending upon the physical and mechanical

properties of rock.

The following mining parameters have been considered in the project:

Table no – 2.9

Sl. No.

Particular Unit Value

1 OB Bench Height upto 7th year mine operation m 12

2 OB Bench Height after 7th year mine operation m 13.5

3 Coal Bench Height for 6-8 cum shovels m 12

4 Coal Bench Height for other shovels m 10-12

5 Working bench width upto 8th year mine operation m 40

6 Non - Working bench width upto 8th year mine operation m 20

7 Working bench width after 8th year mine operation m 60

8 Non - Working bench width after 8th year mine operation m 30

9 Bench Slope for OB and coal Deg. 70

10 Blast Hole dia for OB mm 160

11 Blast Hole dia for coal mm 160

11 Powder Factor Kg/cum 0.3-0.4


Table: 2.10 Size Or Magnitude of Operation Proposed


Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43


3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09

2.5 POWER SUPPLY

The Project substation will receive power at 33 kV from 220/132/33 KV

Kalyaneshwari Sub-station of DVC. Two nos. of 33KV single circuit overhead

line feeders on separate poles are proposed to be drawn from 220/132/33

KV Kalyaneshwari Sub-station of DVC to the proposed Kalyaneshwari

project sub-station near the entry of the quarry.The distance between

220/132/33 KV Kalyaneshwari Sub-station of DVC and project substation will

be around 5 kms. It is proposed to establish one no. of 33/6.6 KV project

substation comprising of two nos. of 7.5 MVA 33/6.6 KV transformer at

suitable locations in non coal bearing area to cater the load of shovels,

pumps, CHP, Quarry and surface lighting and workshop etc. The total

estimated connected load and maximum demand for project substation

comes to the tune of 15603 KW & 8501 KVA for coal & OB.


2.6 CLUSTER DESCRIPTION (LAND USE OF THE CLUSTER): The present and post-mining land-use Cluster XVII is given below:

Table- 2.11 LAND USE OF BEGUNIA COLLIERY: Sl.No. Type of land use

Present mining land use (in Ha)

Post-mining land use (in Ha)

1 Running Quarry Backfilled 0 0

Not Backfilled 0 0

2 Abandoned Quarry Backfilled 0 0

Not Backfilled 0 0

3 External OB dump 0 0

4 Service building/ Mine Infrastructure/

15 0

5 Homestead land 54.43 16.9

6 Coal dump 0.5 0

7 Road and rail 3.9 3.9

8 Ag/Fallow Land 52.9 52.9

9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation 0 73.03

11 Water Body 72.9 72.9

12 Barren Land 106.37 86.37

Total 306 306

Table- 2.12: LAND USE OF VICTORIA WEST COLLIERY:

Sl.No. Type of land use Present mining land use (in Ha)

Post-mining land use (in

Ha)


Not Backfilled 0 0


Not Backfilled 0 0


4 Service building/ Mine Infrastructure/

7.26 0

5 Homestead land 99 50.36

6 Coal dump 0.5 0



9 Forest Land 0 0


11 Water Body 33.2 33.2

12 Barren Land 154.84 139.84

Total 310 310


Table-2.13: LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI COAL

WASHERY: Sl.No. Type of land use Present mining

land use (in Ha) Post-mining land use (in Ha)


Not Backfilled 0 0


Not Backfilled 0 0 3 External OB dump 0 0

4 Service building/ Mine Infrastructure

0 0

5 Homestead land 1.89 0

6 Old Coal dump 0 0 7 Road and rail 0 0 8 Ag/Fallow Land 0 0 9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation 0 15.66 11 Water Body 0 0 12 Barren Land 13.77 0

Total 15.66 15.66

Table- 2.14: LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI OCP:




Not Backfilled 0 0

2 Abandoned Quarry Backfilled 48.12 0 Not Backfilled 42.14 0

3 External OB dump 16.64 0

4 Service building/ Mine Infrastructure

4.94 0

5 Homestead land 42.59 7.72 6 Coal dump 2.31 0

7 Road and rail including Haul Road

53.46 56.4

8 Ag/Fallow Land 497.21 0 9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation Plantation 24.78 753.95

Grass Carpeting 0 156

11 Water Body 23.98 24.87

12 Barren Land 456.26 213.49

Total 1212.43 1212.43

Table- 2.15 A: PRESENT & POST MINING LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII



1 Running Quarry* Backfilled 0 0 Not Backfilled 115.00 0





3 External OB dump 22.64 0 4 Service building/ Mine

Infrastructure 27.2 0


6 Coal dump 3.31 0 7 Road and rail

including Haul Road 64.86 67.8

8 Ag/Fallow Land 557.81 60.6 9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation

Plantation 24.78 914.04 Grass Carpeting 0 156

11 Water Body 130.08 130.97 12 Barren Land 610.24 439.7

Total 1844.09 1844.09 *Running quarry is part of present Damagoria Colliery

Table- 2.15 B CONCEPTUAL POST CLOSURE LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII AS PER MoEF FORMAT

Land use during mining Plantation including grass carpeting

Water body

Public use

Undisturbed Total

Top soil dump 0 External waste dump 474.22 474.22 Excavation 340 24.87 36.83 401.70 Road & rail 64.86 64.86 Built up area (infrast. Coal dump) 153.44 74.98 228.42 Afforestion 24.78 24.78 Water body 106.1 106.10 Undisturbed area 77.6 466.41 544.01 Total 1070.04 130.97 101.69 541.39 1844.09

2.7 Work Shop & Store:

A workshop has been proposed to render services of routine maintenance,

schedule maintenance and minor repair of the equipment envisaged for

Kalyaneshwari OCP. A new workshop is proposed to be constructed in the

proposed space for infra-structure.

Both Excavation Workshop and E & M Workshop to be for maintained is as

given below:

The overall space requirement of this workshop has been taken keeping in

view total no. of major HEMMs as given below:

Table-2.16: Total no. of major HEMMs Sl.No. Type of HEMM Capacity Nos.

01. Rear Dumper (OB) 100 Te 50


Sl.No. Type of HEMM Capacity Nos. 02. Rear Dumper (OB + Coal) 60 Te 64 03. Dozer 410 HP 18 03. Elect. Rope Shovel 10 Cu. M. 4 04. Elect. Hydraulic Shovel 6-8 Cu. M. 5 05. RBH Drill 160 mm 14

The proposed workshop will be a project workshop. This will be the only

workshop for maintenance and repair of HEMMs deployed in Kalyaneshwari

OCP.

One E&M workshop shed has also been proposed for repair and maintenance

of pumps, motors CHP assemblies etc. Repair/maintenance of LMVs has not

been included in the scope and will be done from outside agencies.

Scope of work mainly includes the following: a) Excavation workshop I) Preventive maintenance: a) Daily maintenance including washing of equipment. b) Scheduled maintenance including lubrication c) Inspection II) Incidental minor repair / replacement of components and assemblies of HEMM III) Routine inspection and scheduling for repair needs for central

workshop. IV) Incidental minor repairs of assemblies and sub- assemblies of mining

and mechanical equipment i.e. shovel, drill, etc. b) E & M workshop I) Daily washing and inspection of the E & M equipment II) Routine / scheduled maintenance of E & M equipment III) Incidental minor repair / replacement of sub- assemblies and

components of CHP equipment and accessories, water pumps and pumping installation and other E & M equipment.

Proposed Facilities: a) Excavation workshop


i) Scheduled inspection & maintenance and repair shed for dumpers (including lubrication).

ii) Store complex with store shed (2100 sq. mtrs.), separate POL &

cement store, Scrap yard, store office etc. iii) Mechanised washing of specially constructed platforms for dumpers

and dozers.

iv) Maintenance & minor repair shed for dozers v) Minor repair / replacement of assemblies and sub-assemblies of shovels and drills etc., at the site as well as in the workshop. vi) Engineering shops for repair under one shed:

a) Machine shop b) Auto- Electrical repair shop c) Engine / Radiator repair shop d) Welding and structural shop and e) Minor repair / replacement of assemblies and sub-

assemblies of dumpers, shovels, etc. f) Dumper repair & maintenance shop g) Dozer repair & maintenance shop. h) Open concrete pavement for parking of dumpers.

i) Condition and monitoring room. ii) Fuel filling station

vii) Open crane service ground. viii) Supporting facilities like: Office both for workshop and field engineers, cycle stand, canteen, rest

room, security & time office, firefighting facilities, light towers etc. ix) Heavy material handling equipment. x) Mobile servicing unit, mobile workshop vans, mobile refuelling station

etc. xi) Open crane service / assembly ground.


xii) In addition to main functional shops, auxiliary facilities like substation, parking space, canteen, office, firefighting station have also been provided.

To facilitate the above repair and maintenance facilities the following major shops has been proposed in excavation workshop:

Table- 2.17 List of major shops proposed for repair & maintenance Sl.No.

Major Shops No. of bays

Bay Size (mxm)

Shop Size (mxm)

Bracket Height (m)

EOT crane Cap.(T)

01 Dumper repair shop (including 2 bays for tyre shop)

14 10x20 - 11.5 30/5

02 Dumper maintenance shop 08 10x20 - - - 03 Dozer repair/maint. bays and shop 03 12x10 36x10 8.5 10/2 04 Machine shop - - 30x16

6.0

10/2 05 Face equipt. Repair shop - - 30x16 06 Engine & radiator repair shop - - 20x16 07 Auto electric shop - - 15x16 08 Welding & structural shop - - 20x16

b) E & M Workshop:

i. Mechanical repair shop for routine maintenance & minor repair of water pumps and other allied E& M equipment, etc.

ii. Repair and maintenance shop for CHP equipment, sub-assemblies etc.

iii. Supporting facilities like security, and time office, Engineer & foreman offices.

iv. A small shed of size 15mx10m has been provided.

To facilitate the above repair and maintenance facilities the following major shops has been proposed in E&M workshop:

Table- 2.18 Major shops proposed in E&M workshop Sl.No.

Major Shops No. of bays

Bay Size

(mxm)

Shop Size

(mxm)

Bracket Height

(m)

EOT crane

Cap.(T) 01. Machine shop - - 20x20 - - 02. Mechanical repair shop - - 15x20 - - 03. Elect. And auto repair shop - - 15x20 - - 04. Office & utilities - - 10x20 - -

Workshop Plant & Machinery:

i) The main equipment have been recommended in accordance with the

maintenance / repair programme of various shops and sectors and the

annual working time of the equipment & also the nature of the jobs to be

performed


ii) The selection of the equipment has been made considering job wise

requirement in respect of dimensions, nature of operations to be performed,

frequency of such requirements, and degree of precision.

iii) For quick and effective handling of heavy materials and tyres within shops

and outside, provision is made for EOT cranes, tyre press, tyre handler,

mobile crane, forklift truck, jacks, hand carts etc.

iv) Rs. 65.00 lakhs has been provided for ventilation in the workshop.

2.8 COAL STOCK YARD

Kalyaneshwari Opencast Mine has been planned for producing 4.0 Mty of coal.

and a new coal handling plant has been proposed along with a washery of 3.60

Mty capacity. The production from this OCP will be linked to the above

proposed pit head Washery. The coal transportation route from mine to washery

is shown in Plate – 20A.

In the present scenario the scope of CHP shall be limited to feeding of (-) 100

mm sized coal after secondary roll crusher to the proposed pit head washery for

beneficiation of coal. The Washery products i.e washed coal and washed coal

power will be loaded into railway wagons through 500 te. hopper by means of

Fast Loading System for onward dispatch to customer. CHP will be equipped

with facilities like pollution control, firefighting, water supply, road, drainage etc.

Proposed Coal Handling Plant The Coal Handling Plant envisages crushing of ROM coal to (-) 100 mm by

primary and secondary roll crusher and feeding sized coal to proposed pit head

washery for beneficiation of coal. Beneficiated coal from pit head Washery i.e.

washed coal and washed coal power shall be stored in the bunker and shall be

fed into the fast loading hopper to be constructed over railway line for loading

into wagons for onward dispatch to various customers. The Coal Handling Plant

shall have facilities namely receiving pits at surface for receipt of R.O.M coal by

60 Te rear discharge dumpers, primary roll crusher for crushing R.O.M coal to (-

) 300 mm and then to secondary roll crusher for crushing to (-)100 mm, storage

of sized coal into a 10000 te. over ground bunker, reclamation of coal from this

bunker for feeding to washery, 500 te. Wagon loading hopper with fast loading

system proposed to be constructed over railway lines for receipt of washed coal

and washed coal power from washery and dispatch to various customers via


rail. Apart from this, the plant will be equipped with facilities namely pollution

control, firefighting, water supply, road, drainage etc.

Wagon Loading Complex The scope of Washery is to deliver finished products onto BCCL’s one no. 500

te. fast loading hopper proposed to be constructed over railway lines. Conveyor

from Washery to loading hopper shall be in the scope of washery. The hopper

will be equipped with a fast loading system comprising of maintenance gate,

discharge gate, isolation couplers, chute assembly, flood control gate, pre-

weigh hopper, hydraulic system, sampler, lift etc.

After beneficiation, washed coal and washed coal power shall be delivered by

washery into one no. fast loading hopper simultaneously for loading into railway

wagons for dispatch to customers.

Finished products from washery will be loaded into the wagons using a pre-

weigh batching system. In this system the pre-weigh hopper will be supported

from a load cell. Before the wagon is loaded, the pre-weigh hopper will be filled

to the predetermined weight. The hopper outlet gates will then be closed and

the loading gates provided below the pre-weigh hopper will be opened to fill the

wagons.

Railway Siding

A full rake capacity railway siding shall have to be constructed for loading of

washed coal and washed coal power into the wagons from fast loading hopper.

The siding should be equipped with empty receiving line, after load line and

engine escape line, so that the wagons can be loaded, without any difficulty,

from the respective hopper. As nearly 12000 te of coal is to be evacuated per

day in-motion loading of railway wagons is to be done and the wagons are to be

hauled at a certain fixed creep speed during loading of coal into the wagons.

In-Pit crushing and HAC

The above arrangement of crushing and conveying of coal to washery has been

provided upto 18 years of life of mine. In the 19th year when the depth of mine

will be approx. 150 mtrs, the arrangement of in pit crushing and high angle

conveyor has been provided. The system will work as described below:

One no. skid mounted primary crusher, for crushing of coal from (-) 1200 mm to

(-) 300 mm has been provided along with one no. secondary crusher to crush

coal from (-) 300 mm to (-) 100 mm.


Location of secondary crusher will be fixed. Primary crusher will be fixed for 3

years at a distance of approx. 50 mtrs from secondary crusher. In 22nd year

secondary crusher will be installed at a distance of approx. 850 mtrs from

secondary crusher for the remaining year for the life of the mine.

Economics

The estimated capital investments for the above Coal Handling Plant & Railway

siding is Rs. 7303.98 lakhs and Rs. 3024.00 lakhs respectively.

2.9 OB DUMPING STRATEGY:

Total OB will be dumped in the de-coaled area of the abandoned quarries.

Initially OB dumping will be done in the rise side of the de-coaled area along

the strike, keeping a safe distance of about 80 m from the active face. The

Dumping will continue simultaneously with the opencast operation and the total

OB will be accommodated in the excavated area. The sequence of dumping

will ensure that no coal is buried below the OB dump.

The total quantity of OB that can be accommodated in internal and external

dump is about 432.96Mcum, if the southern dump is upto 230 m RL i.e. upto

three tier. Since there is a previous dump of about 37.76 Mcum, the dump

capacity available is about 395.2Mcum. So there is a need of about 40 Ha of

land for dumping 23.53 Mcum of OB.

Subsequently it was estimated that a total of 34.85 Mcum of OB can be

accommodated in the Southern side dump, if an addition dump tier of 30m can

be raised above its top tier of RL 230m. The resultant height of this southern

dump will then be 120m instead of 90m with RL of 260m.

So, total amount of OB that can be accommodated in the above dumps (with 4

tier in the Southern dump) will then be 467.81 Mcum and the total amount of

OB that can be accommodated in the external OB dump will be 306.46 Mcum.

This will eliminate the need of extra 40Ha of land for dumping. If the mine

could not advance into dip side of the property for any reason, the entire

external OB may be backfilled in the void area of the mine before the

closure of the mine.

The total OB produced, average stripping ratio and percentage of internal

dumping is given in the subsequent table:


Table: 2.19 Calendar Programme of Coal & OB

Year KALYANESHWARI

OCP YEAR KALYANESHWARI

OCP YEAR KALYANESHWARI

OCP COAL(MT) OB(Mcum) COAL(MT) OB(Mcum) COAL(MT) OB(Mcum)

C1 Construction Year 13th 4 13.83 26th 4 14.52 1st 0.00 2 14th 4 13.86 27th 4 14.25 2nd 0.00 5 15th 4 13.67 28th 4 10.84 3rd 0.40 6.69 16th 4 14.33 29th 4 10.86 4th 0.70 8.44 17th 4 14.39 30th 4 10.86 5th 0.80 9 18th 4 14.52 31st 4 10.86 6th 1.00 10.7 19th 4 14.52 32nd 4 10.86 7th 1.50 11.28 20th 4 14.52 33rd 4 10.86 8th 2.50 12.6 21st 4 14.52 34th 4 6.25 9th 3.73 13.48 22nd 4 14.52 35th 4 5.08 10th 4 13.47 23rd 4 14.52 36th 4 5.08 11th 4 13.83 24th 4 14.52 37th 4 5.08 12th 4 13.83 25th 4 14.52 38th 0.36 0.45

TOTAL 122.96 418.73 However, the peak production of 5.20 Mty(4.0 Mty + 30%) may be achieved occasionally by better utilization of resources & favourable geo-mining conditions.

Table- 2.20 Yearly Backfilling Schedule of Internal and External OB (Mcum):

YEAR INTERNAL

DUMP EXTERNAL

DUMP TOTAL YEAR

INTERNAL DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP

TOTAL

Cl - P1 2.00 2.00 P20 5.08 9.44 14.52 P2 5.00 5.00 P21 5.08 9.44 14.52 P3 6.69 6.69 P22 6.53 7.98 14.52 P4 8.44 8.44 P23 6.53 7.98 14.52 PS 9.00 9.00 P24 7.98 6.53 14.52 P6 10.70 10.70 P25 7.98 6.53 14.52 P7 11.28 11.28 P26 9.27 4.99 14.25 P8 12.60 12.60 P27 7.04 3.79 10.84 P9 13.48 13.48 P28 8.14 2.71 10.86 P10 13.47 13.47 P29 9.71 1.15 10.86 P11 13.83 13.83 P30 10.86 10.86 P12 13.83 13.83 P31 10.86 10.86 P13 13.83 13.83 P32 10.86 10.86 P14 13.86 13.86 P33 10.86 10.86 P15 13.67 13.67 P34 6.25 6.25 P16 3.58 10.74 14.33 P35 5.08 5.08 P17 3.60 10.80 14.39 P36 5.08 5.08 P18 3.63 10.89 14.52 P37 5.08 5.08 P19 5.08 9.44 14.52 P38 0.45 0.45

TOTAL 154.62 264.11 418.73



The opencast mine of small capacity is generating fugitive dust due to

transportation and material handling. Mobile sprinklers have been provided for

suppression of dust along haul road and coal transportation. Management of

proposed systems are described in Chapter X.


Considering the geo-mining conditions of the block, the shovel-dumper

combination is used for exploitation of coal from opencast project of this

cluster. These technologies are proven and tested technologies. The

beneficiation process of the proposed washery will also help in the mitigation

measures.

The proposed project does not envisage employing any new or untested

technology for exploitation of coal.

2.12 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION WORK

Residential building: Colony already exists and no additional residential

construction is required.

Salient features of important Service Buildings

Workshop Complex

Work shop complex consists of area for Excavation work shop, E&M

workshop, substation, workshop offices, stores etc. Total area of workshop

complex (Excavation workshop & E&M workshop) is 70,000.00 Sq m. Main

structures in excavation workshops are Dumper repair complex office,

Dumper repair complex, dumper washing station, pavement for dumper

parking , machine shop & other shops, Dozer office,

dozer repair shop, dozer washing station, pavement for dozer parking, fuel

delivery station, effluent treatment plant including oil and grease tap with

settling tank, overhead water tank, pump house, underground reservoir,

security posts, light towers, E&M workshop office, E&M workshop, substation,

fire fighting station, rest shelter, canteen, WC, POL store, cement store, store


shed, scrap yard, store shed, scooter /cycle shed, open service ground/ bucket

repair pavement etc.

Store

A provision of store office, POL store, Cement store, Scrap yard , Store shed ,

Security post etc. have been proposed in workshop complex.

Main Sub-Station

A centrally located sub-station building of plinth area 20m x 20 m with

structural works and development of open area of open service ground having

size 200 m x50 m has been proposed for this OCP.

Magazine House

Magazine house with magazine office and proper boundary wall for 60 t

capacity under the head of technological structure have been proposed.

However, suitable location shall be decided by BCCL before the construction.

Coal Stock Yard

Two coal stock yards/depot with proper boundary wall and security post have

been proposed. Suitable location for coal stock yard shall be decided by BCCL

before the construction.

Water supply:

The total water demand for this project is 0.96 MLD. The portable water

demand is 0.06 MLD & industrial water demand is 0.90 MLD.

Capital Requirement for Water Supply & Sewage

A capital provision of Rs. 454.16 lakhs has been made.

2.13 MANPOWER

Manpower requirements are assessed on the basis of 7 days week and 330

days of annual working. The peak manpower of the project has been

estimated as 1235.


Manpower requirement for Kalyaneshwari OCP - 4.0 MTY has been given

below.

Table- 2.21 Manpower requirement

Sl No Manpower Particulars Category/ Grade

No. of Manpower

Target Maximum (11th Yr.) (18th Yr.)

1 Unskilled I 133 141

2 Semi skilled II, E 95 107

3 Skilled C, D, III, IV, V, VI 272 272

4 Highly skilled A, B 408 449

5 Total Workers 908 969

6 Monthly Paid 197 197

7 Officers 69 69

8 Total manpower 1174 1235

2.14 PRICE OF WASHED PRIME COKING COAL & MEDIUM COAL

Table 2.22- Price of coking coal & power coal

Sl. No. Particular Price per tonne (Rs.) 1. Prime washed coking coal 7860 2. Medium washed coking coal 6415 3. Price of washed coal power 3145

2.15 CAPITAL REQUIRED Capital requirement for Kalyaneshwari OCP (HEMM):

Table- 2.23 Capital requirement for Kalyaneshwari OCP

SL. No.

Particulars Total Provision Existing Addl.

Requirement Total Cost (in Lakhs) No. Amount

No.

Amount No. Unit Cost

O.B EXCAVATION

1 Electric Rope Shovel (10 Cum)

4 0 0 4 2347.18 9388.73

2 Electric Hydraulic Shovel (6-8 Cum)

4 0 0 4 511.01 2044.05

3 Rear Dumper (100 T) 50 0 0 50 355.06 17752.86

4 Rear Dumper (60T) 47 0 0 47 197.81 9297.04

5 RBH Drill (Diesel) (160mm) 12 0 0 12 147.35 1768.19

6 Dozer (410 HP) 10 0 0 10 240.73 2407.31

7 F. Engine & Assemblies

1383.15 Sub. total 0 42658.19 Contingency @ 5% 2132.91 COAL EXTRACTION

8 Electric Hydraulic Shovel (6-8 Cum)

2 0 2 511.01 1022.03

9 Rear Dumper (60T) 17 0 17 197.81 3362.76

10 RBH Drill (Diesel) (160mm) 2 0 2 147.35 294.70

11 Dozer with Ripper attachments (410HP)

2 0 2 248.75 497.50


SL. No.

Particulars Total Provision Existing Addl.

Requirement Total Cost (in Lakhs) No. Amount

No.

Amount No. Unit Cost

12 F. Engine & Assemblies

99.03 Sub. total 0 0 5176.99 Contingency @ 5% 258.85 COMMON

13 Hydraulic shovel with Backhoe (Diesel) (2.5-3 Cum)

1 0 0 1 184.17 184.17

14 Crane (55T) 1 0 0 1 164.26 164.26

15 Crane (30T) 1 0 0 1 155.72 155.72

16 Motor Grader (280 HP) 2 0 0 2 240.84 481.69

17 Vibratory Roller (10T) 1 0 0 1 141.84 141.84

18 Dozer (320 HP) 2 0 0 2 197.97 395.93

Sub. total 0 1523.62 Contingency @ 5% 76.18 Grand Total 0 53308.91

Environmental Cost for KOCP:

Table 2.24 Environmental Cost of Kalyaneshwari OCP

ESTIMATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Name of the Project : CLUSTER-XVII Group of Mines (Amount in Rs. Lakhs)

Sl. No. Description Existing Proposed

I CAPITAL FOR RESTORATION

HEMM for Reclamation --- 1 Dozer 320 HP (4 nos. reqd.) 791.86 2 Hydraulic Shovel with BH (1.5 Cum) 92.50 3 Tipper 8 cu. m ( 6 nos. required) 94.65 4 Others (F. Engine & Assemblies, Contingency, etc.) 98.98 SUB-TOTAL 1077.99

II CAPITAL FOR ANTI-POLLUTION MEASURES IN MINE AND INDUSTRIAL AREA

1 Mobile Water Sprinkler 28 KL (04 Nos.) 658.94 2 50 m Fog canon - for dust suppression (02 Nos.) 120.00 3 Development of green belt 15.00 4 Oil & grease trap 50.00 5 Garland Drain 50.00 6 Fire Fighting arrangement 75.00 7 Provision for Arboriculture 30.00

SUB-TOTAL 1018.94

III OTHER PROVISIONS (on LS basis) 1 Base line data generation and monitoring works 15.00 2 EMP Report 50.00 3 Env. Lab Van 16.00 4 Rainwater Harvesting System 40.00 5 Sedimentation Pond 30.00 SUB-TOTAL 151.00

IV ABSTRACT OF FINANCIAL IMPACT (A) - CAPITAL

1 Cost of restoration 1077.99 2 Cost of Anti-pollution measures in mine & Industrial area 1018.94 3 Other provisions 151.00 TOTAL CAPITAL 2247.94


2.16 KALYANESHWARI COAL WASHERY

GENERAL

A two-product (viz. clean coal and secondary product) coking coal washery for

coal produced from this OCP has been conceptualized with raw coal

throughput capacity of 3.60 Mty (excluding Jhama coal). Clean coal is to be

linked to steel plants and secondary product will be sent to thermal power

plants.

Washability test results of Borehole No. KALCM-15, 18 & 32 combined in case

of Salanpur A; Borehole No. KALCM-10, 15, 29 & 32 combined in case of

Salanpur B carried out in Coal Preparation Laboratory, CMPDI, Ranchi in 2006

have been considered. The projections envisaged are tentative as they are

based on borehole data i.e. insitu quality and will undergo changes depending

upon the actual test results of ROM coal from Kalyaneshwari OCP. Based on

the available borehole test data, the average ash% of raw coal feed to

proposed Kalyaneshwari washery has been worked out as 32.30% considering

about 50.77% & 15.73% of mineable reserves of Salanpur A and Salanpur B

respectively.

THROUGHPUT CAPACITY OF THE WASHERY The targeted production capacity of Kalyaneshwari OCP is 4.0 Mty (including

coal & Jhama). The annual throughput capacity of the proposed

Kalyaneshwari washery has been considered as 3.60 Mty considering the

maximum production of coal (excluding Jhama).

LIFE OF THE WASHERY

The life of the washery has been considered as 31 years.

CAPACITY & OPERATING CONDITIONS OF WASHERY

The daily and hourly annual average raw coal input capacity of this washery as

envisaged is given hereafter:

a) Annual : 3.60 Mt

b) Daily : 11000 tonnes

c) Hourly : 720 tonnes


It has been envisaged that there will be three main sections viz. raw coal

receiving arrangement, washing section and product handling & dispatch

section in the proposed washery. The operating conditions of different sections

are given hereafter:

RAW COAL RECEIVING ARRANGEMENT

The raw coal receiving section includes receiving arrangement of -200mm coal

from mine CHP through a belt conveyor envisaged in CHP, crusher house for

crushing of -200 mm coal down to -20 mm size and feeding the same to the

washery. The operating conditions of raw coal receiving section as envisaged

in the CHP chapter of the Mine PR are as follows:

a) No. of working days per annum : 330

b) No. of working shifts per day : 3 (8 hours each)

c) No. of effective working hours per year : 5000

d) Hourly throughput capacity (tonnes) : 900

WASHERY SECTION

The Washery section includes washing of crushed coal for achieving the

targeted clean coal ash and storage of saleable products. The operating

conditions of washing section are given hereafter:


b) No. of working shifts per day : 3

c) No. of effective working hours per year : 5000

d) Hourly throughput capacity (tonnes) : 720

LOADING & DISPATCH SECTION

It has been envisaged that clean coal and secondary product produced from

the proposed washery will be reclaimed and loaded into railway wagons by

separate fast loading systems for onward dispatch to consumers.

The operating conditions of loading & dispatch section are given below:


b) No. of working shifts per day : 3 (8 hours each)

c) No. of loading hours per year : Round the clock


d) Loading rate (tph) : 3600

SELECTION OF PROCESS

Generally, selection of the process depends on seam wise, year wise

production programme of linked mines, quality of feed to the proposed

washery, and full scale washability test results of representative ROM samples

of linked feed coal for the life of the mine and desired quality of saleable

product.

As only borehole (i.e. insitu quality) test results are available, a broad estimate

has been made regarding yield of clean coal and secondary product. A

tentative process flowsheet for achieving clean coal at 19% has been

considered based on the available borehole washability test results. However,

at the time of preparation of conceptual report/ feasibility report, the process is

to be selected after generation of full scale washability and other tests of ROM

samples of Kalyaneshwari OCP for predicting balance of products.

RAW COAL SECTION

❖ Receiving of -200 mm crushed coal from mine CHP by belt conveyor

(1200tph) in surge hopper at washery end.

❖ Screening of raw coal by vibrating screens at 50mm to produce two size

fractions i.e. +50 mm & -50 mm.

❖ Crushing of oversize fraction i.e. +50 mm down to -50 mm in crushers in

crusher house.

❖ Stocking of entire -50 mm coal on 5500t ground storage with reclamation

arrangement.

❖ Screening of entire -50mm coal by vibrating screens at 20mm to produce two

size fractions i.e. +20 mm & -20 mm.

❖ Crushing of oversize fraction i.e. +20 mm down to -20 mm in crushers in

crusher house and conveying the entire -20mm coal to the washery building.


WASHING SECTION

❖ Desliming of -20 mm coal in sieve bend-cum-desliming screens to produce

two size fractions 20-0.5 mm & -0.5 mm.

❖ Washing of 20-0.5 mm deslimed coal in HM Cyclones to produce clean coal &

secondary product (i.e. underflow of HM cyclone).

❖ Dewatering of clean coal from HM cyclones in sieve bend-cum-drain & rinse

screens followed by further dewatering in vibrating basket centrifuge.

❖ Dewatering of secondary product from HM cyclones in sieve bend-cum-drain

& rinse screens followed by further dewatering in vibrating basket centrifuge.

❖ Recovery of media by magnetic separators.

❖ Thickening of -0.5 mm slurry in radial thickener.

❖ Upgradation of -0.5 mm coal (underflow of thickener) in water only cyclones to

produce clean coal and secondary product.

❖ Dewatering of clean coal (overflow) from water only cyclones in screen bowl

centrifuge.

❖ Dewatering of secondary product (underflow) from water only cyclones in belt

filter press.

❖ Conveying of -0.5 mm dewatered fine clean coal from water only cyclones

along with 20-0.5 mm clean coal from HM cyclones & stocking the same in

covered ground storage of 4000t capacity through a stack tube.

❖ Conveying of -0.5 mm dewatered fine secondary product from water only

cyclones along with 20-0.5 mm secondary product from HM cyclones &

stocking the same in covered ground storage of 8000t capacity through

another stack tube.

Provision of slime ponds for re-handling coal slurry in case of emergency and

Re-circulation of clarified water has also been envisaged.

LOADING & DISPATCH SECTION

Reclamation of clean coal and secondary product from their respective

covered ground storage and loading to the railway wagons by separate fast

loading systems for onward dispatch to consumers will be as envisaged in the

CHP chapter of the Mine PR.


BALANCE OF PRODUCTS

The tentative balance of products on the proposed scheme under practical

conditions have been estimated based on the available borehole core test

results of Salanpur A & B seams.

Table2.25: Tentative Balance of Products

Products Wt% Ash% Quantity (Mtpa) Clean Coal 34.3 19.0 1.235 Power Grade Coal 65.7 39.3 2.365

Total 100 32.3 3.600

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

The infrastructure facilities generally considers land for setting up of washery,

requirement of power & water, loading & dispatch facilities and reject disposal/

utilization. The land for setting up of washery is to be selected in a non-coal

bearing area considering the availability of land. Selection of site is to be done

keeping in view the distance of mine to washery site, railway siding, reject

dumping/ utilization site, source of water & power etc.

The infrastructure facilities required for setting up of washery depends on the

ROM coal quality and process flow sheet for achieving the targeted ash of

clean coal. In absence of these data, the tentative infrastructure facilities

required are broadly indicated hereafter:

WASHERY SITE

The land requirement for setting up of the washery is 15.66 Ha. adjacent to the

proposed mine CHP of Kalyaneshwari OCP .

POWER REQUIREMENT

Requirement of power depends on the throughput capacity and the process

selected. The tentative requirement of power is about 5.5 MVA for operation &

maintenance of the proposed washery of Kalyaneshwari OCP.

Power will be supplied from DVC to proposed Kalyaneshwari main sub-station

and then to washery, the approximate distance being 1 km. It has been


envisaged that the power for operation & maintenance at 33kV will be made

available within the proposed washery site from the mine sub-station. The

washery shall have a separate 33kV/6.6kV sub-station.

The power supply for pump house meant for drawl of water for washery from

the source of water is to be provided from the nearby available power source.

WATER REQUIREMENT

The washery has been planned to operate on closed water circuit. Therefore,

only make-up water requirement has been considered. Requirement of water

for pollution control arrangements would be primarily for dust suppression,

floor washing, watering of the plant site and plantation. In accordance with the

technology adopted, process and other features, the consumptive water

requirement of the washery for the above usage has been broadly worked out

to approx. 0.38 MGD. The initial water requirement is proposed to be met from

mine water which is approximately 2 kms from the proposed site of the

washery. The day-to-day water requirement is proposed to be met from the

mine sump water. Power supply for withdrawal of water from source shall be

drawn from nearby power source.

MANPOWER

The total manpower required for operation & maintenance of washery has

been broadly estimated as 130. Breakup is given below:

Table 2.26: Manpower Requirement

Sl. No. Particulars No. A. Executives 16 B. Non-Executives 114 Total 130

It has been envisaged that the proposed washery personnel will be adjusted

with existing housing facilities and the infrastructure facilities as well as welfare

facilities of the same will be shared with that of the mine project. Hence, no

capital provision has been kept for residential and welfare facilities.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL 59 Job No: 200308025

CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 59-148

3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD, COMPONENTS & METHODOLOGY 64

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 67

3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 93

3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 102

3.5 SOIL QUALITY 112

3.6 FLORA AND FAUNA STUDY OF CORE ZONE AND BUFFER ZONE STUDY AREA

118

3.7 HYDRO-GEOLOGY 131

3.8 GROUNDWATER RESOURCES IN THE AREA 136

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE 143

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

TABLE - 3.1 COMPONENTS OF STUDY AREA 64

TABLE - 3.2 PERIOD OF BASELINE DATA 65

TABLE – 3.3 PARAMETERS TO BE MONITORED, PERIOD AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

67

TABLE - 3.4 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (JANUARY’ 2016)

70

TABLE – 3.5 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (FEBRUARY’ 2016)

71

TABLE – 3.6 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (MARCH’ 2016)

71

TABLE – 3.7 SEASONAL WIND DISTRIBUTION

72

TABLE - 3.8 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA (JANUARY’ 2016)

73

TABLE – 3.9 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA (FEBRUARY’ 2016)

74

TABLE - 3.10 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA 75

TABLE – 3.11 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES 78

TABLE – 3.12 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR AIR QUALITY MONITORING 79

TABLE – 3.13 LOCATION & JUSTIFICATION FOR SELECTION OF AAQ STATIONS

80

TABLE - 3.14 PARAMETERS MONITORED AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING 81


TABLE – 3.15 BASELINE AIR QUALITY DATA FOR STATION SA-1

81


82


83

TABLE – 3.18 BASELINE AIR QUALITY DATA FOR STATION SA-4 84

TABLE – 3.19 BASELINE AIR QUALITY DATA FOR STATION SA-5 85


86

TABLE - 3.21 BASELINE AIR QUALITY DATA FOR STATION SA-7

87


88

TABLE – 3.23 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

91

TABLE – 3.24 STANDARDS FOR COAL MINES

92

TABLE – 3.25 STANDARDS FOR JHARIA COAL FIELDS

92

TABLE – 3.26 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR GROUND WATER

94

TABLE –3.27 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SURFACE WATER

95

TABLE – 3.28 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT/MINE WATER

95

TABLE – 3.29 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES FOR GW-1 AND GW-2 STATIONS

95

TABLE – 3.30 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES FOR GW-1 AND GW-2 STATIONS

97

TABLE – 3.31

GROUND WATER QUALITY AT A GLANCE IN COMPARISON TO DRINKING WATER STANDARD

98

TABLE – 3.32 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY

99

TABLE – 3.33 SURFACE WATER AT GLANCE 100

TABLE – 3.34 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE WATER DISCHARGE

100

TABLE – 3.35 DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR NOISE LEVEL MONITORING

103

TABLE – 3.36 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF JANUARY 2016

104

TABLE – 3.37 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF JANUARY 2016

104

TABLE – 3.38 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF JANUARY 2016

105


TABLE - 3.39 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF JANUARY 2016

105

TABLE – 3.40 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF FEBRUARY 2016

105

TABLE – 3.41 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF FEBRUARY 2016

106

TABLE – 3.42 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF FEBRUARY 2016

106

TABLE – 3.43 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF FEBRUARY 2016

107

TABLE – 3.44 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF MARCH 2016

107

TABLE – 3.45 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME TIME FOR 1ST FORTNIGHT OF MARCH 2016

108

TABLE – 3.46 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF MARCH 2016

108

TABLE – 3.47 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME FOR 2ND FORTNIGHT OF MARCH 2016

108

TABLE – 3.48 NOISE STANDARD 111

TABLE – 3.49 PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURE FOR INDUSTRIAL WORKERS

112

TABLE – 3.50 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOIL QUALITY ASSESSMENT

114

TABLE – 3.51 CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL FOR SOIL STATION SS1 114

TABLE – 3.52 SOIL FERTILITY QUALITY STANDARD W.R.T C: N: P: K

115



116



116

TABLE – 3.57 ASPECTS OF FLORA AND FAUNA STUDY 119

TABLE – 3.58 LIST OF AGRICULTURAL CROPS IN THE CORE ZONE 121

TABLE – 3.59 LIST OF COMMERCIAL CROPS IN CORE ZONE 122

TABLE – 3.60 LIST OF AGRO FORESTRY SPECIES IN CORE ZONE 122

TABLE – 3.61 CHECK LIST OF GRASSES AND SEDGES IN CORE ZONE 123

TABLE – 3.62 LIST OF AQUATIC SPECIES IN CORE ZONE 123

TABLE – 3.63 LIST OF AGRICULTURAL CROPS IN THE BUFFER ZONE 123

TABLE – 3.64 LIST OF COMMERCIAL CROPS IN BUFFER ZONE 124

TABLE – 3.65 LIST OF AGRO FORESTRY SPECIES IN BUFFER ZONE 124


TABLE – 3.66 CHECKLIST OF NATURAL VEGETATION IN BUFFER ZONE 125 TABLE – 3.67 LIST OF GRASSES AND SEDGES IN BUFFER ZONE 126 TABLE – 3.68 LIST OF AQUATIC PLANTS 126 TABLE – 3.69 CHECKLIST OF TERRESTRIAL FAUNA IN CORE ZONE 127 TABLE – 3.70 CHECKLIST OF AQUATIC FAUNA IN CORE ZONE 128 TABLE – 3.71 CHECKLIST OF TERRESTRIAL FAUNA IN BUFFER ZONE 129 TABLE – 3.72 CHECKLIST OF AQUATIC FAUNA IN BUFFER ZONE 130

TABLE – 3.73 HYDROGEOLOGICAL UNITS DEVELOPED IN CLUSTER-XVII AREA

132

TABLE – 3.74 A & B

WATER LEVEL DATA OF HYDROGRAPH STATIONS 133

TABLE – 3.75 WATER LEVEL DATA FROM PERMANENT OBSERVATION WELLS (CGWB)

134

TABLE – 3.76 RAINFALL RECHARGE IN BUFFER ZONE BY RAINFALL INFILTRATION METHOD

137

TABLE – 3.77 RAINFALL RECHARGE IN BUFFER ZONE BY WATER LEVEL FLUCTUATION METHOD DURING MONSOON SEASON

138

TABLE – 3.78

RAINFALL RECHARGE IN BUFFER ZONE AFTER COMPARING RESULTS FROM WATER LEVEL FLUCTUATION METHOD AND RAINFALL INFILTRATION FACTOR METHOD DURING MONSOON SEASON

138

TABLE – 3.79 NET ANNUAL GROUNDWATER AVAILABILITY IN BUFFER ZONE

139

TABLE – 3.80 GROSS GROUNDWATER DRAFT FOR ALL USES IN BUFFER ZONE

140

TABLE – 3.81 CLUSTER-XVII PEAK WATER DEMAND

140

TABLE – 3.82 GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT IN THE BUFFER ZONE 141

TABLE – 3.83 GROUNDWATER POTENTIAL DETAILS OF SALANPUR BLOCK AS ON 2011, BURDWAN DISTT, WEST BENGAL

142

TABLE – 3.84 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE STUDY AREA 144

TABLE – 3.85 SUMMARY AVG – HOUSEHOLD (HH) SIZE 144

TABLE – 3.86 SUMMARY CASTE DISTRIBUTION 144

TABLE – 3.87 SUMMARY LITRECY STATUS 144

TABLE – 3.88 SUMMARY SEX RATIO 145

TABLE – 3.89 SUMMARY WORKER CLASSIFICATION 145

TABLE – 3.90 HH SURVEY - HOUSEHOLD SIZE AVERAGE

146

TABLE – 3.91 VILLAGES IN BUFFER ZONE 148


LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE NO. FIGURE NAME PAGE NO.

FIG. NO. 3a TEMPERATURE VARIATION CHART FOR THE STUDY PERIOD 69

FIG. NO. 3b RELATIVE HUMIDITY VARIATION CHART FOR THE STUDY PERIOD 69

FIG. NO. 3c EXISTING LEVELS OF AIR POLLUTANTS – PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX. 90

FIG. NO. 3d GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF EXISTING NOISE LEVELS IN COMPARISON WITH NAAQ STANDARD FOR NOISE 111

FIG. NO. 3e SOIL TEXTURE DIAGRAM 117 FIG. NO. 3f CGWB WELL HYDROGRAPH 135

FIG. NO. 3g CMPDI WELL HYDROGRAPH OF CHUNGEI STATION 136

FIG. NO. 3h CMPDI WELL HYDROGRAPH OF DEBIPUR STATION 136

FIG. NO. 3i PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING NET ANNUAL GROUNDWATER BALANCE OF CLUSTER XVII 141

FIG. NO. 3j STAGE OF GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT FOR CLUSTER XVII BUFFER ZONE 142

FIG. NO. 3k MINE WATER USAGE DIAGRAM OF CLUSTER XVII 143


CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD, COMPONENTS & METHODOLOGY

Study area, as framed in TOR by MOEF, is 10 km radius from the periphery of

the project. All the base line data have been studied and assessed within this

definition of study area.

Study Area

Following components of study area are described in Table given below for

which study has been carried out:

Table-3.1 Components of study area Sl. No. Study Areas Based on References to

1.00 Socioeconomic profile 2011 census data 1.01 Social Profile -Do- 1.02 Economic Profile -Do- 1.03 Workforce Pattern -Do- 1.04 Basic and Civic Amenities -Do-

2.00 Land Use pattern Based Remote Sensing Satellite data by CMPDI

2.01 Core zone As per State Govt. record 2.02 Buffer Zone / Study area 2011 census data

3.00 Meteorological trends Indian Meteorological

Department of the nearby area 3.01 Temperature trends Micro station set up by PDIL 3.02 Rainfall trends Micro station set up by PDIL 4.00 Micro-meteorological data PDIL, Sindri, Jharkhand

4.01 Wind temperature, speed and direction

-Do-

4.02 Relative Humidity -Do- 4.03 Cloud Cover -Do- 4.04 Rainfall -Do- 5.00 Baseline data PDIL, Sindri, Jharkhand 5.01 Air Quality -Do- 5.02 Water Quality -Do- 5.03 Noise Level -Do- 5.04 Soil Quality -Do- 6.00 Forest, Flora and Fauna VRDS, Consultants, Chennai 6.01 Forest -Do- 6.02 Flora -Do- 6.03 Fauna -Do- 7.00 Hydrogeological CMPDIL 8.00 Land degradation BCCL and CMPDIL 9.00 Solid Waste BCCL and CMPDIL 10.00 Hazard assessment BCCL and CMPDIL 10.01 Ground vibration BCCL and CMPDIL 10.02 Coal Fire BCCL and CMPDIL


Period

Table-3.2 Sl. No. Study Areas Study period

1.00 Socioeconomic 1.01 Social Profile 2011 census 1.02 Economic Profile 2011 census 1.03 Workforce Pattern 2011 census 1.04 Basic and Civic Amenities 2011 census 2.00 Land Use pattern 2.01 Core zone As per State Govt. record 2.02 Buffer Zone / Study area 2011 census data 3.00 Meteorological trends 3.01 Temperature trends 4.00 Micro-meteorological trends 4.01 Wind speed and direction January 2016 – March 2016 4.02 Temperature January 2016 – March 2016 4.03 Relative Humidity January 2016 – March 2016 4.04 Cloud Cover January 2016 – March 2016 4.05 Rainfall January 2016 – March 2016 5.00 Baseline data January 2016 – March 2016 5.01 Air Quality January 2016 – March 2016 5.02 Water Quality January 2016 – March 2016 5.03 Noise Level January 2016 – March 2016 5.04 Soil Quality January 2016 – March 2016 6.00 Forest, Flora and Fauna 6.01 Forest 2016 6.02 Flora 2016 6.03 Fauna 2016 7.00 Hydrogeological 2008-2017 8.00 Land degradation 2016 9.00 Solid Waste 2016 10.00 Hazard assessment 2016 10.01 Ground vibration 2016 10.02 Coal Fire 2016

Components

As mentioned above.

Methodology

Socioeconomic study The socioeconomic study has been made with reference to Census 2011.

Land Use pattern Land Use pattern study has been carried out with reference to Remote Sensing Satellite data by CMPDI.

Air

One season (i.e., January 2016 – March 2016) data were generated so far for

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx.


Water Grab sampling method was adopted for collection of ground water sample from

hand-pump, waste water and surface water samples from different sources of

water bodies.

Four nos. of samples for ground water, three nos. of surface water and one no.

of mine water samples were collected as representative samples to assess

water quality of the area during study period. These samples were analyzed as

per “Standard Method for the Examination of Water & Waste Water” published

by American Public Health Association (APHA: 22nd Edition, 2012).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene containers.

Samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml. Conc. HNO3 per

liter. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass

bottles. Some of the parameters such as temperature, pH, DO, alkalinity, total

hardness and chloride etc., which were liable to change with time were analyzed

at site with the help of an analytical kit and one set of “Preserved” samples were

brought to PDIL’s laboratory at Sindri for detailed analysis of the remaining

parameters stated in the tables.

Noise The noise levels were measured by Noise Level Meter continuously for 24 hrs at

hourly intervals, in decibels under 'A' weighted average. Values were reported

as equivalent day, night and day-night noise levels.

Micrometeorology Data of micrometeorological and microclimatic parameters were recorded by

installing an Automatic Weather station at the roof of Damagoria Project Office

to represent the prevailing micrometeorological aspects of the study area.

Automatic Weather station (WS-2815U-IT, lacrosse technology) was used to

record ambient temperature, Relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, Cloud

cover, Rainfall, wind speed and direction continuously during the study period.


Soil Environment The main aim of the soil testing is to assess the soil quality of the area to define

the present status of soil. It helps in the assessment of impact if any, due to

proposed project activities and selection of suitable species of plants for green

belt and afforestation as an anti-pollution measure. Keeping this in view, three

sampling locations were selected so as to represent the soil quality of the entire

study area.

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Following aspects have been considered for Micro-meteorological Study:

Location & Rationale of Sampling

The micro-meteorological station was located near Core zone free from

obstructions.

The micro-meteorological data was taken for detailed analysis of air quality for

different pollutants.

Parameters to be monitored, period and frequency of monitoring is given below:

Table-3.3 Parameters to be monitored, period and frequency of monitoring

Parameters to be monitored Period & Frequency of monitoring

Temperature Hourly intervals continuously for 91 days in a season.

Wind Direction --Do-- Wind Velocity --Do-- Calm condition --Do-- Relative Humidity --Do--

Methodology of Sampling

Wind velocity and wind direction were recorded using Cup Anemometer and Wind

vane respectively. Ambient temperature was noted by Wet and Dry bulb

thermometer. Relative humidity was measured by hygrometer. An aneroid

barometer was used for measuring atmospheric pressure and self-recording rain

gauge was used for rainfall data collection. Cloud cover data has been collected

by visual inspection.

Details of wind pattern during the study period have been presented in Table 3.4

to 3.7.


Data collection and analysis

Meteorological data collected at meteorological station representing the study

area during the study period (January 2016 – March 2016) reveals the following

status:

(i) Wind Speed/Direction

Generally, moderate to stronger winds prevailed throughout the season. Winds

were moderate particularly during the morning hours. During the afternoon hours

the winds were stronger. Wind speed readings were ranging from ≤ 0.5 m/sec to

8.3 m/sec. The seasonal average wind speed was observed to be 1.3 m/sec. The

wind pattern of the study period is presented below:

The analysis of wind pattern during the season showed that the

predominant wind directions were from North-West & West followed by

North-East having frequencies 16.07%, 10.39% & 4.85% respectively.

The calm conditions prevailed 42.81%. The analysis of wind speeds during the

study period indicated that the low speed of 0.6-1.5 m/sec occupied 40.52% while

wind speed of 1.6-3.5 m/sec occupied 16.07% and > 3.5 m/sec were recorded as

0.60% of the total occupancy respectively.

(ii) Temperature

Temperature values ranged between 8.1°C to 40.6°C. The seasonal average

temperature value during this period was found to be 24.4°C. The temperature

variation chart for the study period is given below:


MICROENVIRONMENTAL STATUS (METEOROLOGY)

Fig. No. 3a (iii) Relative Humidity

The daily average relative humidity values were in the range of 36.3 to 60.8%.

The seasonal average humidity value was found to be 46.2%. The relative

humidity variation chart for the study period is given below:

Fig. No. 3b


(iv) Cloud Cover

Mostly clear sky was predominant during the study period.

(v) Atmospheric Pressure

The average atmospheric pressure has been found to be around 743.8 mm Hg.

(vi) Rainfall

Total 91.0 mm rainfall was recorded during the study period. The average rainfall

during the season was found to be 1.00 mm.

SUMMARY

The sky was mostly clear during the study period. The readings of wind velocity

were ranging from ≤ 0.5 m/sec to 8.3 m/sec. Predominant wind was blowing from

North- West direction. The seasonal average wind speed was observed to be 1.3

m/sec. The maximum temperature recorded was 40.6°C and the minimum is

8.1°C. The daily average relative humidity values were in the range of 36.3 to

60.8%.

Table –3.4 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (JANUARY’ 2016)

Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP and Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery)

Period: 1st JAN.’2016 – 31st JAN.’2016

Wind Direction

Wind Velocity (m/s) & Duration (%) < 0.5 0.6 -1.5 1.6 -3.5 >3.5 Total

N

0.27 0.54 0.00 0.81 NNE 1.34 1.34 0.00 2.69 NE 2.82 1.34 0.00 4.17

ENE 0.40 0.67 0.00 1.08 E 0.00 0.13 0.00 0.13

ESE 0.67 0.27 0.00 0.94 SE 1.88 0.27 0.00 2.15

SSE 0.94 0.40 0.00 1.34 S 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.13

SSW 1.34 0.40 0.00 1.75 SW 1.75 1.21 0.00 2.96

WSW 0.67 0.27 0.00 0.94 W 6.18 3.09 0.00 9.27

WNW 2.42 1.08 0.00 3.49 NW 9.68 4.44 0.00 14.11

NNW 2.42 1.08 0.00 3.49 CALM 50.54 - - - 50.54 Total 50.54 32.93 16.53 0.00 100


Table –3.5 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (FEBRUARY’ 2016)


Period: 1st FEB.’2016 – 29th FEB.’2016

Wind

Direction

Wind Velocity (m/s) & Duration (%)

< 0.5 0.6 -1.5 1.6 -3.5 >3.5 Total

N

1.87 0.57 0.00 2.44 NNE 3.16 0.29 0.00 3.45 NE 4.17 0.72 0.00 4.89

ENE 0.43 0.14 0.00 0.57 E 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.72

ESE 0.72 0.29 0.00 1.01 SE 3.02 1.01 0.00 4.02

SSE 1.44 0.00 0.00 1.44 S 0.14 0.00 0.14 0.29

SSW 1.44 0.43 0.00 1.87 SW 1.29 1.15 0.00 2.44

WSW 0.72 0.14 0.00 0.86 W 8.33 2.30 0.14 10.78

WNW 1.58 0.57 0.00 2.16 NW 13.36 1.87 0.43 15.66

NNW 2.87 0.86 0.00 3.74 CALM 43.68 - - - 43.68 Total 43.68 45.26 10.34 0.72 100

Table –3.6 MONTHLY WIND DISTRIBUTION (MARCH’ 2016)


Period: 1st MAR.’2016 – 31st MAR.’2016

Wind

Direction


< 0.5 0.6 -1.5 1.6 -3.5 >3.5 Total

N

1.08 0.94 0.00 2.02 NNE 0.67 0.81 0.13 1.61 NE 3.49 1.88 0.13 5.51

ENE 0.40 0.54 0.00 0.94 E 0.54 0.54 0.00 1.08

ESE 0.54 0.40 0.00 0.94 SE 3.09 1.34 0.00 4.44

SSE 0.81 0.27 0.13 1.21 S 0.40 0.00 0.00 0.40

SSW 1.34 0.13 0.00 1.48 SW 4.70 1.34 0.00 6.05

WSW 1.21 0.40 0.00 1.61 W 6.85 4.17 0.13 11.16

WNW 2.42 0.94 0.00 3.36 NW 11.96 6.05 0.40 18.41

NNW 4.17 1.21 0.13 5.51 CALM 34.27 - - - 34.27 Total 34.27 43.68 20.97 1.08 100


Table –3.7 SEASONAL WIND DISTRIBUTION


Period: 01ST JAN.’2016 – 31ST MAR.’2016

Wind

Direction


< 0.5 0.6 -1.5 1.6 -3.5 >3.5 Total

N

1.05 0.69 0.00 1.74 NNE 1.69 0.82 0.05 2.56 NE 3.48 1.33 0.05 4.85

ENE 0.41 0.46 0.00 0.87 E 0.41 0.23 0.00 0.64

ESE 0.64 0.32 0.00 0.96 SE 2.66 0.87 0.00 3.53

SSE 1.05 0.23 0.05 1.33 S 0.23 0.00 0.05 0.27

SSW 1.37 0.32 0.00 1.69 SW 2.61 1.24 0.00 3.85

WSW 0.87 0.27 0.00 1.14 W 7.10 3.21 0.09 10.39

WNW 2.15 0.87 0.00 3.02 NW 11.63 4.17 0.27 16.07

NNW 3.16 1.05 0.05 4.26 CALM 42.81 - - - 42.81 Total 42.81 40.52 16.07 0.60 100


ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA TABLE: 3.8 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA

Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP and Coal Washery) Season: Post winter - 2016 Month: January 2016

Date

Wind Velocity (m/s) Predomi

nant Wind

Direction (From)

Temperature (oK) Relativ

e Humidit

y (%) Averag

e

Atmospheric

Pressure (mm of

Hg)

Rainfall (mm)

Cloud Cover (Oktas)

Min. Max

Avg.

% Duration

≤ 0.5 0.6-1.5 1.6-3.5 > 3.6 Min. Max. Avg. Lowest Highest

01.01.16 < 0.5 1.7 1.2 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 NNW 284.3 296.2 291.0 53.3 728.0 0 0 1 02.01.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.1 50.08 45.76 4.16 0.00 NW 284.3 294.9 289.5 49.3 736.3 0 0 1 03.01.16 < 0.5 1.4 1.1 58.40 41.60 0.00 0.00 W 283.5 294.1 288.7 47.6 732.8 0 0 1 04.01.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.1 50.08 41.60 8.32 0.00 W 281.2 294.7 287.8 51.2 735.1 0 0 1 05.01.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 50.08 29.12 20.80 0.00 SSW 281.6 295.1 288.2 49.7 750.4 0 0 1 06.01.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.5 58.40 29.12 12.48 0.00 NW 282.2 292.8 287.4 50.8 735.7 0 0 1 07.01.16 < 0.5 2.9 1.6 62.56 20.80 16.64 0.00 NW 284.1 294.7 289.3 51.6 731.9 0 0 1 08.01.16 < 0.5 2.8 1.6 50.08 24.96 24.96 0.00 NNE 285.3 295.9 290.5 51.4 728.4 0 0 1 09.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.4 54.24 24.96 20.80 0.00 NW 286.8 299.8 292.4 50.6 725.4 0 0 1 10.01.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 50.08 33.28 16.64 0.00 NW 288.0 300.1 293.5 53.6 727.3 0 0 1 11.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.4 58.40 24.96 16.64 0.00 NW 286.1 299.7 293.8 50.6 729.3 0 0 1 12.01.16 < 0.5 1.5 1.2 41.76 58.24 0.00 0.00 W 286.0 300.2 294.2 47.6 731.5 0 0 2 13.01.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.3 45.92 37.44 16.64 0.00 NNW 286.5 300.5 294.3 46.4 730.6 0 0 1 14.01.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.6 62.56 16.64 20.80 0.00 NNE 288.2 301.8 296.0 45.8 732.4 0 0 1 15.01.16 < 0.5 1.8 1.3 62.56 24.96 12.48 0.00 WNW 288.5 302.1 296.3 46.8 733.5 0 0 1 16.01.16 < 0.5 2.4 1.4 50.08 37.44 12.48 0.00 SSE 288.2 301.8 295.9 46.0 736.4 0 0 1 17.01.16 < 0.5 2.2 1.4 62.56 20.80 16.64 0.00 NW 287.6 301.2 295.4 47.3 740.5 0 0 1 18.01.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 45.92 29.12 24.96 0.00 NE 288.1 300.3 294.4 49.9 745.8 3.0 0 3 19.01.16 < 0.5 2.0 1.3 50.08 33.28 16.64 0.00 NW 286.8 300.4 294.6 49.7 724.3 1.5 0 2 20.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.2 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 NW 287.7 295.9 291.5 60.8 714.2 18.0 0 3 21.01.16 < 0.5 1.1 0.9 54.24 45.76 0.00 0.00 NW 285.9 296.1 291.2 49.0 725.2 0 0 1 22.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.3 50.08 37.44 12.48 0.00 NW 283.9 295.8 290.6 49.5 739.1 0 0 1 23.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.3 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 W 283 295.9 290.2 51.4 736.4 0 0 1 24.01.16 < 0.5 2.4 1.4 45.92 37.44 16.64 0.00 W 281.1 296.4 289.8 47.8 737.8 0 0 1 25.01.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.3 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 SE 281.6 297.9 290.4 47.5 739.3 0 0 1 26.01.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.3 54.24 37.44 8.32 0.00 NW 282.2 297.8 291.0 47.3 740.3 0 0 1 27.01.16 < 0.5 2.0 1.1 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 SSW 286.2 299.7 293.2 47.0 742.4 0 0 1 28.01.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.4 45.92 41.60 12.48 0.00 NW 287 300.8 293.7 48.7 745.6 0 0 1 29.01.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.3 37.60 45.76 16.64 0.00 NW 286.1 300.6 293.9 46.8 747.3 0 0 1 30.01.16 < 0.5 2.0 1.2 41.76 45.76 12.48 0.00 NW 286.9 303.1 295.0 45.1 751.2 0 0 1 31.01.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.4 45.92 37.44 16.64 0.00 NW 287.2 303.4 295.3 47.1 751.8 0 0 1


Table: 3.9 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP and Coal Washery) Season: Post winter - 2016 Month: February 2016

Date

Wind Velocity (m/s) Predomina

nt Wind Direction

(From)

Temperature (oK) Relative Humidit

y (%) Average

Atmospheric

Pressure (mm of

Hg)

Rainfall (mm)

Cloud Cover (Oktas)

Min. Max

Avg.

% Duration


01.02.16 < 0.5 1.4 0.9 37.60 62.40 0.00 0.00 W 286.3 303.7 295.5 46.3 729.3 0 0 1 02.02.16 < 0.5 1.6 0.9 41.76 54.08 4.16 0.00 NW 288.1 304 295.8 47.1 721.6 0 0 1 03.02.16 < 0.5 1.4 0.9 41.76 58.24 0.00 0.00 NW 290.4 302 295.9 53.0 746.5 0 0 1 04.02.16 < 0.5 1.6 0.9 45.92 49.92 4.16 0.00 NW 287.4 301.7 294.9 49.3 727.6 0 0 1 05.02.16 < 0.5 1.2 0.8 41.76 58.24 0.00 0.00 NW 291.5 302.1 297.1 44.0 731.8 0 0 1 06.02.16 < 0.5 1.3 1.0 45.92 54.08 0.00 0.00 W 286.1 302 295.3 46.9 727.6 0 0 2 07.02.16 < 0.5 1.4 0.9 37.60 62.40 0.00 0.00 W 285.9 301.8 295.1 48.3 756.2 0 0 1 08.02.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.4 37.60 45.76 12.48 4.16 NNE 290.1 304.2 296.2 46.1 753.2 0 0 1 09.02.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.0 50.08 45.76 4.16 0.00 SSW 289.7 300.5 295.1 53.8 741.5 0 0 1 10.02.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.0 37.60 58.24 4.16 0.00 SE 286.1 302.7 295.3 47.2 752.8 0 0 1 11.02.16 < 0.5 2.8 1.3 37.60 49.92 12.48 0.00 W 289.5 300.8 295.5 43.5 750.3 0 0 1 12.02.16 < 0.5 2.4 1.3 37.60 45.76 16.64 0.00 NW 289.7 305.1 297.0 44.3 740.5 0 0 1 13.02.16 < 0.5 2.2 1.1 37.60 54.08 8.32 0.00 NW 289.1 304.5 296.2 44.9 734.3 0 0 1 14.02.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.7 45.92 29.12 20.80 4.16 SSW 289.8 304.2 295.9 44.8 738.9 7 0 4 15.02.16 < 0.5 1.5 1.0 45.92 54.08 54.08 0.00 NNW 289.9 304.3 296.5 50.8 742.3 0 0 1 16.02.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.7 54.24 29.12 8.32 8.32 NW 290.9 305.4 297.2 52.0 751.3 0 0 1 17.02.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.2 50.08 45.76 4.16 0.00 W 291.4 304.6 297.6 49.0 734.5 0 0 1 18.02.16 < 0.5 2.2 1.2 41.76 54.08 4.16 0.00 W 291.6 306.4 299.3 47.8 733.2 0 0 1 19.02.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.2 50.08 37.44 12.48 0.00 SE 292.1 306.6 299.7 45.8 735.8 0 0 1 20.02.16 < 0.5 2.7 1.1 37.60 58.24 4.16 0.00 NW 292.4 306.9 300.0 44.4 758.4 0 0 1 21.02.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.1 54.24 41.60 4.16 0.00 W 292 306.5 299.6 42.4 758.2 0 0 1 22.02.16 < 0.5 1.3 1.0 45.92 54.08 0.00 0.00 NW 292.3 306.1 299.2 46.2 754.1 0 0 1 23.02.16 < 0.5 3.7 1.7 37.60 29.12 29.12 4.16 SW 291.5 304.8 298.4 48.2 748.5 0.7 0 3 24.02.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.3 45.92 33.28 20.80 0.00 NW 290.7 302.8 296.8 49.7 752.3 1.9 0 4 25.02.16 < 0.5 1.8 1.3 50.08 41.60 8.32 0.00 NW 290.8 303.3 296.9 51.8 737.7 12.9 0 3 26.02.16 < 0.5 2 1.4 45.92 33.28 20.80 0.00 NNW 290.6 301.4 295.7 51.5 752.3 3.4 0 3 27.02.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 41.76 41.60 16.64 0.00 NW 290.2 302.7 295.6 49.2 740.6 14.0 0 3 28.02.16 < 0.5 3.1 1.7 45.92 24.96 29.12 0.00 NW 292.4 305.7 299.3 46.1 752.1 0 0 2 29.02.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.4 41.76 33.28 24.96 0.00 W 293 306 299.6 47.0 751.0 0 0 1


Table: 3.10 ABSTRACT OF MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneswari OCP and Coal Washery) season: Post winter - 2016 Month: March 2016

Date

Wind Velocity (m/s) Predominant

Wind Direction (From)

Temperature (oK) Relative Humidit

y (%) Average

Atmospheric

Pressure (mm of

Hg)

Rainfall (mm)

Cloud Cover (Oktas)

Min. Max

Avg.

% Duration


01.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.4 37.60 37.44 24.96 0.00 NW 294.9 307.6 301.2 44.3 752.5 0.8 0 2 02.03.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.7 25.12 41.60 24.96 8.32 NW 295.4 308.1 301.7 43.6 758.3 0 0 1 03.03.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.4 25.12 45.76 29.12 0.00 W 295.9 308.6 301.9 42.3 748.8 0 0 1 04.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.4 20.96 54.08 24.96 0.00 NW 290.9 309 300.7 44.3 759.2 12.7 0 3 05.03.16 < 0.5 2.0 1.4 37.60 41.60 20.80 0.00 SE 295.3 308.9 301.7 39.6 749.6 0 0 1 06.03.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 25.12 45.76 29.12 0.00 W 294.7 309.2 301.6 41.8 745.6 0 0 1 07.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.3 41.76 37.44 20.80 0.00 NW 294.1 309.5 301.5 43.5 743.9 0 0 1 08.03.16 < 0.5 3.5 1.4 41.76 41.60 12.48 4.16 SW 295.3 308.9 301.8 44.3 735.9 0 0 2 09.03.16 < 0.5 8.3 1.5 29.28 62.40 4.16 4.16 SE 290.3 310.5 299.1 49.6 759.2 8.5 0 4 10.03.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.3 37.60 41.60 20.80 0.00 NW 296.5 309.3 303.0 42.4 752.4 0 0 1 11.03.16 < 0.5 3.2 1.4 25.12 54.08 20.80 0.00 W 295.7 310.4 303.3 41.5 752.3 0 0 1 12.03.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.4 33.44 49.92 16.64 0.00 SW 295.7 311.9 304.7 44.2 746.7 1.7 0 2 13.03.16 < 0.5 2.1 1.1 29.28 54.08 16.64 0.00 NE 292.5 307.2 300.1 42.2 732.2 0 0 1 14.03.16 < 0.5 2.5 1.5 50.08 33.28 16.64 0.00 NW 294.2 308.3 301.7 42.6 751.5 2.9 0 3 15.03.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.3 37.60 49.92 12.48 0.00 NW 296.7 309.5 303.2 41.9 748.6 0 0 1 16.03.16 < 0.5 1.9 1.3 37.60 49.92 12.48 0.00 W 296.9 309.7 303.4 44.9 758.9 0 0 1 17.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.4 33.44 45.76 20.80 0.00 NW 296.1 308.9 302.6 45.3 750.4 0 0 1 18.03.16 < 0.5 2.2 1.2 37.60 49.92 12.48 0.00 SE 296.9 310.2 303.4 39.8 750.8 0 0 1 19.03.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.6 33.44 41.60 20.80 8.32 W 297.7 311.0 304.1 38.8 753.5 1.1 0 2 20.03.16 < 0.5 1.8 1.1 37.60 58.24 4.16 0.00 NW 296 312.7 303.9 43.1 759.3 0 0 1 21.03.16 < 0.5 2.6 1.2 37.60 54.08 8.32 0.00 NW 294.3 313 303.5 43.5 753.8 0 0 1 22.03.16 < 0.5 2.0 1.2 33.44 49.92 16.64 0.00 NE 297.4 312 304.6 36.8 754.5 0 0 1 23.03.16 < 0.5 1.5 1.0 33.44 66.56 0.00 0.00 SW 295.2 310 301.8 39.9 753.3 0 0 1 24.03.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.4 37.60 41.60 16.64 4.16 NW 295.7 310.9 302.4 38.3 758.0 0 0 1 25.03.16 < 0.5 2.9 1.4 37.60 45.76 16.64 0.00 NW 297.9 312.6 305.2 36.3 756.3 0 0 1 26.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.2 41.76 41.60 16.64 0.00 W 297.1 313.4 304.9 38.5 757.8 0 0 2 27.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.2 37.60 54.08 8.32 0.00 W 296.3 313.6 304.7 39.8 755.1 0 0 1 28.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.3 37.60 37.44 24.96 0.00 SW 294.9 312.2 303.2 39.8 755.4 0 0 1 29.03.16 < 0.5 2.3 1.3 29.28 54.08 16.64 0.00 SE 296.9 313.2 304.7 39.5 755.7 0 0 1 30.03.16 < 0.5 3.6 1.5 33.44 45.76 16.64 4.16 NW 297.1 313.0 304.8 42.8 755.7 0 0 1 31.03.16 < 0.5 2.9 1.4 33.44 37.44 29.12 0.00 NW 297.3 312.4 304.8 43.0 756.3 0 0 2

EIA-EMP Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL 76 Job No: 200308025

Ambient Air Quality Air environment is one of the most important components of the ecosystem.

The air environment is most sensitive to any developmental activity leading to

various type of air pollution. As per present norms, guidelines and practices

the air quality monitoring within 10 km buffer zone from the core zone is

essential. The prime objective of ambient air quality monitoring of Cluster XVII

(Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP and Coal Washery) project area was to

assess existing air environment. Air pollution forms an important and critical

factor to study the environmental issues in the mining areas. Air quality has to

be frequently monitored to know the extent of pollution due to mining and

allied activities. This will be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of

the ambient air quality during implementation of the proposed project.

To evaluate the baseline status with respect to ambient air quality, monitoring

was conducted during the study period i.e from 01st Jan 2016 to 31st March

2016. The following criteria were taken into account during selection of the

sampling locations for collection of representative samples:

• Topography of the area.

• Human settlements within the study area.

• Prediction of maximum concentration through mathematical modeling

for the proposed source details and under prevailing meteorological

conditions in the region.

• Representation of the area.

• Safety, accessibility and non-interference with general routine of the

people residing near the sampling location.

Methodology

A brief description of the sampling and analytical procedures followed during

the ambient air quality survey is as follows:

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM 10)

The sampling of ambient air for evaluating RPM levels were performed with a

RDS Sampler fitted with a cyclone separator for particles less than 10 microns

diameter. Air exiting the separator is drawn at a measured rate through pre-

weighed glass fiber filter sheets of 20.3 cm x 25.4 cm sizes. The PM10


concentrations were computed from the average air flow rate, sampling period

and the mass of particulate matter collected over the filter surface.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

PM2.5 is determined as per USEPA’S Quality assurance guideline documents

2.12 (United State Environment Protection Agency) guidelines with the help of

Fine Dust Sampler. Ambient air is allowed to pass through Louvered inlet and

WINS impactor as well as particulate matter of size <2.5 microns is deposited

on 46.2 mm dia PTFE filter. The difference of final weight of filter and initial

weight gives the weight of particulate matter of size <2.5 microns. The

concentration of PM2.5 is computed with the help of dust deposited on the

filter, volume of air sampled monitoring temperature and barometric pressure.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The sampling of ambient air for evaluating the gaseous pollutants were

performed with a Multigas Sampler, using the vacuum created by the RDS

Sampler for drawing the air samples through the impingers. For SO2, air was

drawn at a measured and controlled rate of 400 to 500 ml/min through a

solution of potassium tetrachloromercurate. After completion of the sampling,

the used absorbing reagent was treated with dilute solutions of sulfamic acid,

formaldehyde and para-rosaniline hydrochloride. The absorbance of the

intensely coloured para-rosaniline methyl sulphonic acid was measured at 560

nm wavelength of light on spectrophotometer and the amount of SO2 in the

sample was computed. The ambient SO2 concentrations were computed from

the amount of SO2 collected and the volume of air sampled.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Air was drawn at a measured and controlled rate of about 200 ml/minute

through an orifice-tipped impinger containing solutions of sodium hydroxide

and sodium arsenite. After completion of the sampling, suitable aliquot of the

used absorbing solution was treated with solutions of H2O2, sulphanilamide

and NEDA. The nitrite ion present in the impinger was calculated by

measuring the absorbance of the resulting solution at 540 nm wavelength of

light on spectrophotometer. The ambient NOx concentrations were computed

from the total nitrite ion present in the impingers, overall efficiency of the

impinger and the procedure, and the volume of air sampled.


Heavy Metals

Principle: Heavy metals are determined after separation of Silica

(gravimetrically) from the acid digested dust sample. Heavy metals were made

into suitable complex and isolated using Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometer (AAS). For Mercury (Hg), cold vapour technique of AAS is

adopted.

Alternatively, colorimetric method is used for estimation of Arsenic (As).

Sodium Borohydrate is used for generation of As from the sample and

determined colorimetrically using Silver diethyl thio-carbamate.

Method: Dust sample was collected with the help of Respirable Dust Sampler

& dried at 105oC for removal of moisture. Appropriate weight of sample was

subjected for acid digestion with aqua-regia. Silica was separated by

precipitation & filtration of digested sample. Filtrate was used for determination

of heavy metals by using AAS as per standard method given in APHA, 22nd

edition, year 2012.

% of silica was calculated using the following formula:

Instruments deployed at site

1] Respirable Dust Sampler with Cyclone Separator

2] Fine Dust Sampler with WINS impactor

3] Spectrophotometer

4] Desiccator

Techniques for measurement

The techniques used for measurement of pollutants may be summarized as

under:

Table– 3.11 Measurement Techniques

Sl. No Parameters Code of Practice Sampler Instruments used for

Analysis

1. PM10 IS: 5182 (Part-IV) RDS Sampler with Cyclone Separator

Balance, Desiccator

2. PM2.5 USEPA’S Quality Fine Dust Sampler Balance, Desiccator

% of SiO2


Sl. No Parameters Code of Practice Sampler Instruments used for

Analysis Assurance Guideline

Documents 2.12 3. SO2 IS: 5182 (Part-V) RDS Sampler Spectrophotometer 4. NOx IS: 5182 (Part-V) RDS Sampler Spectrophotometer

Rationale behind sampling

In order to assess the Ambient Air Quality Status, air quality monitoring

stations were identified on the basis of the objectives, the particular method or

instrument used for sampling, resources available, physical access and

security against loss and tampering. In addition to the above, information on

qualitative and quantitative data on the local sources of air pollution, on the

sources of pollution situated at larger distances which are likely to contribute

significantly to pollution of the area under monitoring, topography, population

distribution, vegetation, property utilization, climatology & meteorology in the

upwind and downwind direction were taken into consideration.

Based on above mentioned considerations and the activities of the project site

in consultation with the CMPDIL officials, the air monitoring stations were

selected to ensure the collection of representative samples as per condition

prevailing in the environment at the time of collection at site. As per guidelines,

norms and practices, eight numbers of sampling locations were selected for

monitoring ambient air quality in and around project site.

SAMPLING LOCATIONS, PARAMETERS AND FREQUECY OF SAMPLING

Table – 3.12 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneswari OCP and Coal Washery) Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 16

Sl. No.

Location Name/Location Code

Co-ordinates

(GPS)

Direction & distance w.r.t Project Site

Height of Sampling Point (m)

Description

01. Core zone – Victoria U/G Office-SA1

Lat.-23044’9”N Long.- 86050’20”E

- 3.0 Industrial area

02. Core zone – Victoria West U/G Office – SA2

Lat.-23044’33”N Long.-86049’39.31”E


03. Core zone – Begunia Guest House – SA3

Lat.-23043’54.29”N Long.- 86048’43.9”E


04. Core zone – Damagoria Project Office – SA4

Lat.-23046’7.79”N Long.-86050’40.78”E


05. Chirkunda – SA5 Lat.-23044’27.47”N

Long.-86047’59.46”E W, 0.8 Km 3.0 Residential Area

06. Dendua Village – SA6 Lat.-23046’55.33”N NE, 2.7 Km 3.0 Residential Area


Sl. No.

Location Name/Location Code

Co-ordinates

(GPS)

Direction & distance w.r.t Project Site

Height of Sampling Point (m)

Description

Long.- 86051’59”E

07. Kulti-SA7 Lat.-23043’51.30”N

Long.-86051’03.79”E SE,1.2 3.0 Residential Area

08. Kalipahari Village-SA8 Lat.-23046’35.62”N

Long.-86048’21.96”E NW,3.0 3.0

Residential Area

Table – 3.13 LOCATION & JUSTIFICATION FOR SELECTION OF AAQ STATIONS

Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneswari OCP and Coal Washery)

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016

Station No.

Name of sampling station Location of sampling station and its description

SA1 Core zone – Victoria U/G Office

It has been selected to assess baseline environmental status in the mining area

SA2 Core zone – Victoria West U/G Office

It has been selected to assess baseline environmental status in the mining area

SA3 Core zone – Begunia Guest House

It has been selected to assess baseline environmental status in the mining area. It is situated at a distance of about 100 m from Chanch Victoria area office and about 350 m from Begunia Chawk.

SA4 Core zone – Damagoria Project Office

It has been selected to assess baseline environmental status in the mining area.

SA5 Chirkunda

This location is situated at a distance of about 0.8 km from project area in western direction. It is situated at a distance of about 100 m from Barakar river and about 1.5 km from Kumardhubhi railway station.

SA6 Dendua Village

This location is situated at a distance of about 2.7 km from project area in North - East direction. It is situated at a distance of about 3.5 km from Maithon reservoir.

SA7 Kulti

This location is situated at a distance of about 1.2 km from project area in South - East direction. It is selected to assess baseline environmental status in predominant Down- wind direction. It is situated at a distance of about 1.2 km from Howrah-Delhi railway line.

SA8 Kalipahari Village

This location is situated at a distance of about 3.0 km from project area in North-West direction. It is selected to assess baseline environmental status in predominant Up- wind direction. It is situated at a distance of about 1.0 km from Maithon reservoir


Table – 3.14 MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

Project: Cluster XVII (Proposed Kalyaneswari OCP and Coal Washery)

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016

Sl. No.

Parameters Sampling Frequency Total No. of Readings

01 PM10 2 days/week/Season/Station (on

24 hourly basis) 24

02 PM2.5 2 days/week/Season/Station (on

24 hourly basis) 24

03 Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 2 days/week/Season/Station (on

24 hourly basis) 24

04 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) 2 days/week/Season/Station (on

24 hourly basis) 24

1. BASELINE AIR QUALITY DATA

Table: 3.15 Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Core Zone – Victoria U/G Office - SA1

WEEK DAY DATE CONCENTRATION OF AIR POLLUTANTS, µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 65.6 34.4 9.6 15.1 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 64.4 36.2 10.4 15.9

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 66.6 35.2 13.2 18.8 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 55.7 31.2 10.2 16.6

III Mon/Tue 18/19.01.16 55.4 30.3 12.7 16.0 Tue/ Wed 19/20.01.16 48.0 26.8 8.8 14.1

IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 53.1 29.5 9.4 16.9 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 54.0 31.5 10.6 16.3

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 53.3 28.8 13.6 16.7 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 64.2 31.2 13.1 16.2

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 58.5 32.9 13.5 20.4 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 62.9 35.3 12.3 17.3

VII Mon/Tue 15/16.02.16 50.5 28.3 9.3 15.5 Tue/ Wed 16/17.02.16 53.7 29.8 12.9 21.2

VIII Mon/Tue 22/23.02.16 60.6 34.4 11.0 16.4 Tue/ Wed 23/24.02.16 65.5 37.1 10.5 16.1

IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 66.5 37.8 11.1 18.8 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 67.1 38.4 10.7 16.9

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 56.2 30.8 12.5 20.0 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 52.0 29.1 9.9 16.7

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 55.2 31.5 8.7 13.5 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 65.1 37.1 12.1 17.7

XII Mon/Tue 21/22.03.16 59.3 33.0 10.4 14.9 Tue/ Wed 22/23.03.16 59.2 34.3 9.8 14.5

Parameters PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx No. of observations 24 24 24 24 Detection Limit (µg/m3) - - 2.0 2.8 Minimum Concentration 48.0 26.8 8.7 13.5 Maximum Concentration 67.1 38.4 13.6 21.2 Average 58.86 32.71 11.10 16.77 98th percentile 66.89 38.12 13.55 20.83


Table: 3.16

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Core Zone – Victoria West – SA2


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 61.4 32.2 9.9 15.6 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 60.3 33.9 10.7 16.4

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 62.3 32.9 13.6 19.4 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 52.1 29.2 10.5 17.1


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 49.7 27.6 9.7 17.4 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 50.5 29.5 10.9 16.8

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 49.9 26.9 14.0 17.2 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 60.1 29.2 13.5 16.7

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 54.8 30.8 13.9 21.0 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 58.9 33.0 12.7 17.8



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 62.2 35.4 11.4 19.4 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 62.8 35.9 11.0 17.4

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 52.6 28.9 12.9 20.6 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 48.7 27.2 10.2 17.2

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 51.6 29.5 9.0 13.9 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 60.9 34.7 12.5 18.2




Table: 3.17

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Core Zone – Begunia Guest House –

SA3


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 68.2 35.4 12.1 20.1 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 67.0 37.3 11.6 18.8

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 69.2 36.3 14.8 22.3 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 57.9 32.2 10.0 16.9


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 55.3 30.4 11.4 18.5 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 56.1 32.5 12.1 21.2

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 55.5 29.6 15.2 25.6 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 66.8 32.2 14.7 19.7

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 60.9 33.9 12.0 22.7 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 65.5 36.4 13.7 20.5



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 69.1 39.0 12.3 23.4 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 70.0 39.6 11.9 20.0

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 58.6 31.8 14.0 23.8 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 54.2 30.0 10.2 18.6

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 57.3 32.5 10.4 19.0 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 67.7 38.2 13.1 21.0




Table: 3.18 AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016Location: Core Zone – Damagoria Project Office– SA4


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 90.2 49.3 13.6 21.4 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 93.8 51.9 14.8 22.5

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 94.3 50.4 18.7 26.7 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 95.4 55.2 14.4 23.6


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 83.8 48.6 13.1 23.6 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 87.3 50.5 14.8 22.7

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 97.5 55.8 18.9 26.5 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 97.2 54.8 18.2 22.6

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 85.3 47.1 18.8 26.3 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 91.6 50.6 17.1 24.0



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 96.8 57.3 15.7 26.7 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 98.5 58.3 15.1 25.7

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 81.9 44.1 17.7 28.3 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 76.3 41.7 11.8 19.7

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 80.2 45.2 12.4 20.5 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 84.7 48.1 17.1 25.1


Parameters PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx No. of observations 24 24 24 24 Detection Limit (µg/m3) - - 2.0 2.8 Minimum Concentration 76.3 41.5 11.8 19.7 Maximum Concentration 98.5 58.3 18.9 28.3 Average 88.70 49.58 15.53 23.59

98th percentile 98.04 57.84 18.85 27.56


Table: 3.19

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Buffer Zone – Chirkunda – SA5


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 62.3 33.1 10.2 16.5 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 59.6 32.5 10.8 17.7

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 52.0 28.2 13.4 21.8 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 41.7 21.6 10.7 17.3


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 44.3 25.0 10.4 19.6 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 49.7 25.8 10.8 18.7

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 65.5 33.7 12.6 16.9 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 63.1 35.1 12.5 16.6

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 52.0 28.1 11.2 18.2 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 56.0 30.0 15.2 25.1



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 60.8 33.5 15.4 23.9 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 63.4 33.0 14.3 22.7

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 53.0 28.8 10.1 16.6 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 42.4 24.3 9.0 15.7

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 45.2 25.2 13.3 22.6 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 47.1 25.9 13.9 21.2




Table: 3.20

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Buffer Zone – Dendua Village – SA6


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 46.5 25.1 8.0 12.6 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 44.5 24.6 8.5 13.5

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 38.8 21.4 10.5 16.6 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 43.9 25.8 8.4 13.2


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 33.0 18.9 8.4 15.2 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 37.1 21.5 8.6 14.5

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 48.9 26.7 10.1 17.0 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 47.1 26.6 10.0 16.8

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 38.8 21.3 9.0 14.1 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 41.8 23.9 12.1 19.5



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 45.4 25.4 12.1 18.2 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 47.3 25.0 11.3 17.3

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 39.5 21.8 8.6 12.7 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 32.9 18.7 7.5 13.5

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 33.7 19.1 7.9 13.7 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 35.1 19.7 10.9 16.2




Table: 3.21

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Buffer Zone – Kulti– SA7


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 59.8 34.3 12.1 20.1 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 57.2 31.5 11.0 18.2

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 49.9 27.4 13.7 22.3 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 40.1 20.9 10.9 17.7


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 42.5 24.2 10.6 20.0 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 47.7 25.1 11.0 19.1

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 62.9 32.7 12.8 17.4 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 60.6 34.0 12.7 16.9

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 59.2 32.5 11.4 18.6 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 53.7 29.1 15.5 25.6



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 58.4 32.5 15.7 24.4 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 60.9 32.0 14.7 23.2

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 50.9 27.9 10.3 16.9 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 40.7 23.5 9.2 16.1

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 43.4 24.4 10.4 19.0 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 45.2 25.2 14.2 21.7




Table: 3.22

AIR QUALITY DATA

Period: 01st January’16 – 31st March 2016 Location: Buffer Zone –Kalipahari Village (Maithon)– SA8


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

I Mon/Tue 04/05.01.16 44.2 31.5 11.3 18.3 Tue/ Wed 05/06.01.16 42.3 23.9 8.7 13.8

II Mon/Tue 11/12.01.16 36.9 20.8 10.7 17.0 Tue/ Wed 12/13.01.16 38.9 20.5 9.3 15.4


IV Mon/Tue 25/26.01.16 42.8 24.9 10.7 16.8 Tue/ Wed 26/27.01.16 35.2 20.5 11.3 19.3

V Mon/Tue 01/02.02.16 46.5 26.3 10.3 18.2 Tue/ Wed 02/03.02.16 44.7 25.8 10.2 17.9

VI Mon/Tue 08/09.02.16 50.3 29.8 11.2 19.3 Tue/ Wed 09/10.02.16 52.9 30.5 12.3 19.9



IX Mon/Tue 29/01.03.16 51.6 30.3 12.3 18.6 Tue/ Wed 01/02.03.16 53.7 31.5 11.5 17.7

X Mon/Tue 07/08.03.16 37.5 21.1 8.1 13.0 Tue/ Wed 08/09.03.16 42.3 23.9 9.8 16.9

XI Mon/Tue 14/15.03.16 32.9 19.2 9.7 17.3 Tue/ Wed 15/16.03.16 37.5 21.6 12.2 19.1




Results & discussion on observations

Summary of the observations made during the study period are as follows:

Core Zone – Victoria U/G Office (SA - 1)

At this location, PM10 and PM2.5 concentration were observed in the range of 48.0

to 67.1 µg/m3 and 26.8 to 38.4 µg/m3. SO2 and NOx concentration were in the

range of 8.7 to 13.6 µg/m3 and 13.5 to 21.2 µg/m3 respectively.

Core Zone – Victoria West (SA - 2) At this location, PM10 and PM2.5 concentration were observed in the range of 44.9

to 62.8 µg/m3 and 25.1 to 35.9 µg/m3 respectively. SO2 and NOx concentration

were in the range of 9.0 to 14.0 µg/m3 and 13.9 to 21.8 µg/m3 respectively.

Core Zone – Begunia Guest House (SA - 3)




Core Zone – Damagoria Project Office (SA - 4)




Chirkunda (SA - 5)




Dendua Village (SA - 6)




Kulti (SA - 7)



were in the range 9.2 to 15.7 µg/m3 and 16.1 to 25.6 µg/m3 respectively.

Kalipahari Village (SA - 8)





EXISTING LEVELS OF AIR POLLUTANTS – PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOX

Fig. No. – 3c

Air quality standards

The Ambient Air Quality Standards notified by Ministry of Environment & Forest

[the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-II - Section 3 sub-section (i) dated

November 16, 2009], in exercise of its powers conferred by section 6 and section

25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1981) and Ambient Air Quality

for coal mines is given subsequently in a table:


Table – 3.23

ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) SEVENTH AMENDMENT RULES, 2009

NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Pollutants Time

weighted average

Concentration in ambient air

Method of Measurement Industrial,

Residential, rural & other

areas

Ecologically Sensitive areas

(Notified by Central Government)

Sulphur dioxide, (SO2)g/m3

Annual* 50 20 - Improved West &

Gaeke Method - Ultraviolet

Fluorescence 24-hours** 80 80

Nitrogen dioxides (NO2), g/m3

Annual* 40 30 - Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Sodium Arsenite) Method

- Chemiluminescence 24-hours** 80 80

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10m) or PM10 g/m3

Annual* 60 60 - Gravimetric - TEOM - Beta Attenuation 24-hours** 100 100

Particulate Matter (Size less than 2.5m) or PM2.5 g/m3

Annual* 40 40 - Gravimetric - TEOM - Beta Attenuation 24-hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3), g/m3

8 hours** 100 100 - UV photometric - Chemiluminescence - Chemical Method 1 hour** 180 180

Lead (Pb), g/m3

Annual* 0.50 0.50 - AAS/ICP method

after sampling on EPM 2000 as equivalent filter paper

- ED-XRF using Teflon filter

24-hours** 1.0 1.0

Carbon Monoxide (CO), mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 - Non-Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy 1 hour* 04 04

Ammonia (NH3),

g/m3

Annual* 100 100 - Chemiluminescence - Indophenol blue

method 24-hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6), g/m3

Annual* 05 05

- Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer

- Adsorption and desorption followed by GC analysis

Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) - Particulate phase only, ng/m3

Annual* 01 01 - Solvent extraction

followed by HPLC/GC analysis.

Arsenic (As), ng/m3

Annual* 06 06

- AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 as equivalent filter paper

Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual* 20 20

- AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 as equivalent filter paper


* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular

site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be

complied with 98% of the time in a year, 2% of the time; they may exceed the limits

but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

Table – 3.24 STANDARDS FOR COAL MINES

(MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS)

ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) AMENDMENT RULES - 2000

Pollutant Time Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

(µg/m3) Method of Measurement

1 2 3 6

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)

Annual Average 430 High Volume Sampling (Average flow rate not less than 1.1 m3/minute) 24 hrs. 600

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) (Size less than 10 µ)

Annual Average 215 Respirable Particulate Matter Sampling and analysis 24 hrs. 300

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Annual Average 80

1. Improved West & Gaeke

2. Ultra fluorescence 24 hrs. 120

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Annual Average 80 1. Jacob &

Hochheiser Modified (Na-Arsenic Method)

2. Gas Phase Chemiluminescence

24 hrs. 120

Table – 3.25

STANDARDS FOR JHARIA COALFIELD AREA

Category Pollutant Time

weighted average

Concentration in ambient air

Method of measurement

1 2 3 4 5

III Coal mines located in the coal fields of

.Jahria Raniganj Bokaro

Suspended Particulate Matter SPM

Annual Average*

500 µg/m3 - High Volume Sampling (average flow rate not less than 1.1m3/min) 24 hours** 700 µg/m3

Respirable Particulate Matter RPM (size less than 10µm)

Annual Average*

250 µg/m3 - Respirable Particulate Matter sampling and analysis 24 hours** 300 µg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Average*

80 µg/m3 - Improved west and Gaeke method - Ultraviolet fluorescene 24 hours** 120 µg/m3

Oxide of Nitrogen as NO2

Annual Average*

80µg/m3

- Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na- Arsenic) method- Gas phase Chemiluminescence


While formulating the standards, it has been presumed that the State Pollution

Control Boards would, on the basis of land use and other factors, classify the

various areas of the state into two categories:

A) Industrial, Residential, rural & other areas

B) Ecologically Sensitive areas

Category (A) will become self-evident from the intensity of Industrial, Residential,

rural & other areas. Category (B) will cover hill stations, tourist resorts,

sanctuaries, national parks, national monuments, health-resorts, and other such

areas where the nation would wish to conserve its clean environment even if that

implies some curbs on economic activity.

3.3 Water Environment

The water quality characterization has been conducted by collecting water

samples from ground water, surface water and mine water discharge / workshop

discharge (if any) for the proposed project during post-winter season (01st Jan.

2016- 31st March. 2016). The various purposes of the water environment

monitoring are as follows:

• To assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

• To evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions,

Recreational resources and aesthetic value in the vicinity ; and

• To facilitate predication of impact on water quality by project activities.

Methodology

Grab sampling method was adopted for collection of ground water sample from

hand-pump, waste water and surface water samples from different sources of

water bodies.

Four nos. of samples for ground water, three nos. of surface water and one no. of

mine water samples were collected as representative samples to assess water

quality of the area during study period. The sampling locations were selected in

consultation with CMPDIL representatives. These samples were analyzed as per

“Standard Method for the Examination of Water & Waste Water” published by

American Public Health Association (APHA: 22nd Edition, 2012).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene containers.

Samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml. Conc. HNO3 per


liter. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles.

Some of the parameters such as temperature, pH, DO, alkalinity, total hardness

and chloride etc., which were liable to change with time were analyzed at site with

the help of an analytical kit and one set of “Preserved” samples were brought to

PDIL’s laboratory at Sindri for detailed analysis of the remaining parameters

stated in the tables.


Any adverse impact or pollution consequence of water will have serious effect on

the environment. Hence, it becomes important to assess the water quality

periodically in the mining area. Thus, to assess the water quality, samples from

different water bodies were collected from eight different locations and analyzed

for physicochemical and heavy metal parameters.

The water sampling points were selected in consultation with the CMPDIL

officials. The different sources of water were identified for water quality

characterization depending on their use for portable/industrial purposes and

considering likely impact on these sources due to project activities. There may be

increased turbidity in the downstream area during the construction period. Based

on these considerations, it was thought necessary to assess the existing quality of

different water sources of the project area and its surroundings for at least four

locations on surface water body and also in case of ground water sources to

assess any contamination due to the project activities in future.

Sampling locations

Details of sampling location are given in subsequent Tables and Location map is

shown in Plates.

To assess the quality of drinking water around the project area, the water samples

were collected from the following locations around the project area:

Table - 3.26 Sampling Location for Ground Water

Project: Kalyaneshwari O/C Period: 01st Jan. 2016- 31st March. 2016

Sl. No.

Name of Sampling Locations Frequency Location Code

01. Patlawari Village- Hand Pump Once in a season GW1

02. Begunia Village – Hand Pump Once in a season GW2

03. Kalipahari Village- Well Once in a season GW3


Sl. No.


04. Devipur Road- Hand Pump Once in a season GW4

Sampling Locations for Surface Water

To assess the quality of lotic system (surface water) and lentic system (surface

water), water samples were collected from the following locations:

Table – 3.27 Sampling Location for Surface Water


Sl. No


01. Maithon - Reservoir Once in a season SW1

02. Barakar - River Once in a season SW2

03. Damagoria Village- Pond Once in a season SW3

Sampling Locations for Industrial Effluent

To assess the quality of waste water discharge, water samples were collected

from the following locations:

Table – 3.28 Sampling Location for Industrial Effluent/Mine Water


Sl. No.


01. Damagoria OCP Once in a season MW

Results & Discussion

The summary of observations is given subsequently:

a) Drinking Water

The range of concentrations of the parameters of drinking water characteristics

were observed as follows:

Table: 3.29 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l, maximum)

Period: 01st Jan. 2016- 31st March. 2016 Date of Sampling: 24.03.16

Sl. No. Parameters

Analysis Results IS:10500:2012 Acceptable/ Permissible

Limits

GW1 –Patlabari village

GW2–Begunia village

PHYSICAL 1 pH 7.1 7.2 6.5-8.5

2 Temperature (OC) 25 24 -


Sl. No. Parameters


Limits



3 Colour, HU < 2.0 3.0 5/15 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 5 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 6 Turbidity (NTU) 06# 05# 1/5

7 Total Suspended Solid 14 18 - 8 Total Dissolved Solids 470 625# 500/2000

CHEMICAL 1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL - 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 270# 382# 200/600 3 Chloride as Cl 68 82 250/1000 4 Sulphate as SO4 46 68 200/400 5 Nitrate as NO3 1.5 1.58 45 7 Fluoride as F <0.4 0.5 1.0/1.5 8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 298# 488# 200/600 9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 189# 302# 75/200* 10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 109 186# 30/100** 11 Sodium as Na 48.4 33.8 - 12 Potassium as K 9.1 6.4 - 13 Silica as SiO2 14 12 - 14 Iron as Fe 0.8# 0.7# 0.3

METALS 1 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 0.1/0.3 2 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 <0.01 0.05 3 Lead as Pb <0.05 <0.05 0.01 4 Zinc as Zn 0.26 0.30 5.0/15 5 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 0.01 6 Copper as Cu <0.002 <0.002 0.003 7 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 0.02

8 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 0.05

9 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 0.01 OTHER

1 Mineral Oil NIL NIL 0.5 2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH NIL NIL 0.001/0.002

3 Coliform Organisms (MPN/100ml)

< 20 < 20 Absent

Note: 1) *-Calcium as Ca 2) **-Magnesium as Mg 3) # - Exceeds acceptable limit


Table: 3.30 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l, maximum)


Sl. No. Parameters


Limits

GW3– Kalipahari village

GW4 – Devipur Road

PHYSICAL 1 pH 7.3 7.2 6.5-8.5

2 Temperature (OC) 24 24 - 3 Colour, HU 3.0 2.0 5/15 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 5 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 6 Turbidity (NTU) 05# 04 1/5

7 Total Suspended Solid 16 12 - 8 Total Dissolved Solids 230 240 500/2000

CHEMICAL 1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL - 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 122 142 200/600 3 Chloride as Cl 30 24 250/1000 4 Sulphate as SO4 22 16 200/400 5 Nitrate as NO3 1.3 1.2 45 7 Fluoride as F 0.5 0.4 1.0/1.5 8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 98 84 200/600 9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 62 50 75/200*

10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3

36 34 30/100**

11 Sodium as Na 37.4 45.3 - 12 Potassium as K 7.0 8.5 - 13 Silica as SiO2 13 14 - 14 Iron as Fe 0.6# 0.5# 0.3

METALS 1 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 0.1/0.3 2 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 <0.01 0.05 3 Lead as Pb <0.05 <0.05 0.01 4 Zinc as Zn 0.32 0.28 5.0/15 5 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 0.01 6 Copper as Cu <0.002 <0.002 0.003 7 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 0.02

8 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 0.05

9 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 0.01 OTHERS

1 Mineral Oil NIL NIL 0.5

2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH

NIL NIL 0.001/0.002


< 20 < 20 Absent



Table – 3.31 Ground Water Quality at a Glance in Comparison to

Drinking Water Standard

Parameters

Range of recorded Concentration

(Results expressed in mg/l except pH)

Minimum Maximum

Acceptable/Permissible

Limits as per

IS: 10500:2012

pH 7.1 (GW1) 7.3(GW3) 6.5-8.5

Total suspended solid 12 (GW4) 18 (GW2) -

Total dissolved Solids 230 (GW3) 625 (GW2) 500 / 2000

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 122 (GW3) 382 (GW2) 200 / 600

Total Hardness, as CaCO3 84 (GW4) 488 (GW2) 200 / 600

Chloride as Cl 24 (GW4) 82(GW2) 250 / 1000

Sulphate as SO4 16 (GW4) 68 (GW2) 200 / 400

Nitrate as NO3 1.2 (GW4) 1.58(GW2) 45/100

Iron as Fe 0.5 (GW4) 0.8 (GW1) 0.3

The Physicochemical characteristics of the ground water samples are in good

agreement with permissible limit of IS: 10500:2012. However (I) The Total

Alkalinity in ground water (GW2) is exceed by 182 mg/l in comparison with

acceptable limit as IS: 10500:2012, (II) The Total Hardness in ground water

(GW2) is exceed by 288 mg/l in comparison with acceptable limit (III) Calcium

Hardness and Magnesium Hardness are higher than the acceptable limit in GW1

and GW2. The concentration of Fe is higher than the acceptable limit in GW1,

GW2, GW3 and GW4. The ground water after proper filtration and disinfection

can be safely used for portable and drinking purposes.

b) Surface Water

The physicochemical characteristics of the surface water samples collected from

the three locations are shown in subsequent tables, these have shown great

resemblance with respect to the characteristics like temperature, turbidity, pH,

Colour, Odour, chloride, Sulphate, total alkalinity, total hardness, TDS and heavy

metals, etc. The range of concentrations of important parameters of surface water

characteristics have been presented hereunder:


Table: 3.32 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l)


SI. NO.

PARAMETERS

ANALYSIS RESULTS Tolerance Limit as per IS: 2296 Class ‘C’ SW1 –

MAITHON

RESERVOIR

SW2 –BARAKAR

RIVER

SW3- DAMAGORIA

VILLAGE

POND PHYSICAL

1 pH 7.2 7.4 7.4 6.5-8.5 2 Temperature (OC) 28 28 29 * 3 Colour, HU <5 <6 <4 300 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. * 5 Turbidity (NTU) 06 07 04 * 6 Total Suspended Solids 14 16 14 7 Total Dissolved Solids 215 275 630 1500

CHEMICAL 1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL NIL * 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 130 176 400 * 3 Chloride as Cl 22 38 72 600 4 Sulphate as SO4 16 18 56 400 5 Nitrate as NO3 1.20 1.50 1.38 50 6 Fluoride as F <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 1.5 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 100 204 352 * 8 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 68 108 216 * 9 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 32 96 136 * 10 Dissolve Oxygen 2.2 5.2 6.8 4.0 11 COD 4.2 6.6 4.2 * 12 BOD (3 days at 27oC) 1.8 2.4 2.6 3.0 13 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen as N 0.46 0.52 0.48 *

14 Sodium as Na 75 40 200 * 15 Potassium as K 4.0 2.2 10 * 16 Silica as SiO2 14 12 13 *

METALS

1 Iron as Fe 0.06 0.04 0.06 5.0 2 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 * 3 Total Chromium as Cr <0.006 <0.006 <0.006 0.05 4 Lead as Pb <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 0.1 5 Zinc as Zn 0.16 0.12 0.12 15.0 6 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 7 Copper as Cu <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 1.5 8 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 * 9 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.2 10 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 11. Cyanide as CN <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 12. Mercury as Hg NIL NIL NIL

OTHERS 1 Oil & Grease <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH NIL NIL NIL 0.005


2.2 x 103 2.4 x 103 2.6 x 103 5000

Note: 1) BDL – Below Detectable Level; 2) * - Limit Not specified; 3) NT- Not Traceable


TABLE –3.33 Surface Water at a Glance

Parameters

Range of recorded Concentration (Results expressed in mg/l except pH)

Minimum Maximum

Tolerance Limit as

per IS: 2296 Class

‘C’ pH 7.2(SW1) 7.4(SW3) 6.5-8.5

Total Suspended Solids 14 (SW1) 16 (SW2) -

Total Dissolved Solids 215(SW1) 630(SW3) 1500

Total Hardness, as CaCO3 144(SW2) 164(SW1) -

Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 100(SW1) 352(SW3) -

Chloride as Cl 22(SW1) 72(SW3) 600

Sulphate as SO4 16(SW1) 56(SW3) 400

Nitrate as N 1.2(SW1) 1.38(SW3) 50

Iron as Fe 0.04(SW2) 0.06(SW1) 5.0

From the results presented in above table, it may safely be concluded that the

physico-chemical characteristics of the surface water samples had a good

resemblance with respect to almost all the parameters and were well within limits

specified in Surface Water Standard IS: 2296. As regards metals, except Iron and

Zinc, all the other were not traceable. From the above, it may be concluded that

all the parameters of the surface water samples are well within the specified limits

of IS: 2296 Class ‘C’.

c) Effluent

The range of concentrations of important parameters of waste water

characteristics were as follows:

Table – 3.34 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE WATER DISCHARGE

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l)

Period: : 01st Jan. 2016- 31st Jan. 2016 Date of Sampling: 24.03.16

SI. NO. PARAMETERS

MW

MOEF STANDARD SCHEDULE-VI

PHYSICAL 1 pH 7.6 5.5-9.0 2 Temperature (OC) 24 Te<Ts+5oC 3 Colour, HU <5 * 4 Odour Unobj. Unobjectionable 5 Turbidity (NTU) 24 * 6 Total Suspended Solids 30 100


SI. NO. PARAMETERS

MW

MOEF STANDARD SCHEDULE-VI

7 Total Dissolved Solids 500 * CHEMICAL

1 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 182 * 2 Chloride as Cl 32 * 3 Sulphate as SO4 183 * 4 Nitrate as NO3 2.24 10 5 Dissolve Phosphate as PO4 <0.05 5.0 6 Fluoride as F 0.5 2.0 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 382 * 8 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 244 * 9 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 138 10 Total Residual Chlorine <0.04 1.0

11 COD 8.4 250

12 BOD (3 days at 27oC) 2.4 30

13 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen as N 1.24 100 14 Sodium as Na 18 * 15 Sulphide as S <0.01 2.0 16 Ammonical Nitrogen as N 0.56 50

HEAVY METALS 1 Iron as Fe 1.0 3.0 2 Manganese as Mn <0.05 2.0 3 Lead as Pb <0.01 0.1 4 Zinc as Zn 0.28 5.0 5 Copper as Cu 0.03 3.0 6 Nickel as Ni 0.04 3.0 7 Mercury as Hg <0.01 0.01 8 Cyanide as CN <0.1 0.2 9 Arsenic as As <0.1 0.2 10 Selenium as Se <0.02 0.05 11 Vanadium as V <0.01 0.2 12 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 2.0 13 Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6 <0.01 0.1 14 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 2.0

OTHER 1 Oil & Grease <2.0 10 2 Phenolic Compound C6 H5 OH NIL 1.0

From the results shown above, it may be safely concluded that the Physico-

chemical characteristics of the discharge water samples collected from the one

location for one season had variation with respect to almost all the parameters but

were well within the limits of General Standards for Discharge of Effluents. As

regards heavy metals, like Iron was also within prescribed limits. From the above,

it may be concluded that all the parameters of the waste water samples were

under the limits of General Standards for Discharge of Effluents.


3.4 Noise environment

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of

frequency. Noise in general is unwanted/un-desired sound, which is composed of

frequencies of different loudness distributed over the audible frequency range.

Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the

response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various

frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally

accepted scale is the A weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more

suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to

weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear.

Further, major mining activities like blasting, operation of heavy duty underground

and opencast mining machinery, drilling, and crushing, loading and unloading

activities cause serious noise pollution.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

• Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous

in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one,

which is continuously varying in loudness;

• The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at

night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance;

and

• The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use,

which determines the loudness.

As part of the occupational health and safety measures certain safeguards have

been incorporated to mitigate noise pollution in working environments. Thus,

background noise levels are measured at eight locations for twenty four hours

continuously during day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night time (10PM to 6AM).

Methodology

To evaluate the existing noise level, measurements were made in and around the

project area, at eight locations in different directions. An Integrated Sound Level


Meter, Type-2225, make B&K Denmark, was used for sound level

measurements. The instrument was calibrated with Pistaphone/sound Level

Calibrator (Make-B&K, Denmark) before using in the field. The measurements

were carried out to obtain noise level at eight different locations continuously

during day time (6 AM to 10 PM) and night time (10PM to 6AM).


The impact of noise may lead to annoyance depending upon the loudness of the

noise levels. The environmental impacts of noise from the proposed mining

project due to various mining activities can be undertaken by taking into

consideration of various factors like potential damage to hearings, psychological

responses and annoyances. Noise has an adverse effect on human beings and

their environment, including land, structures and domestic animals. It can also

disturb natural wild life and ecological system. As part of the occupational health

and safety measures certain safeguards have been incorporated to mitigate noise

pollution in working environments.

Thus, to assess noise levels in the study area these different locations were

selected in consultation with the CMPDIL officials and noise levels were

measured continuously during day (6AM to 10 PM) and night (10 PM to 6AM).

Sampling locations

Details of sampling location are given below:

Table – 3.35 Details of Sampling Location for Noise Level Monitoring

Project: Kalyaneswari O/C Period: 10th Oct 2015-09th Jan 2016

Location Code

Location Name Direction &

distance w.r.t Project Site

Description

SN1 Core zone – Victoria U/G Office - Industrial Area SN2 Core zone – Victoria West - Industrial Area SN3 Core zone – Begunia Guest House - Industrial Area SN4 Core zone – Damagoria Project Office - Industrial Area

SN5 Chirkunda W, 0.8 Km Residential area SN6 Dendua Village NE, 2.7 Km Residential area SN7 Kulti SE,1.2 Residential area SN8 Kalipahari Village NW,3.0 Residential area


Observations

The observed values of noise level for eight different locations are presented

hereunder:

Table – 3.36 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME

Period: 01st January’16 – 15th January’16 Date of Monitoring: 07.01.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

6.00 - 7.00 44.4 46.7 44.1 49.1 44.5 42.6 43.3 43.7 7.00 - 8.00 48.0 47.4 45.5 51.8 45.3 43.9 44.0 45.0 8.00 – 9.00 50.8 48.9 47.0 53.1 46.4 44.8 45.4 45.9

9.00 – 10.00 51.6 51.7 49.8 52.2 45.6 46.1 44.6 47.2

10.00 – 11.00 56.1 49.1 51.0 53.8 52.3 44.9 46.5 46.0

11.00 – 12.00 55.7 50.2 53.3 57.6 52.0 48.5 51.9 49.6 12.00 – 13.00 56.6 52.4 51.8 63.9 53.3 49.8 48.8 50.9 13.00 – 14.00 55.8 52.0 52.7 62.7 52.1 43.6 50.4 44.7

14.00 – 15.00 56.5 53.9 51.4 60.0 50.4 42.9 47.6 44.0

15.00 – 16.00 52.8 56.7 51.7 58.8 49.2 44.8 51.1 45.9

16.00 – 17.00 52.8 55.5 52.0 61.7 47.5 43.9 49.2 45.0

17.00 – 18.00 53.0 56.7 47.7 63.5 48.6 46.8 49.9 47.9

18.00 – 19.00 52.1 49.8 50.1 60.6 46.5 47.6 50.8 48.7 19.00 – 20.00 51.2 50.7 52.3 61.7 50.0 45.0 47.8 46.1 20.00 – 21.00 51.3 51.4 46.4 56.1 44.5 43.8 45.2 44.9 21.00 – 22.00 50.9 49.4 46.5 57.4 44.4 43.3 47.0 44.4

Minimum 44.4 46.7 44.1 49.1 44.4 42.6 43.3 43.7 Maximum 56.6 56.7 53.3 63.9 53.3 49.8 51.9 50.9 Average 52.5 51.4 49.5 57.8 48.3 45.2 47.7 46.2 Leq (Day) 53.5 52.5 50.3 59.7 49.3 45.7 48.5 46.8

Table: 3.37 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME

Period: 01st January’16 – 15th January’16 Date of Monitoring: 07.01.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

22.00 – 23.00 46.1 46.0 45.0 49.8 44.5 43.8 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 45.7 45.7 44.7 49.4 44.8 43.6 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.4 45.1 43.8 49.0 43.9 43.5 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 45.1 44.9 43.3 48.6 43.5 43.3 42.8 43.2

02.00 – 03.00 44.7 44.8 43.1 48.3 43.0 42.8 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.4 43.8 42.7 47.8 42.9 42.4 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 43.9 43.7 42.3 47.4 42.3 42.1 41.6 42.4

05.00 – 06.00 42.7 42.5 42.1 46.7 41.7 41.6 41.0 41.6 Minimum 42.7 42.5 42.1 46.7 41.7 41.6 41.0 41.6 Maximum 46.1 46.0 45.0 49.8 44.8 43.8 44.0 44.3 Average 44.7 44.5 43.4 48.4 43.3 42.9 42.5 43.0 Leq (Night) 44.8 44.7 43.5 48.5 43.4 43.0 42.6 43.1


Table: 3.38 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME

Period: 16th January’16 – 31st January’16 Date of Monitoring: 25.01.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

6.00 - 7.00 45.9 48.2 45.6 50.6 46.0 44.1 44.8 45.2 7.00 - 8.00 49.3 48.7 46.8 52.1 46.6 44.7 45.3 45.8 8.00 – 9.00 51.4 49.2 47.3 52.8 47.9 45.2 46.1 46.3

9.00 – 10.00 52.2 52.0 50.1 55.6 47.1 46.5 45.3 47.6

10.00 – 11.00 56.7 49.4 51.3 56.8 53.8 45.3 47.2 46.4

11.00 – 12.00 56.3 50.5 53.6 61.9 53.5 48.9 52.6 50.0 12.00 – 13.00 57.2 52.7 52.1 64.9 54.8 50.2 49.5 51.3 13.00 – 14.00 56.4 52.3 53.0 65.8 53.6 52.0 51.1 53.1

14.00 – 15.00 57.1 54.2 51.7 64.5 51.9 49.8 48.3 50.9

15.00 – 16.00 52.6 57.0 52.0 64.8 50.7 49.0 51.8 50.1

16.00 – 17.00 52.2 55.8 52.3 65.1 49.0 48.0 49.9 49.1

17.00 – 18.00 51.8 57.0 48.0 60.8 50.1 47.3 50.6 48.4

18.00 – 19.00 51.5 50.1 50.4 63.2 48.0 46.7 51.5 47.8 19.00 – 20.00 50.6 51.0 52.6 65.4 51.5 45.6 48.5 46.7 20.00 – 21.00 49.5 51.7 46.7 59.5 46.0 44.2 45.9 45.3 21.00 – 22.00 47.6 49.7 46.8 59.6 45.9 43.7 47.7 44.8 Minimum 45.9 48.2 45.6 50.6 45.9 43.7 44.8 44.8 Maximum 57.2 57.0 53.6 65.8 54.8 52.0 52.6 53.1 Average 52.4 51.8 50.0 60.2 49.8 47.0 48.5 48.1 Leq (Day) 53.6 52.8 50.7 62.3 50.8 47.7 49.2 48.8


Period: 16th January’16 – 31st January’16 Date of Monitoring: 25.01.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

22.00 – 23.00 45.9 45.8 44.7 49.7 44.6 43.6 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 45.5 45.5 44.4 49.3 44.9 43.4 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.2 44.9 43.5 48.9 44.0 43.3 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 44.9 44.7 43.0 48.5 43.6 43.1 42.8 43.2

02.00 – 03.00 44.5 44.6 42.8 48.2 43.1 42.6 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.2 43.6 42.4 47.7 43.0 42.2 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 43.7 43.5 42.0 47.3 42.4 41.9 41.6 42.4


Table: 3.40

FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME Period: 01st February 16-15th February 16 Date of Monitoring: 08.02.16

Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8 6.00 - 7.00 47.4 49.7 47.1 52.1 44.5 45.6 46.3 46.7 7.00 - 8.00 50.6 50.0 48.1 52.4 45.3 45.5 46.6 46.6 8.00 – 9.00 52.0 49.5 47.6 53.1 46.4 45.6 46.8 46.7

9.00 – 10.00 52.8 52.3 50.4 55.9 45.6 46.9 46.0 48.0

10.00 – 11.00 57.3 49.7 51.6 57.1 52.3 45.7 47.9 46.8

11.00 – 12.00 56.9 50.8 53.9 62.2 52.0 49.3 53.3 50.4


Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8 12.00 – 13.00 57.8 53.0 52.4 65.2 53.3 50.6 50.2 51.7 13.00 – 14.00 57.0 52.6 53.3 66.1 52.1 52.4 51.8 53.5

14.00 – 15.00 57.7 54.5 52.0 64.8 50.4 50.2 49.0 51.3

15.00 – 16.00 52.4 57.3 52.3 65.1 49.2 49.4 52.5 50.5

16.00 – 17.00 51.6 56.1 52.6 65.4 47.5 48.4 50.6 49.5

17.00 – 18.00 50.6 57.3 48.3 61.1 48.6 47.7 51.3 48.8


Table: 3.41

FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING NIGHT TIME

Period: 01st February 16-15th February 16 Date of Monitoring: 08.02.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

22.00 – 23.00 45.7 45.6 44.4 50.1 44.7 43.4 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 45.3 45.3 44.1 49.7 45.0 43.2 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.0 44.7 43.2 49.3 44.1 43.1 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 44.7 44.5 42.7 48.9 43.7 42.9 42.8 43.2

02.00 – 03.00 44.3 44.4 42.5 48.6 43.2 42.4 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.0 43.4 42.1 48.1 43.1 42.0 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 43.5 43.3 41.7 47.7 42.5 41.7 41.6 42.4


Table: 3.42

FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME Period: 16th February 16-29th February 16 Date of Monitoring: 26.02.16

Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8 6.00 - 7.00 45.3 52.0 45.9 47.0 47.0 43.6 43.7 43.9 7.00 - 8.00 48.5 54.5 49.1 48.5 47.4 44.3 44.5 44.6 8.00 – 9.00 49.9 53.0 47.6 49.2 48.9 47.2 44.9 45.5

9.00 – 10.00 50.7 55.8 50.4 52.0 48.1 48.5 45.8 46.8

10.00 – 11.00 60.1 53.2 51.6 53.2 49.0 47.3 47.9 45.6

11.00 – 12.00 59.7 54.3 54.6 56.8 51.2 50.9 50.3 49.2 12.00 – 13.00 60.6 56.5 52.9 64.1 52.3 52.2 51.2 50.5 13.00 – 14.00 59.8 56.1 53.8 64.3 54.6 54.0 52.1 52.3

14.00 – 15.00 57.9 59.0 52.5 63.7 52.9 51.8 51.3 50.1

15.00 – 16.00 56.3 61.8 52.8 63.2 51.7 51.0 50.4 49.3

16.00 – 17.00 55.4 60.6 53.1 62.5 50.0 50.0 49.7 48.3

17.00 – 18.00 54.4 60.3 48.8 60.0 49.2 49.3 48.3 47.6

18.00 – 19.00 54.1 57.7 48.3 59.5 47.5 47.9 47.2 46.2 19.00 – 20.00 53.7 56.8 47.2 58.4 46.5 46.6 46.5 44.9 20.00 – 21.00 52.9 55.7 45.9 56.5 45.3 45.2 45.3 43.5


Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8 21.00 – 22.00 52.1 54.5 45.0 55.2 44.2 44.7 44.2 43 Minimum 45.3 52.0 45.0 47.0 44.2 43.6 43.7 43 Maximum 60.6 61.8 54.6 64.3 54.6 54.0 57.4 52.3 Average 54.5 56.4 49.9 57.1 49.1 48.4 49.4 47.0 Leq (Day) 56.3 57.3 50.9 60.0 50.0 49.4 51.7 47.8

Table: 3.43


Period: 16th February 16-29th February 16 Date of Monitoring: 26.02.16

Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

22.00 – 23.00 46.0 45.5 44.8 49.7 45.0 43.1 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 45.6 45.2 44.5 49.3 45.3 42.9 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.3 44.6 43.6 48.9 44.4 42.8 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 45.0 44.4 43.1 48.5 44.0 42.6 42.8 43.2

02.00 – 03.00 44.6 44.3 42.9 48.2 43.5 42.1 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.3 43.3 42.5 47.7 43.4 41.7 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 43.8 43.2 42.1 47.3 42.8 41.4 41.6 42.4


Table: 3.44

FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME Period: 01st March 16-15th March 16 Date of Monitoring: 09.03.16

Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8 6.00 - 7.00 45.1 52.2 46.1 47.2 46.7 46.2 43.5 47.3 7.00 - 8.00 48.3 54.7 49.3 48.7 47.1 47.8 44.3 48.9 8.00 - 9.00 49.7 53.2 47.8 49.4 48.6 47.5 44.7 48.6

9.00 - 10.00 50.5 56.0 50.6 52.2 47.8 48.8 45.6 49.9

10.00 - 11.00 59.9 53.4 51.8 53.4 48.7 47.6 47.7 48.7

11.00 - 12.00 59.5 54.5 54.8 57.0 50.9 51.2 49.3 50.2 12.00 - 13.00 60.4 56.7 53.1 60.2 52.0 52.5 52.2 51.6 13.00 - 14.00 59.6 56.3 54.0 62.5 54.3 54.3 51.7 51.0

14.00 - 15.00 57.7 59.2 52.7 61.9 52.6 52.1 50.8 50.8

15.00 - 16.00 56.1 62.0 53.0 60.8 51.4 51.3 49.6 49.7

16.00 - 17.00 55.2 60.8 53.3 59.3 49.7 50.3 48.3 48.3

17.00 - 18.00 54.2 60.5 49.0 59.0 48.9 49.6 47.5 47.6

18.00 - 19.00 53.9 57.9 48.5 58.9 47.2 48.2 46.2 47.1 19.00 - 20.00 53.5 57.0 47.4 57.6 46.2 46.9 45.9 46.0 20.00 - 21.00 52.7 55.9 46.1 56.5 45.0 45.5 45.8 45.9 21.00 - 22.00 51.9 54.7 45.2 55.2 43.9 45.0 44.2 44.3

Minimum 45.1 52.2 45.2 47.2 43.9 45.0 43.5 44.3 Maximum 60.4 62.0 54.8 62.5 54.3 54.3 52.2 51.6 Average 54.3 56.6 50.1 56.2 48.8 49.1 47.3 48.5

Leq (Day) 56.1 57.5 51.1 58.2 49.7 49.9 48.2 48.9



Period: 01st March 16-15th March 16 Date of Monitoring: 09.03.16


22.00 – 23.00 46.2 45.4 45.3 49.5 44.7 43.4 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 45.8 45.1 45.0 49.1 45.0 43.2 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.5 44.5 44.1 48.7 44.1 43.1 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 45.2 44.3 43.6 48.3 43.7 42.9 42.8 43.2

02.00 – 03.00 44.8 44.2 43.4 48.0 43.2 42.4 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.5 43.2 43.0 47.5 43.1 42.0 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 44.0 43.1 42.6 47.1 42.5 41.7 41.6 42.4


Table: 3.46 FORTNIGHTLY AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA DURING DAY TIME

Period: 16th March 2016-31st March 2016 Date of Monitoring: 28.03.16 Hrs. SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8

6.00 - 7.00 45.2 49.2 46.6 51.9 46.0 45.3 45.2 46.4 7.00 - 8.00 48.4 51.7 49.8 53.4 46.4 46.9 46.0 48.0 8.00 – 9.00 49.8 50.2 48.3 54.1 47.9 46.6 46.4 47.7

9.00 – 10.00 50.6 53.0 51.1 56.9 47.1 47.9 47.3 49.0

10.00 – 11.00 55.1 50.4 52.3 58.1 48.0 46.7 49.4 47.8

11.00 – 12.00 54.7 51.5 54.6 58.8 50.2 50.3 51.6 51.4 12.00 – 13.00 55.6 53.7 53.1 59.3 51.3 51.6 53.5 52.7 13.00 – 14.00 54.8 53.3 54.0 61.8 53.6 53.4 52.8 54.5

14.00 – 15.00 52.9 55.2 52.7 61.2 51.9 51.2 52.0 52.3

15.00 – 16.00 51.3 58.0 53.0 60.4 50.7 50.4 49.6 51.5

16.00 – 17.00 50.4 56.8 53.3 59.3 49.0 49.4 48.5 50.5

17.00 – 18.00 49.4 56.5 49.0 58.7 48.2 48.7 47.6 49.8


Table: 3.47


Period: 16th March 16-31st March 16 Date of Monitoring: 28.03.16


22.00 – 23.00 46.4 45.3 45.1 49.3 44.4 43.7 44.0 44.3

23.00 – 24.00 46.0 45.0 44.8 48.9 44.7 43.5 43.6 43.8

24.00 – 01.00 45.7 44.4 43.9 48.5 43.8 43.4 42.9 43.6

01.00 – 02.00 45.4 44.2 43.4 48.1 43.4 43.2 42.8 43.2



02.00 – 03.00 45.0 44.1 43.2 47.8 42.9 42.7 42.2 42.7

03.00 – 04.00 44.7 43.1 42.8 47.3 42.8 42.3 41.9 42.6

04.00 – 05.00 44.2 43.0 42.4 46.9 42.2 42.0 41.6 42.4


Summary of observations

Core Zone - Victoria U/G Office (SN1): The recorded noise levels were found in

the range of 45.6 to 58.0 dB (A) during day time and 42.7 to 46.1 dB (A) during

night time. The Leq (Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 54.1 dB (A) and

44.9 dB (A) respectively.

Core Zone – Victoria West U/G (SN2): The recorded noise levels were found in

the range of 49.7 to 58.8 dB (A) during day time and 42.1 to 45.6 dB(A) during

night time. The Leq (Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 54.5 dB (A) and

44.3 dB (A) respectively.

Core Zone – Begunia Guest House (SN3): The recorded noise levels were

found in the range of 45.9 to 54.1 dB (A) during day time and 42.0 to 44.9 dB(A)

during night time. The Leq (Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 50.9 dB (A)

and 43.4 dB (A) respectively.

Core Zone – Damagoria Project Office (SN4): The recorded noise levels were

found in the range of 49.7 to 63.9 dB (A) during day time and 46.6 to 49.7 dB(A)

during night time. The Leq (Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 60.0 dB (A)

and 48.4 dB (A) respectively.

Chirkunda (SN5): The recorded noise levels were found in the range of 44.3 to

53.4 dB (A) during day time and 41.9 to 45.0 dB(A) during night time. The Leq

(Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 49.6 dB (A) and 43.6 dB (A)

respectively.


Dendua Village (SN6): The recorded noise levels were found in the range of 44.2

to 51.6 dB (A) during day time and 41.3 to 43.5 dB(A) during night time. The Leq

(Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 48.1 dB (A) and 42.6 dB (A)

respectively.

Kulti (SN7): The recorded noise levels were found in the range of 44.5 to 51.7 dB

(A) during day time and 41.0 to 44.0 dB(A) during night time. The Leq (Day) and

Leq (Night) were observed to be 48.8 dB (A) and 42.6 dB (A) respectively.

Kalipahari Village (SN8): The recorded noise levels were found in the range of

44.5 to 51.5 dB (A) during day time and 41.6 to 44.3 dB(A) during night time. The

Leq (Day) and Leq (Night) were observed to be 48.4 dB (A) and 43.1 dB (A)

respectively.

Result & discussion

From the results, the noise level for core zone was observed in the range of 45.6

dB (A) to 63.9 dB (A) during day time and 42.0 dB (A) to 49.7 dB (A) during night

time whereas the maximum average noise levels in the area were observed to be

58.2 dB (A) during day time and 48.3 dB (A) during night time. Thus, from the

observation it may be concluded that the noise levels in the area were in good

compliance with prescribed limit for industrial area which are 75 dB (A) for day

time and 70 dB (A) for night time.

Similarly, the noise levels in close vicinity of the project area were observed in the

range of 44.2 dB (A) to 53.4 dB (A) in day time & 41.0 dB (A) to 45.0 dB (A) in the

night time, whereas the maximum average noise levels in the area were observed

to be 48.7 dB (A) during day time and 43.5 dB (A) during night time. Thus, from

the observations it may be concluded that the noise levels in the area were well

within the prescribed limit for residential areas which are 55 dB(A) for Day time

and 45 dB(A) for Night time.

From the above observations, it may be concluded that the Noise levels are in

good compliance with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for

Industrial and Residential areas which is graphically depicted in Fig.


GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF EXISTING NOISE LEVELS

IN COMPARISON WITH NAAQ STANDARD FOR NOISE

Fig. No. 3d

Standard for noise

The Government of India, in exercise of its power under section 16(2)(h) of the

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, notified the ambient air

quality standards in respect of noise (which has been included as an air

pollutant under section 20 of the Amended Air Act of 1987) as follows:

Table – 3.48: Noise Standard

AREA Category of area Limits in Decibels, dB (A)

Day Time Night Time A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence zone 50 40

NOTE:

1. Day Time is reckoned between 6 AM and 10 PM.

2. Night Time is reckoned between 10 PM and 6 AM.


3. Silence Zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around such premises as

hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be

declared by the competent authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers

and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above

mentioned categories by the competent authority.

➢ dB (A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in

decibels on scale A which is related to human hearing.

➢ “A”, in dB (A), denotes the frequency weighing in the measurement of

noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the

human ear.

Receptor Oriented Standards:-

Table – 3.49

PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURE FOR INDUSTRIAL WORKERS

Exposure Time, hr/day Limit dB(A)

8 90

4 93

2 96

1 99

0.5 102

0.25 105

0.125 108

0.063 111

0.031 or less. 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB (A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (peak acoustic pressure).

The Director General of Mines Safety vide their circular no. DG(Tech.)/18 of 1975

has prescribed the TLV for noise level as 90 dB(A), for the worker engaged in

mining operation likely to be exposed in an 8 hr shift period with unprotected ear.

3.5 SOIL QUALITY

Soil is one of the most significant ecological factor on which plants depend for

their nutrients; water and mineral supply. Indiscriminate deforestation, digging for

minerals, destruction of grazing lands for human habitation have done irreparable


damage to the environment and even led to harsh climatic change. Some of the

dangers posed to soil pollution are due to the fact that while numbers of the

earth’s inhabitants are increasing, the earth’s natural resources are by and large

fixed as well as limited. Thus, soil gets heavily polluted day by day by rapid

anthropogenic activities and population explosion in the developing countries.

Further, major mining activities affect the soil regime of the surrounding areas

directly or indirectly. Hence, it becomes important to study the soil quality as

knowledge of soil parameters is essential for the planning and implementation of

afforestation. The purpose of this study is to:

• Assess the soil characteristics for critical parameters;

• Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions,

Recreational resources and aesthetics valves in the vicinity ; and

• Prediction of impact on soil quality by project activities.

Keeping the above aspects in view, three locations were selected to represent

the entire area in consultation with CMPDIL officials and samples collected on

seasonal basis once for each location from three depths viz. 0-30, 30-60, 60-

90 cm during the study period.

Methodology

Soil samples were collected by digging a pit at the appropriate location from

depths 0-30, 30-60 and 60-90cm with the help of a spade/ AGAR and a ' Khurpi'.

The samples were brought to the PDIL’s laboratory at Sindri and air dried for a

few days. The air dried samples were then ground in an agate mortar with the

help of a wooden hammer and passed through 2 mm (10mesh) sieve. The

coarser materials were rejected and the sieved material was sampled by the

standard Coning & quartering method (Ref. Jackson, M.L., 'Soil chemical

analysis', Prentice Hall, India 1958).

The processed samples were analyzed for the different parameters according to

the standard methods as described under Jackson, M.L., 'Soil Chemical Analysis',

Prentice Hall, India 1958; millar, CE, turk, L.M. Foth, H.D. Fundamentals of Soil

Science, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1962, Indian Council of Agricultural

Research, New Delhi, ' Hand Book of Agriculture', IS:2720 (Part IV), 1975 and

IS:2720, Part (V), 1970 ; Methods of Soil Analysis, Part I & II, Black, CA et.al.

American society of Agronomy, Inc. USA, 1965.



The main aim of the soil testing is to assess the soil quality of the area for

assessment of the production potential, selection of suitable species of plants for

green belt and afforestation as an anti-pollution measures. Thus, to assess the

soil quality, nine nos. of samples were collected from three different locations at

the rate of three samples per station from the depths of 0-30, 30-60 and 60-90cm

for the study period. These sampling locations were selected in consultation with

CMPDIL officials.

Sampling Locations

Details of sampling location are given in Table below:

TABLE – 3.50 Sampling location for soil quality assessment

Project: Kalyaneshwari O/C Period: 1st Jan 2016 – 31st March 2016

Sl. No.

Name of Sampling Locations Frequency Total No. of

Samples Location

Code

01. Forest Land – Hadla * Once in a season

Three (0-30, 30-60 & 60-

90cm depth) SS1

02. Agricultural Land – Damagoria Village

Once in a season

Three (0-30, 30-60 & 60-

90cm depth) SS2

03. Core Zone – Victoria Once in a season

Three (0-30, 30-60 & 60-

90cm depth) SS3

Total no. of samples 09

*Buffer Zone

Highlights of analytical results

The results of the soil characteristic analysis and along with highlights of some of

the parameters are given in subsequent tables:

Table: 3.51 Characteristics of Soil

Period: 1st Jan 2016 – 31st March 2016 Location: Forest Land – Hadla - SS1

Sl. No.

Parameters

Observed Value SS1

(0-30cm) (30-60cm) (60-90cm)

1 Soil Texture Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

2

Grain Size,% a) Sand 63.20 62.98 62.68 b) Silt content 17.15 17.46 17.58 c) Clay content 19.65 19.56 19.74

3 Porosity, % 38.34 38.73 38.94


Sl. No.

Parameters

Observed Value SS1

(0-30cm) (30-60cm) (60-90cm)

4 Bulk Density, g/cm3 1.44 1.43 1.43 5 pH(1:2.5)(w/v) 6.8 6.9 6.9 6 Elect. Conductivity (dS/cm at 20OC) 0.36 0.39 0.40 7 Water holding capacity % 41.9 42.2 40.7 8 Infiltration Rate (cm/hr.) 9.69 - - 9 Available Magnesium, as MgO mg/kg 21.46 23.01 24.09 10 Organic Carbon % 1.55 0.65 0.20 11 Sodium Adsorption Ratio 0.36 0.42 0.44 12 Cation Exchange Capacity,Cmol(+)/kg 15.27 9.60 5.84 13 Nitrogen as N, kg/ha 306.3 210.0 31.2 14 Phosphorous as P2O5 kg/ha 11.2 9.9 2.4 15 Potash as K2O, kg/ha 154.6 155.5 145.0

Table: 3.52

Soil Fertility Quality Standard w.r.t C: N: P: K

Sl. No. PARAMETERS QUALITY STATUS

Poor Medium Fertile 1 Organic Carbon % <0.5 0.5 to 0.75 >0.75 2 Nitrogen as N, kg/ha <280 280 to 560 >560 3 Phosphorus as P2O5, kg/ha <23 23 to 57 >57 4 Potash as K2O, kg/ha <133 133 to 337 >337

Table: 3.53

CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

Period: 1st Jan 2016 – 31st March 2016 Location: Agricultural Land–Damagoria Village - SS2

Sl. No.

Parameters

Observed Value SS2

(0-30cm) (30-60cm) (60-90cm)

1 Soil Texture Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

2


3 Porosity, % 40.63 39.43 40.55 4 Bulk Density, g/cm3 1.42 1.42 1.42 5 pH(1:2.5)(w/v) 6.7 6.8 6.8 6 Elect. Conductivity (dS/cm at 20OC) 0.44 0.42 0.47 7 Water holding capacity % 42.2 42.4 42.6 8 Infiltration Rate (cm/hr.) 8.77 - - 9 Available Magnesium, as MgO mg/kg 24.11 27.68 27.72 10 Organic Carbon % 1.67 0.69 0.35 11 Sodium Adsorption Ratio 0.44 0.46 0.49 12 Cation Exchange Capacity, Cmol(+)/kg 16.83 7.31 6.91 13 Nitrogen as N, kg/ha 314.8 122.8 24.6 14 Phosphorous as P2O5 kg/ha 10.1 5.2 3.7 15 Potash as K2O, kg/ha 164.0 86.0 76.0


Table: 3.54 Soil Fertility Quality Standard w.r.t C: N: P: K



Table: 3.55

CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

Period: 1st Jan 2016 – 31st March 2016 Location: Core Zone – Victoria - SS3

Sl. No.

Parameters

Observed Value SS3

(0-30cm) (30-60cm) (60-90cm)

1 Soil Texture Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

2


3 Porosity, % 39.60 39.90 38.92 4 Bulk Density, g/cm3 1.35 1.34 1.36 5 pH(1:2.5)(w/v) 6.8 6.6 6.7 6 Elect. Conductivity (dS/cm at 20OC) 0.41 0.42 0.43 7 Water holding capacity % 41.8 41.9 41.8 8 Infiltration Rate (cm/hr.) 12.73 - - 9 Available Magnesium, as MgO mg/kg 20.47 21.45 19.87 10 Organic Carbon % 1.56 0.54 0.32 11 Sodium Adsorption Ratio 0.44 0.42 0.46 12 Cation Exchange Capacity, Cmol(+)/kg 15.18 8.4 5.6 13 Nitrogen as N, kg/ha 274.6 173.0 76.8 14 Phosphorous as P2O5 kg/ha 14.0 8.0 5.0 15 Potash as K2O, kg/ha 143.3 81.6 56.2

Table: 3.56 Soil Fertility Quality Standard w.r.t C: N: P: K



(i)Texture

The texture of the soils was Sandy Clay Loam / Sandy Loam shown in shown in

fig – 9.

(ii) pH

The pH of the soil ranged between 6.6 to 6.9.


(iii)Electrical Conductivity

The electrical conductivity varied from 0.36 to 0.47 dS/cm at 20OC.

(iv)Organic Carbon

The organic carbon ranged between 1.55 to 1.67%.

(v)Phosphorus as P2O5

The concentration of Phosphorous varied between 10.1 to 14.0 Kg/ha.

(vi)Potash as K2O

The concentration of Potash ranged between 143.3 to 164.0 Kg/ha.

(vii)Nitrogen as N

The concentration of Nitrogen varied between 274.6 to 314.8 Kg/ha.

SOIL TEXTURE DIAGRAM

Clay loam Silty

ClaySilty

SandyClay

Sandy clayloam

Clay

loamClay

loamSiltLoam

loamSandy

LoamysandSand

Slit

Per

cent

cla

y Percent slit

90

100%10100 %

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

( 2 microns )

100% clay

Percent Sand Slitsand

20

3040

5060

708090

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Fig. No. 3e


3.6 FLORA AND FAUNA STUDY OF CORE ZONE AND BUFFER ZONE IN STUDY AREA

Flora and fauna are important because they contribute, even if in a very small way,

something of value to something else. Each living organism is part of a balance

within its ecosystem.

Baseline data of flora and fauna of a project have to be generated for the

preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. Data of endangered

/ endemic species of Flora and Fauna, migratory species of Fauna, migratory

corridors, breeding and spawning grounds if present will help for preparation of

conservation plan for the same.

Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons – wetlands, coastal

zone, biospheres and mountains are not present within the study area (10 km

buffer zone) of the project. Also, Areas used by protected, important or sensitive

species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering,

migration are not present within the study area.

Scope of the study:

The study includes the listing of existing flora and fauna in the study area (10 km

radius) by technical experts. Preparation of list of flora and fauna duly authenticated

separately for the core and buffer zone. A statement clearly specifying whether the

study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna. If the

study area has endangered flora and fauna, or if the area is occasionally visited or

used as a habitat by Sch – I fauna, or if the project falls within 15 km of an

ecologically sensitive area, or used as migratory corridor then a comprehensive

conservation plan has to be prepared.

Methodology:

An ecological survey was conducted under the guidance of Central Mine Planning

& Design Institute Ltd. empanelled expert Dr. Anshumali, and Dr. S.K. Maithi,

Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad. The study was carried out during January, 2016.

Survey team includes Mr. M. D. Salve (Bio-Chemist), Dr. Santhan (Botanist) and

Dr. Gawai S. R. (Zoologist) along with representatives of Bharat Coking Coal Ltd /

Central Mine Planning & Design Institute Ltd.


The study has covered the following aspects:

Table-3.57 Aspects of Flora and Fauna Study

Sl. No.

Floral Component Sl. No.

Faunal Elements

1. Agricultural crops 1. Listing of Faunal elements

2. Commercial crops 2. Endangered Species / Endemic Species

3. Plantations/Agro-forestry 3. Wildlife Schs

4. Natural Vegetation/Forest type 4. Migratory Species

5. Grassland Vegetation 5. Migratory corridors or Paths

6. Endangered/ Endemic species 6. Breeding & Spawning Grounds

7. Aquatic flora 7. Aquatic fauna

Identification of vegetation in relation to natural forest flora and croplands was

conducted through reconnaissance field surveys and insight observations of core

and buffer zone areas. The plant species identification is done based on the

morphological characteristics and reproductive materials i.e. flowers, fruits and

seeds. Land use pattern in relation to agriculture practices and crop verities are

identified through physical verification of farm lands. Secondary data gathered

from local villager. Botanical nomenclature is followed according to the Plant

list.org.

The faunal elements (animal species) of core and buffer zone are identified by

direct sightings or indirect evidences viz. pug marks, skeletal remains, scats and

droppings etc. A Binocular is used for the observations. The authenticity of faunal

elements occurrence is confirmed by interaction with the local forest department /

people. Avifauna (bird’s species) identification is done with pictorial descriptions of

published literature. Information pertaining to existence of any migratory corridors

and paths are obtained with local inhabitants. The status of each faunal element

is determined and wildlife Schedule category is ascertained as per the IUCN-Red

Data Book (RDB) and Indian wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. Aquatic flora and

fauna are identified by inspecting water bodies, Ponds, Rivers, Nallas etc.

Sampling locations:

Crop fields located near to Manbaria, Begunia, Victoria Colliery and Damagoria

Colliery within the core zone were surveyed for enlisting agricultural crops. The

information for the same was also collected from the villagers.


Core zone

Agricultural/Commercial Crop / Terrestrial Fauna survey locations:

• Begunia Colliery

• Victoria West Colliery

• Victoria Colliery

• Damagoria Colliery

Plantations Survey Location/ Terrestrial Fauna survey locations:

• Damagoria Colliery

Aquatic Flora/Fauna survey locations:

• Barakar River, streams, rivulets in villages, Ditches and small ponds.

• Victoria West Colliery

Natural Vegetation / Forest /Shrubs/Herbs/grass/Terrestrial Fauna Survey

Location:

Occurrence of dense forest is very rare. Trees and shrubs are present at

uncultivable waste lands, adjacent to ponds, banks of rivers, along streams

and rivulets.

Buffer zone

Agricultural/Commercial Crop/Plantation/terrestrial Fauna survey

locations:

• Kumardubi

• Jasidih

• Kulti

• Shipur

• Chanch

• Sanktorya

• Salanpur

Aquatic flora/fauna: Barakar River, Damodar River, streams, rivulets in village

ditches and small ponds.


Occurrence of dense forest is very rare. Forest/Plantation near Maithon reservoir

was surveyed. Trees and shrubs are present at uncultivable waste lands,

adjacent to ponds, banks of rivers, along streams and rivulets

Baseline Status of Flora:

Core Zone Terrestrial Flora Terrestrial and Aquatic flora of the project areas is classified in to:

i. Agriculture crops cultivated (cereals, pulses and vegetables) during rainy

season (Kharif) and post rainy moths of winter season (Rabi);

ii. Commercial crops;

iii. Natural vegetation of Forest type includes endemic species, endangered

category and Aquatic flora.

iv. Plantations and Agro-forestry species and

v. Grass lands

Agricultural Crops:

Agricultural crops cultivated in the area are vegetables. These are cultivated

mostly in the backyard / farms by local people for meeting their day-to-day

requirements. People also use to sell some of their vegetable in local market.

Most of the cultivators raise a single crop (mainly paddy) in a year during kharif

season and keep the land fallow for the remaining period. Crop fields located

near to Manbaria, Begunia, Victoria Colliery and Damgoria Colliery within the

core zone were surveyed for enlisting agricultural crops. The information for the

same were also collected from the villagers.

A checklist of agriculture crops of is presented below:

Table 3.58: List of Agricultural crops in the Core Zone

Crop variety Botanical name Family name Trade name

Cereals Oryza sativa L. Poaceae Paddy

Zea mays L. Poaceae Maize

Commercial crops:

The list of commercial crops of the project areas are presented subsequently:


Table 3.59 List of commercial crops in core zone


Vegetables Solanum melongena L. Solanaceae Brinjal

Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench. Malvaceae Bhendi

Momordica charantia L. Cucurbitaceae Karela

Cucurbia maxima Duch ex Lam. Cucurbitaceae Pumpkin

Lycopersicum esculentum Mill Solanaceae Tomato

Capsicum annum L. Solanaceae Chilly

Brassica oleracea L. var capitata Brassicaceae Cabbage

Brassica oleracea L. var botrytis Brassicaceae Cauliflower

Fruits Cocos nucifera L. Arecaceae Coconut

Musa paradisiaca L. Musaceae Banana

Carica papaya L. Caricaceae Papaya

Psidium guajava L. Myrtaceae Guava

Plantations The plantations raised by the Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL) and Forest

department in vacant lands, Road side and Township consist of Agro forestry

species. The list of Plantation /Agro forestry is presented below:

Table 3.60: List of Agro forestry Species:

Botanical name Family name Trade name

Delonix regia (Boj ex Hook) Raffin Leguminosae Gulmohor

Phyllanthus emblica L. Phyllanthaceae Amla Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC Leguminosae Shesam

Azadirachta indica (L).A.Juss Meliaceae Neem

Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam Moraceae Jackfruit

Bambusa bambos (L.) Voss Poaceae Bamboo

Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd Leguminosae Babool

Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth Leguminosae Jungle Jilepe

Poyalthia longifolia (Sonn.)Thw Annonaceae Ashoka

Natural vegetation/ forest type:

Occurrence of dense forest is very rare. Trees and shrubs are present at

uncultivable waste lands, adjacent to ponds, banks of rivers, along streams and

rivulets. The scrub forest is fairly dense during south west monsoon months

distinguished into two layers: (i) upper storey of trees and shrubs and (ii) ground

level herbaceous growth of creepers.


Natural Vegetation/ Forest Type near to Manbaria, Begunia, Victoria Colliery

and Damgoria Colliery within the core zone were surveyed. The information for

the same were also collected from the villagers also.

Grass lands:

No prominent grass land ecosystem has been found in core zone of the project.

However the grass lands were mixed with natural vegetation in low lands and

cultivable waste lands are now being utilized as grazing grounds to the livestock

species. The grass species and sedges of core zone are listed below in Table.

Table 3.61 Check list of Grasses and Sedges Botanical name Family name Trade name

Apluda mutica L. Poaceae Banjura grass

Cynodon dactylon L. Poaceae Durva/Doob

Phulkia

Paspalum dilatatum Poir Poaceae Dallis grass

Aquatic flora: The aquatic Barakar river, streams, rivulets in village ditches and small ponds of

core zone is presented below in Table.

Table 3.62: List of Aquatic flora: Botanical name Family name Trade name Ipomoea aquatic Forssk Convolvulaceae Water spinach

Eichhornia crassipes (Mart) Solms Pontederiaceae Water hyacinth

Buffer zone

Agricultural crops:

Crop fields located near Kumardubi, Jasidih, Kulti, Kalyanshwari and were

surveyed for enlisting agricultural crops. The information for the same was also

collected from the villagers.

A checklist of agriculture crops of is given below:

Table: 3.63 List of Agricultural Crops Crop variety Botanical name Family name Trade name

Vegetables Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench Malvaceae Bhendi

Coccinia grandia (L.) Voight Cucurbitaceae Kundru

Cucurbita pepo L. Cucurbitaceae Kaddu

Momordica charantia L. Cucurbitaceae Karela

Capsicum annuum L. Solanaceae Mirchi



Solanum melongenaL. Solanaceae Brinjal

Solanum tuberosum L. Solanaceae Potato

Cereals Oryza sativa L. Poaceae Rice

Zea mays L. Poaceae Maize

Commercial crops:

Table: 3.64 List of Commercial Crops Crop variety Botanical name Family name Trade name Vegetables Lycopersicon lycopersicum(L.) Korston Solanaceae Tomato Fruits Cocos nucifera L. Arecaceae Coconut

Psidium gujava L. Myrtaceae Guava Musa paradisiaca L. Musaceae Banana Carica papaya L. Caricaceae Papaya

Plantations /agro forestry species: The plantations raised by the Bharat Coaking Coal Limited (BCCL) and Forest

department in vacant lands, Road side etc. consist of Agro forestry species. The

list of Plantation /Agro forestry is given below:

Table: 3.65 List of Agro Forestry Species Botanical name Family name Trade name

Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Mango

Delonix regia (Boj ex Hook) Raffin Leguminosae Gulmohr

Phyllanthus emblica L. Phyllanthaceae Awla

Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC Leguminosae Shesam

Pongamia glabra Vent Leguminosae Karanj

Bambusa bambos (L.) Vas Poaceae Bamboo

Artocorpus heterophylla Lam Moraceae Jack fruit

Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Jamum

Moringa oleifera Lam Moringaeae Munga

Eucalyptus globulus Labill Myrtaceae Nilgiri

Tectona grandis L. Verbenaceae Sagwan

Natural vegetation/ forest type: Occurrence of dense forest is rare in the study area. Trees and shrubs are

present at uncultivable waste lands, adjacent to ponds, banks of rivers, along

streams and rivulets. The scrub forest is fairly dense during south west monsoon

months distinguished into two layers: (i) upper storey of trees and shrubs and (ii)

ground level herbaceous growth of creepers.


Natural Vegetation/ Forest Type near to Kumardubi, Jasidih, Kulti, Kalyanshwari

within the buffer zone were surveyed. The information for the same was also

collected from the villagers also.

List of Natural vegetation found in Buffer zone is given below:

Table: 3.66 Checklist of Natural Vegetation: (a) Upper layer – Tree flora Botanical name Family name Trade name

Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Aam/Mango

Annona squamosa L. Annonaceae Sitaphal

Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Leguminosae Apta

Cassia fistula L. Leguminosae Bahawa

Delonix regia (Boj ex Hook) Raffin Leguminosae Gulmohar

Terminalia chebula (Gaertn) Retz. Combretaceae Harhar

Madhuca indica J F Gmel Sapotaceae Mohua tree

Ailanthus excels Roxb. Simrubaceae Maharukh

Phyllanthus emblica L. Phyllanthaceae Awla

Butea monosperma (Lam) Taub. Leguminosae Palas

Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC Leguminosae Sisam

Pongamia glabra Vent Leguminosae Karanj

Bambusa bambos (L.) Vas Poaceae Katang bamboo

Azadirachta indica (L.) A.Juss Meliaceae Neem Melia azedarach L. Meliaceae Bakneem Acacia aurculiformis A.Cunn ex Benth Leguminosae Babul Albizzia lebbeck (L.) Benth Leguminosae Sirish Ficus benghalensis L. Moraceae Vad F.religiosa L. Moraceae Pipal Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa Rutaceae Bael Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Jamun Borassus flabellifer L. Arecaceae Sindhi Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Arecaceae Date palm Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk. Rhamnaceae Ber Tectona grandis L. Verbenaceae Sagwan (b) Ground layer – Shrubs & Herbs Botanical name Family name Trade name

Calycopteris floribunda (Roxb.) Poir Combretaceae Gilibuli Ipomoea aquatic Forssk Convolvulaceae Ganesh vel

Ipomoea quamoclit L. Convolvulaceae Boota Phyllanthus reticulatusPoir. Phyllanthaceae Pitundi

Cocculus hirsutus(L.) Diels Menispermaceae Vasan vel

Lantana camara L. Verbenaceae Raimunia

Vitex negundoL. Verbenaeae Nirgundi

Achyranthus aspera L. amaranthaceae Chirchitta

Amaranrhus spinosus Amaranthaceae Kate chawli

Cassia tora L. Leuminosae Kan kuti

Tridax procumbens L. Asteraceae Kamarmodi


Parthenium hysterophorus L. Asteraceae Gajar gawat

Cleome viscosa L. Cleomaceae Pivili tilwan

Euphorbia hirta L. Euphorbiaceae Dhudhi

Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Lamiaceae Tulsi

Andropogon pumilus Roxb. Poaceae Diwartan

Datura metal L. Solanaceae Kala dhotra

Tribulus terrestrisL. Zygophyllaceae Goakru

Grass lands:

No prominent grass land ecosystem has been found in the study area of the

project. However the grass lands were mixed with natural vegetation in low lands

and cultivable waste lands are now being utilized as grazing grounds to the

livestock species. The grass species and sedges are listed below:

Table: 3.67 List of Grasses and Sedges: Botanical name Family name Trade name

Achyranthus aspera L. Amaranthaceae Chirchitta

Amaranthus spinosus L. Amaranthaceae Kate chawli

Apluda mutica L. Poaceae Banjura grass

Cymbopogon martini(Roxb.) Wats Poaceae Tikhadi

Dactyloctenium aegyptium(L.) Willd Poaceae Crow foot grass

Sacharrum spontanium L. Poaceae Kansh

Hemidesmus indicus(L.) R.Br. Apocynaceae Sugandhipala

Argemon mexicana L. Papaveraceae Kateh

Aquatic flora: The aquatic flora adjacent to Barakar river, Damodar River, streams, rivulets in

village ditches and small ponds of core zone is given below:

Table 3.68 List of Aquatic Plants: Botanical name Family name Trade name

Pistia stratiotes L. Araceae Water lettuce

Ipomoea aquatic Forssk. Convolvulaceae Water spinach

Hydrilla verticellata (L.f) Royle Hydrocharitaceae Jhangi

Vallisnaria natans (Lour) Hara Hydrocharitaceae Ganjra pate sola

Utricularia stellaris L f. Menyanthaceae Common Jhangi

Nymphoides indicum (L.) Kuntze Menyanthaceae Floating leaf

Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn Nymphaceae Lotus

Eichornia crassipes (Mart) Solms Pontederiaceae Water hyacinth

Typha angustata Bory &Chaub Typhaceae Bulrush


Baseline status of fauna: Among the faunal groups avifauna of terrestrial habitat of passerine birds are

most conspicuous in scrub forest patches, grass lands and manmade agro-

ecosystems of crop lands and plantations. Apart from wildlife category the

domesticated species like Goat (Capra aegagrus); Buffalo (Bubalus bubalis);

Cow (Bos primigenius); and Dog (Canis lupus familaris) are found in farm

lands and villages.

Core zone:

Terrestrial fauna

Table 3.69 Checklist of Terrestrial Fauna: (a) Mammals

Family name Zoological name Common name Status in Wildlife (Protection)Act

ICUN RDB

Pteropodidae Rousettus leschenaulti Indian Fulvous - Bat Sch-V, Sec 3 LC Muridae Mus booduga Indian Field Mouse Sch-V, Sec, 5 LC Muridae Mus rattus rattus Common House Rat Sch-V, Sec, 6 LC Muridae Bandicoota bengalensis Bandicoot Rat Sch-V, Sec, 6 LC Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Indian Grey mongoose Sch-IV, Sec, 6A LC

(b) Birds

Family Zoological name Common name Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

ICUN RDB

Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Columbidae Columbia livia Pigeon Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black kite Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Small blue kingfisher Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrensis White-breasted kingfisheSch-IV, Sec,11 LC Meropidae Merops orientalis Small bee-eater Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Sturnidae Sturnus contra Asian pied starling Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Charadriidae Venellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Psittaculidae Psittakula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Pycnonotidae Pyccnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Coraciidae Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Leiothrichidae Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Cuculidae Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Dicruridae Dicrurrus adsimilis Black drango Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Corvidae Carvus splendens House crow Sch-V, Sec,1 LC Apodidae Apus affinis Little swift Sch-IV, Sec ,11 LC


(c) Reptiles


ICUN RDB

Colubridae Enhydris enhydris Smooth water snake Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

Colubridae Natrix piscator Checkered keel back snake

Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

Elapidae Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch-II, Part-II, Sec-11 LC

Elapidae Bungarus caeruelus Krait Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

(d) Amphibians


ICUN RDB

Bufonidae Bufo melanostictus Common toad Sch-IV, Sec,13 LC Dicroglossidae Euphlyctis hexadactyla Common frog Sch-IV, Sec,13 LC

Aquatic fauna: The aquatic habitats consist of Barakar rivers, streams, rivulets, ponds, ditches

and water logged areas were represented by fin-fish (fishes), shell-fish (mollusk)

and prawns (crustaceans) of seasonal varieties. The checklists of faunal

elements of core zone have been presented below in table.

Table 3.70 Checklist of Aquatic Fauna (a) Fishes:

Family Name Zoological name Common name

Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

Channidae Channa marulius Soria Not Applicable Mugilidae Mugil cephalous Mullet Not Applicable Cyprinidae Catla catla Catla Not Applicable Clariidae Clarias batrachus Mangur Not Applicable Cyprinidae Labeo rohita Rohu Not Applicable Channidae Ophiocephalus striatus Sour Not Applicable Cyprinidae Pantia sarala Punti Not Applicable

(b) Crustaceans:

Family Name Zoological name Common name Status in

Wildlife(Protection) ActPalaemonidae

Macrobrachium rosenbergi Freshwater Prawn Not Applicable

(c) Mollusc: Family Name Zoological name Common name Status

Wildlife(Protection) ActLittorinidae Littorina spp. Common snail Not Applicable

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colubridae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Littorinidae


Buffer zone:

Terrestrial fauna

Table 3.71: Checklist of Terrestrial Fauna (a) Mammals

Family Name Zoological Name Common Name Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

ICUN RDB

Canidae Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox Sch-II, Part-I,Sec,1B LC Canidae Canis aureus Jackal Sch-II,Part-I,Sec,2B LC Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Indian Grey Mongoose Sch-IV, Sec, 6A LC Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Black napped Hare Sch-IV, Sec, 3A LC Pteropodidae Rousettus leschenaulti Indian Fulvous Fruit- Bat Sch-V, Sec, 3 LC Muridae Mus booduga Indian Field Mouse Sch-V, Sec, 5 LC Muridae Mus rattus rattus Common House Rat Sch-V, Sec, 6 LC Muridae Bandicota bengalensis Bandicoot Rat Sch-V, Sec, 6 LC

(b) Birds

Family Name Zoological Name Common Name Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

ICUN RDB

Ardeidae Egretta alba Larger egret Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Ardeidae Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black kite Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Accipitridae Haliastur Indus Brahminy kite Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Small blue kingfisher Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Halcyonidae

Halcyon smyrensis White-breasted kingfisher

Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC

Meropidae Merops orientalis Small bee-eater Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Picidae Dinopium benghalensis Common wood pecker Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Upupidae Upupa epops Common hoopoe Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Sturnidae Sturnus contra Asian pied starling Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Corvidae Dendrocitta vagabond Indian tree pie Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Charadriidae Venellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Charadriidae Chardrius dubius Little ringed flover Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Psittaculidae Psittakula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Pycnonotidae Pyccnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Coraciidae Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Leiothrichidae Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Cuculidae Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Dicruridae Dicrurrus adsimilis Black drango Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Corvidae Carvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow Sch-IV, Sec,1 LC Passeridae Passer domesticus House sparrow Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Ploceidae Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver Sch-IV, Sec,11 LC Corvidae Carvus splendens House crow Sch-V, Sec,1 LC

(c) Reptiles

Family Name Zoological name Common name Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

ICUN RDB

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corvidae


Colubridae Enhydris enhydris Smooth water snake

Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

Colubridae Natrix piscator Olive keel back snake

Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

Elapidae Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch-II, Part-II, Sec-11 LC

Elapidae Bungarus caeruelus Krait Sch-IV, Sec,12 LC

(d) Amphibians

Family Name Zoological name Common name Status in Wildlife (Protection) Act

ICUN RDB

Bufonidae Bufo melanostictus Common toad Sch-IV, Sec,13 LC

Dicroglossidae Euphlyctis

hexadactyla Common frog Sch-IV, Sec,13 LC

Aquatic fauna: The aquatic habitats consist of Damodar / Barakar rivers, streams, rivulets,

ponds, ditches and water logged areas were represented by fin-fish (fishes),

shell-fish (mollusk) and prawns (crustaceans) of seasonal varieties. The

checklists of faunal elements of buffer zone is presented below in Table.

Table 3.72: Checklist of Aquatic Fauna: (a) Fishes:

Family Name Zoological name Common name Status in Wildlife(Protection) Act

Cyprinidae Catla catla Katla Not Applicable

Channidae Channa marulius Soria Not Applicable

Channidae Channa punctatus Spotted murrel Not Applicable

Clariidae Clarias batrachus Mangur Not Applicable Cyprinidae Labeo rohita Rohu Not Applicable Cyprinidae Labeo gonious Minor carp Not Applicable Mugilidae Mugil cephalous Mullet Not Applicable Bagridae Mystus spp. Tangra Not Applicable Channidae Ophicephalus striatus Sour Not Applicable Cyprinidae Puntia sarala Punti Not Applicable

(b) Crustaceans


Palaemonidae Macrobrachium

rosenbergi Freshwater Prawn Not Applicable

Palaemonidae Macrobrachium malcolmsoni

Small Prawn Not Applicable

Metapeneous spp. Shrimp Not Applicable

(c) Mollusc


Planaxidae Planoxis sulcatus Ground snail Not Applicable

Helicidae Littorina sp. Common snail Not Applicable

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colubridae


3.7 HYDROGEOLOGY

Drainage

Barakar River (a 5th Order stream) flowing from North to South along the

western boundary of the Cluster-XVII mines and joins Damodar River. The

Damodar River, flowing from west to east in the south of the Cluster at around

2.80 km. The Cluster-XVII falls in the catchment of Barakar River. Two nos of

2nd Order streams flowing from east to west and joins Barakar River. The

Barakar River is the major drainage and perennial source of water for the area.

The HFL of the Barkar River as recorded in the vicinity of the project is 102.84

m above MSL (As on 1978). There are two reservoirs in the Barakar River and

Damodar River course within the Buffer zone of the Cluster-XVII. Maithon

reservoir in Barakar River located around 1.50 km towards the north from the

Cluster. Panchet Reservoir in Damodar River located around 7.55 km towards

south-west from the Cluster. The drainage pattern of the area is mostly

dendritic.

Aquifer description

Total 16 numbers of coal seams are occurring within the above quarriable area.

Out of these, Ramnagar, Laikdih (Top/Middle/Bottom) and Salanpur (A/B/C/D)

with a seam thickness of upto 47.45 m are the most prominent seam.

The thin alluvial formation comprising of soil, loose sand, weathered sandstone,

poorly cemented thin shaly sandstone lies above the coal seam Ramnagar

behaves as unconfined aquifer. The lower formations, consisting of compact

fine to medium grained sandstone with lamination and intercalation with thin

shale and carbonaceous shale bands with secondary porosity, behave as semi-

confined in nature and are less potential. The deeper aquifers behave as an

unconfined aquifer at the outcrop region. In the sandstone aquifer, groundwater

moves laterally through the inter-granular pore spaces of the sandstone.


Table-3.73: Hydrogeological units developed in Cluster-XVII area. Hydrogeological Unit

Formation Thickness in meters

Unconfined aquifer Soil/Subsoil, sandy soil, Alluvium. 3.0-50.0 18.0 (Avg.)

Aquiclude Ramnanagr seam 0.78-4.37

Semi-confined aquifer Medium to coarse grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

28.0–52.0

Aquiclude Laikdih Top seam 0.60-4.00

Semi-confined aquifer Coarse grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

1.0–10.0

Aquiclude Laikdih Middle seam 0.81–1.65

Semi-confined aquifer Coarse grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone.

3.0–11.0

Aquiclude Laikdih Bottom seam 5.15–14.50 Semi-confined aquifer Medium sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 28.0–35.0 Aquiclude L – 10 (Local seam) 0.15–2.25

Semi-confined aquifer Medium to fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

1.0-9.0

Aquiclude Salanpur-D seam 0.88-5.60

Semi-confined aquifer Medium to coarse grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

2.0-20.0

Aquiclude Salanpur-C seam 1.0-12.06

Semi-confined aquifer Medium to fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

28.0-64.0

Aquiclude L – 9 (Local seam) 0.45-3.46

Semi-confined aquifer Medium grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone

1.0-11.0

Aquiclude L – 8 (Local seam) 0.20-2.80 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 1.0-16.0 Aquiclude L – 7 (Local seam) 0.49-2.80 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 1.0-11.0 Aquiclude L – 6 (Local seam) 0.73-4.08 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 5.0-21.0 Aquiclude L – 4 (Local seam) 0.32-1.70 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 1.0-16.0 Aquiclude L – 3 (Local seam) 0.25-3.08 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 1.0-11.0 Aquiclude L – 2 (Local seam) 0.37-3.51 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 10.0-33.0 Aquiclude Salanpur-B seam 2.20-10.40 Semi-confined aquifer Fine grained sandstone with intercalation of shale & sandstone 3.0-29.0 Aquiclude Salanpur-A seam 17.11-47.54

Aquifer parameters

Detailed Aquifer Performance Test (APT) was not carried out in the Cluster-XVII

area. However, Aquifer Performance Test had been carried out in the nearby

Sitanala Block of Jharia Coalfield (in Barakar Formation) situated at a distance

of around 25.0 km West of the Cluster where aquifer parameters for the

formations were reported as follows:


Permeability (k): 0.0006 – 1.44 m/d

Transmissivity: 0.0621 – 0.573 m2 /day However, the permeability for lower aquifer (Formation like alternate bands of

sandstone and shale and carb. shale) lying above the working seam is usually <

1.0 m/d (0.25-0.50 m/d).

Ground water level

In the present study, to assess the water table configuration, a network

consisting 39 dug wells, covering most of the villages falling within the core and

buffer zone, was established in the study area and water levels were monitored.

Ground water level by Permanent Observation Well (PoW) of the area is

continuously monitored by CMPDI. The pre-monsoon and post monsoon

historical groundwater levels for the last few years (2008 to 2017) recorded by

CMPDI at the nearest permanent hydrograph stations like at (DB-8, DB-9, DB-

15 and K-30) located within/near core zone were collected and are given below. Table No –3.74 A & B: Water level data of Hydrograph stations

Year

Location: Chungei (DB-08) Distance: within core zone

Pre- Post- Annual

Monsoon Monsoon Fluctuation

(Apr) (Nov) (m) 2008 3.62 1.57 2.05 2010 4.28 3.00 1.28 2011 3.97 2.12 1.85 2012 - 2.52 - 2013 4.53 3.27 1.26 2014 5.27 2.74 2.53 2015 4.53 3.29 1.24 2016 1.77 1.22 0.55 2017 3.37 1.33 2.04

Average 3.92 2.34 1.60


Year

Location: Debipur (DB-15) Distance: within core zone

Pre- Post- Annual

Monsoon Monsoon Fluctuation

(Apr) (Nov) (m) 2008 2.63 1.15 1.48 2010 4.20 1.35 2.85 2011 3.05 1.13 1.92 2012 3.45 1.45 2.00 2013 4.45 1.15 3.30 2014 4.12 0.65 3.47 2015 3.40 1.20 2.20 2016 0.85 0.35 0.50 2017 0.45 1.15 -0.70

Average 2.95 1.06 1.89

Historical ground water level

Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), Government of India has been

monitoring groundwater level in this area by establishing permanent observation

wells. There is one Permanent Observation Well (PoW) of CGWB exist near

Salanpur (WBBM-047) in the buffer zone of Cluster-XVII area (250 m north-east

of the Cluster-XVII)

Table-3.75: Water Level Data from Permanent Observation Wells (CGWB)

Year

Location: Salanpur (WBBM 047) Distance:

Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post-Monsoon Annual Rainfall

(Jan) (May) (Aug) (Nov) Fluctuation (m) (mm) 1991 2.75 4.00 0.78 1.71 2.29 1637 1992 2.18 2.81 1.31 3.01 994 1993 2.21 3.16 1.41 1.29 1.87 1390 1994 3.94 3.81 1.36 2.01 1.80 1322 1995 4.02 4.30 1.01 3.01 1.29 1561 1996 3.04 4.08 0.60 1.70 2.38 1209 1997 2.67 3.97 0.61 0.75 3.22 1365 1998 2.11 2.16 1.04 1.58 0.58 2413 1999 2.74 3.29 0.52 1.25 2.04 2945 2000 1.46 3.11 2.02 1.81 1.30 1526 2001 3.33 3.40 1.14 1.75 1.65 1846 2002 3.14 2.72 0.68 1.24 1.48 1451 2003 2.70 2.74 1.31 1.09 1.65 1271 2004 2.41 3.92 1.38 2.11 1.81 1334 2005 2.93 4.16 1.16 1.44 2.72 1431 2006 2.36 3.80 0.83 1.53 2.27 1652 2007 2.66 4.95 0.39 1.11 3.84 1247 2008 3.00 3.32 0.71 2.92 0.40 -


Year

Location: Salanpur (WBBM 047) Distance:

Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon Post-Monsoon Annual Rainfall

(Jan) (May) (Aug) (Nov) Fluctuation (m) (mm) 2009 2.59 2.76 1.19 1.47 1.29 - 2010 2.36 4.06 3.02 1.04 793 2011 2.46 4.36 0.62 0.86 3.50 1143 2012 2.74 6.86 1015 2013 1.30 4.01 1.05 1.95 1599 2014 3.60 1.40 1.80 1280 2015 2.20 4.03 1.57 5.87 1325 2016 1.69 0.60 7.10 1408 Avg 2.59 3.59 1.03 2.13 1.83

Water level trend

Hydrograph for the permanent observation wells of Central Ground Water

Board, located at Salanpur near the study area, are prepared and presented to

assess the water level trends in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons

during the period from (1991 to 2016).

The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon water level trend of Salanpur observation

well reveals a slightly downward trend may be due to increase in population in

the area with less received rainfall.

The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon water level trend of CMPDI observation

well show upward trend during the period from 2008 to 2017 located within the

core zone of Cluster-XVII.

Fig-3 f: CGWB well hydrograph.


‘

Fig-3 g: CMPDI well hydrograph

Fig-3 h: CMPDI well hydrograph

3.8 Groundwater resources in the area

Groundwater recharge

Rainfall is the major recharge source of groundwater. The area (Burdwan Distt.)

experiences an average annual normal rainfall of 1408 mm (reported by IMD,

Rainfall Statistics of India 2016). The mine water discharge into local drainage

with 20% return flow and irrigation water with 25% return flow also augments the

ground water recharge.

The groundwater recharge potential in the study area was estimated by Rainfall


– infiltration method and Water Level Fluctuation method. As reported in GEC

Report, 1997, for sandstone, rainfall infiltration factor of 12% and 8% for hard

rock were considered for the study area. The specific yield for sandstone is 4%

and 3% for hard rock is considered in the study area. After deducting the hilly

area (>20% slope) of about 04.94 sq km, total effective area in hard rocks

(metamorphic) and sedimentary area were 107.56 sq km and 322.50 sq km

respectively for recharge estimation. An area of 37.0 sq.km. is covered by

surface reservoirs i.e., Maithon and Panchet Dam. (This recharge estimation

includes both Buffer zone 471.99 sq km and Core zone of Cluster-XVII 18.4409

sq km.)

i) Rainfall Recharge in Buffer Zone by Rainfall Infiltration Method

Table-3.76

Description of items 1. Area

Sedimentary (sq.km) 322.50 Hard Rock (sq.km) 107.56 Reservoirs (sq.km) 37.0

2. Normal Rainfall during a. Monsoon season (in mm) 1184.40 b. Non-monsoon season (in mm) 224.0 c. Is non-monsoon season rainfall as a percentage of normal

annual rainfall greater than 10% (yes/no) (*Then Non-monsoon Rainfall Recharge will also be taken)

Yes* (15.90%)

3. Rainfall infiltration factor Sedi-mentary

Meta- morphics

Total

12% 8% 4. Rainfall recharge in Buffer zone by Rainfall Infiltration Factor Method

Sedi-mentary

Hard Rock

a. Monsoon season (Mcum) [ (1) * (2a) * (3) ] 45.82 10.19 56.01

b. Non-monsoon season (M.Cum) [ = Nil if (2c) is ‘No’ = (1) * (2b) * (3) if (2c) is ‘Yes’ ] 8.67 1.93 10.60

Total 54.49 12.12 66.61

Gross Rainfall Recharge (Mcum) 66.61


ii) Rainfall Recharge in Buffer Zone by Water Level Fluctuation Method during monsoon season

Table-3.77 Description of items Sedimentary Hard Rock

1. Area (sq.km) 322.50 107.56 2. Water Table Fluctuation (m) 2.80 2.81 3. Specific Yield 4% 3% 4. Change in Groundwater Storage [ (1) * (2) * (3) ] (M cum)

36.12 9.07

5. Total (M cum) 45.19 6. Gross groundwater Draft for ‘All Uses’ during monsoon season (M cum) (from Table: 7.v.1.d.)

4.13

7. Gross Rainfall Recharge (M cum) [ (5) + (6) ]

49.32

ii) Rainfall Recharge in Buffer Zone after comparing results from Water

Level Fluctuation Method and Rainfall Infiltration Factor Method

during monsoon season

Table-3.78

Description of items Quantity

1. Rainfall Recharge during monsoon season in Buffer Zone a. By Water Level Fluctuation Method (Mcum) 49.32 b. By Rainfall Infiltration Factor Method (Mcum) 56.01

2. Difference between (1a) and (1b) expressed as a percentage of (1b), ‘PD’

{(1a) – (1b)} [ ------------------ * 100 ] (1b)

-11.94%

3. Rainfall Recharge in the Buffer Zone during monsoon season (Mcum) [ = (1a) if ‘PD’ is between -20 and +20% = 0.8 * (1b) if ‘PD’ is less than -20% = 1.20 * (1b) if ‘PD’ is greater than +20% ]

49.32


iv) Net Annual Groundwater Availability in Buffer Zone

Table-3.79

Groundwater draft

The groundwater withdrawal is generally for irrigation, domestic and industry

requirement and is quantified as under. The irrigation draft for the agricultural

land (5250 Ha of Buffer zone) in the buffer zone was estimated as 0.76 M. cum

for calculating the domestic water consumption, as recommended by GEC,

1997, the consumption rate in the study area was considered as 70 lpcd. Thus,

water demand for community use was estimated as 2.36 M. cum The

consumption by cattle population was projected as 10% of the domestic

consumption, which amounts to 0.24 M. cum. The detailed land use for the

buffer zone is given below:

Description of items (Mcum) 1. Rainfall Recharge in Buffer Zone

a. During Monsoon season (Water Level Fluctuation Method) 49.32

b. During Non-monsoon season (Rainfall Infiltration Method) (from Table: 7.i.4.b)

10.60

c. Annual [ (1a) + (1b) ] 59.92 2. Recharge from ‘Other Sources’

a. During Monsoon season i. Nil Nil

b. During Non-monsoon season i. Return flow to Groundwater system (25%) through irrigation (from Table: 6.1.ii.) ii. Return flow to Groundwater system (20%) through mine discharge (from Table: 6.3.) iii. Recharge through water bodies in the area:

(37.0 sq km x 0.0014 m/d x 150)

0.19

0.545 7.77

c. Total Annual [ (2a) + (2b) ] 8.505 3. Gross Annual Groundwater Recharge [ (1c) + (2c) ] 68.425

4. Natural discharge and other losses a. [ 5% * (3) ] if rainfall recharge during monsoon season computed by ‘Water table

Fluctuation Method’ 3.42

b. [ 10% * (3) ] if rainfall recharge during monsoon season computed by ‘Rainfall Infiltration factor Method’ -

5. Net Annual Groundwater Availability in Buffer Zone [ (3) – (4) ] 65.005 6. Annual Gross Groundwater Draft for all uses in Buffer Zone 10.68

7. Balance Available Annual Groundwater Recharge (Net Annua Groundwater Availability – Gross Annual Groundwater Draft)

54.325


v) Gross Groundwater Draft for all uses in Buffer zone Table-3.80

Description of items Monsoon Season

Non-monsoon season

Total

1. Gross Groundwater Draft of the Buffer Zone [ from Table No – 6] (Mcum) (Mcum) (Mcum)

a. Irrigation Draft - 0.76 0.76 b. Community Water Draft 2.99 4.20 07.19 c. Industrial Draft (Net Mine Discharge) 1.14 1.59 2.73 d. ‘All Uses’ [ (1a) + (1b) + (1c) ] 4.13 6.55

2. Annual Gross Groundwater Draft for ‘All uses’ in Buffer Zone [sum of monsoon and non-monsoon season]

10.68 Mcum

Mine requires water for domestic and industrial uses. The peak industrial water

demand for Cluster-XVII mines was projected as 2910 m3/day. The domestic

water demand was projected as 1715 m3/day (old UG mine water) and 2675

m3/day (DVC/Barakar River). The total water requirement is 7300 m3/day. The

details of peak water demand of the project are as below.

vi) Cluster-XVII peak water demand

Table 3.81 Purpose Peak Demand (m3/day)

A. Mine site Kalyanesh-wari OCP

Begunia

Victoria

west

Victoria

Damagoria

1.Haul road washing 350

UG closed

for production

UG closed for production

UG (to be amalgamated with Kalyaneshwari OCP)

OC (to be amalgamated with Kalyaneshwari OCP)

2.Dust suppression & CHP 120

3.Green belt 10 4.Washeries 1750 5.Workshop & HEMM 315 6.Fire service 230

9.Others (5% process & loss) 135

Total (A) 2910* Nil Nil Nil Nil B. Township 1.Green belt No

separate domestic requireme

nt (Proposed

OCP)

125

No mine

pimping

No mine

pimping

120

2.Domestic 488 688

3.Other (Service Building like GM office, Guest house, Hospital, Club, School etc)

122 172

Total (B) 1715# C. Township 2675 DVC/BARAKAR RIVER Grand Total (A+B+C) 7300

(Source: *mine water of Proposed K. OCP and # from Cluster-XVII old UG workings, 2675 KLD from Barakar River through DVC for domestic use)


Groundwater balance

Thus the balance annual ground water resource available is projected at 54.325

million cubic metres. The detailed ground water balance with recharge and

discharge estimates are given below. The ground water balance is shown in Pie

diagram.

Groundwater Development in the Buffer zone of Cluster-XVII

Table 3.82

Description of items Buffer Zone

1. Stage of Groundwater Development

a. Net Groundwater Availability (Mcum) (from Table: 7.iv.5.)

65.005

b. Annual Gross Groundwater Draft (Mcum) (from Table: 7.v.2.)

10.68

c. Balance Available Annual Groundwater Recharge 54.325

d. Stage of Groundwater Development [ {(1b) / (1a)} * 100 ]

16.43%

Fig-3 i: Pie Diagram

Coal mining is the major industrial development activity visible in the area.

Besides this, ground water utilization is mainly for domestic and irrigation use.

The stage of ground water development in the study area comes to about

16.43%.


As per the data collected from Central Ground Water Board, GWRE-2011, the

present stage of ground water development in the Salanpur Block of Burdwan

district in which Cluster-XVII mines and its buffer zone located is 16.77% and

region falls within the “Safe” category. The stage of ground water development

in the Burdwan district is 44.0%.

GROUNDWATER POTENTIAL DETAILS OF SALANPUR BLOCK AS ON 2011, BURDWAN DISTT, WEST BENGAL. (Quantity in ham)

Table 3.83 Sl No

Net Ground Water Availability

Existing Gross Ground Water Draft for all uses

Allocation For Domestic and Industrial Requirement supply

Whether water level shows significant long term decline during

Net Ground Water availability for Future Irrigation

Present Stage of Ground Water Development

Categorization as per GEC-97

Pre- Monsoon

Post-Monsoon

1 1695.70 284.42 349.01 No No 1330.69 16.77% Safe

Fig. No. 3 j


Fig. No. 3 k: MINE WATER USAGE DIAGRAM OF CLUSTER-XVII

3.9 SOCIO -ECONOMIC PROFILE

Socio-economic study including demographic, economic, workforce, civic

amenities and basic & civic amenities in the study area is based on 2011

census data.

Methodology: The study includes the Social profile, Economic, Infrastructure facilities,

Occurrence of historical / Archaeological sites and presence of important

features of the area (Core zone and Buffer zone 10 Km radius from mine lease

area). All this information is collected from the census of 2011 and reported in

this report.

In order to validate the census data, house hold survey of 250 households was

made by floating questionnaire to the residence and local people of different

villages and village head (Sarpanch / Police Patil) etc. Sample size varies as per

need, time and convenience. Occupational health status of the above for the

different age group and sex was also collected.


Description of study area The study area is located in the below district and sub-districts of Jharkhand

and West Bengal.

Table-3.84: District and Sub-district in Study Area

District Sub-District

Barddhaman Salanpur Barabani

Puruliya Neturiya

Dhanbad Nirsa-cum-Chirkunda

ZONE VILLAGES CENSUS 2011 Core Manberia, Victoria West, Begunia, Victoriya Colliery,

DamgoriyaCollery Not Available

Less Than 500m

Salanpur, Lal Bazar, Lachhanpur, Syaldih, Buldih, Banjamari, Indakata

Available only for Salanpur

Demographic Profile a) Village wise population:

The study area comprises 1, 25,613 households, with a total population of 6,

62,397 persons. Average household size lies between 4 to 6 persons per family,

in the study area.

Table-3.85: Summary Avg – Household (HH) size

No of Households Total Population Avg_HH_Size (Persons)

125613 662397 5

b) Total population with SC/ST breakup: Below is the summary, in tabular and figurative form.

Table-3.86: Summary Caste distribution

POPULATION SC ST OC

POP M F POP M F POP M F POP M F

TOT 662397 344146 318251 154503 78886 75617 51471 25709 25762 456423 239551 216872

% 51.95% 48.05% 23.32% 51.06% 48.94% 7.77% 49.95% 50.05% 68.90% 52.48% 47.52%

c) Literacy level: Below is the summary, in tabular and figurative form.

Table-3.87: Summary Literacy Status

LITERATES ILLITERATES

POP M F POP M F

TOT 217165 127771 89394 131423 53182 78241

% 62.30% 58.84% 41.16% 37.70% 40.47% 59.53%

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madhya_Pradesh


d) Sex Ratio: Sex ratio is an indicator of social status. In places where women have a better

social status, there the difference between the numbers of male and female is

less, the ratio is found to be close to 1:1.

Below is the summary of the same data in tabular form, representing number of

female every1000 male.

Sex ratio = (Number of females*1000) / (Number of males)

Table-3.88: Summary sex ratio TOTAL SC ST OC

925 959 1002 905

The ideal sex ratio is 1:1. From the above table, it can be observed that in study

area, the number of female per 1000 male is less than required except in

Scheduled Tribe.

Occupational structure:

The census classifies workers into two groups, namely, ‘Main workers’ and

‘Marginal workers’. Main Workers are those who have worked for the major part

of the reference period, i.e. 6 months or more. Marginal Workers are those who

have not worked for the major part of the reference period i.e. less than 6

months.

The main/marginal workers are classified on the basis of Industrial category of

workers in following four categories:

• Cultivators

• Agricultural Laborers

• Household Industry Workers

• Other Workers

. Below is the summary in tabular and figurative form.

Table-3.89: Summary Worker classification

WORKERS NON_WORKERS

TOT M F TOT M F

TOT 110668 91672 18996 237920 89281 148639

% 31.75% 82.84% 17.16% 68.25% 37.53% 62.47%

MAIN WORKERS MARGINAL WORKERS

TOT M F TOT M F

TOT 3004 2665 339 616 496 120

% 88.72% 11.28% 80.52% 19.48%


MAIN_CL MAIN_AL MAIN_HH MAIN_OT

M F M F M F M F

TOT 4039 781 3484 701 1558 514 57909 7727

% 83.80% 16.20% 83.25% 16.75% 75.19% 24.81% 88.23% 11.77%

MARG_CL MARG_AL MARG_HH MARG_OT

M F M F M F M F

TOT 1823 1174 4564 3041 784 555 17511 4503

% 60.83% 39.17% 60.01% 39.99% 58.55% 41.45% 79.54% 20.46%

The number of female workers is less than half the number of male workers. In urban areas, majority of F workers are engaged in households industry and other work.

House Hold Survey:

250 households (0.20% of the total household in the study area) of 4 villages with

a population of 1526 (0.23% of the total population in the study area) were

surveyed to validate the 2011 census data. Villages surveyed with their respective

population and no. of households surveyed per village are as given under:

Table-3.90: HH Survey - Household Size Average

Village name HH Population

Manberia 72 922

Ramnagar 54 286

Victoria West 75 513

Damagoriya 49 231

Following points were observed during the course of household survey: • Basic amenities are available within the distance of 0-5Km.

• Infrastructure for primary education is available within 0-5km.

• Medical amenities is available within the range of 0-5kms

• Most of the houses in the village don’t have in-house toilet facilities. Open

defecation is very common.

• The villages are connected with Electric lines but power supply is

intermittent as in all rural areas of the state particularly during the summer

season.


• The major fuel used for cooking purpose is Coal or Firewood. Few housed

use L.P.G.

• Housing facility with market and basic amenities are existing. Ancillary &

Supply Industries will develop which in turn will generate employment in

directly and lead to growth in income generation.

• Most of the villages are connected with fair (tar/mud) roads. The conditions

of the road in the study area is very poor. Mostly motor cycles and bicycles

are used for traveling purposes.

• During survey, it is observed that, people are very conservative about

informing their income. The maximum expenses are on food and clothing.

• The house hold size of the surveyed houses is 6.176 with 51.82%

male and 48.18% female population. The literacy level is 46.98%, with

64.63% male and 35.37% female literacy.

Occupational health survey

Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, occupational illness is defined as a

condition that results from exposure in a workplace to a physical, chemical or

biological agent to the extent that the normal physiological mechanisms are

affected and the health of the worker is impaired.

As per the Baseline data collected, no major diseases have been found to affect

the people in the surveyed villages.

List of villages in the buffer zone is as given below:


Table-3.91: Villages in Buffer Zone Namokesia (P) Sinsbera Harishadi Lohat Baliapur Tiltorya Pathardiha Hijuli (CT)

Sarkuri Ramdi Rupnarayanpur Radhaballavpur Taldanga (B) Paharpur Hirakhun Par Beliya (CT)

Bathanbari Dendua Benagarya Shyamdi Lalganja (B) Lalpur Bhamaria Sirpuria

Sidhabari Barabai Kusumdanali Pahargara Janarddan Sayer(B) Domsota Asanbani Durlabhadi

Banskatia Dhanudi Ghiadoba Mohanpur Kanyapur (B) Puapur Alkusha Kunardi Ramchandrapur Hadla Kalisanko Parbbatpur Nuni (B) Kelyasota Dhangajor Sasanberia Kalipathar Maheshpur Chayenpur Bolkunda Kulti (M) Nadiha Ranpur Tiltoria

Brindabani Srirampur Paharpur Madhaichak Tantloi Gopalpur Saontal Motha Gopalpur

Damdaha Nakrajuria Manahara Patal Shalchura Uttarra Bonra Rajpura Dhanguri Khudika Malladih Mahishmura Mahishnadi Benipur Baruipara Satkanali

Pithakiari Dhundabad Kankurkunda Miliakhola Kharbana Ranipur Colliery Kuthibari Hirbandh

Majhladi Banbirdi Achhra Ethora Chak Altabari Mahukura Nawada Patlabari Muchidi Basudebpur Dabar Angaria Heddi Narayanpur Sultandi Raghunathpur Pratappur Jemari Alkusha Khaerbad Nabagram Deilya Bartoria Rangametya Alladi Dhaminberia Phulberya Alipur Manpura Sarbari Goaladi Kethardi Kaladabar Amjharia Sadhna Amdiha Pochhyara Nituria Saltor (CT) Golphalbari Maithon (CT) Marma (CT) Bajra Junkudar Baramuri Puyaladi Dulhapani Kalyanchak Panchmahali (CT)

Egarkunr (CT) Bhamal (CT) Chanch Jagrad Gagna Kalimati Katral

Dumarkunda (CT)

Siuliban (CT) Panrra (CT) Baidyanathpur Dhankora Paraliya Kesharkural

Panchet (CT) Mera (CT) Nirsa (CT) Labsan Barajar Beliyad Kamaliya Amlamurabagh Talberia Agarchayanpur Barabari Khokrapahari Urma Bhalahit Shanrmara Ledaharia Palasia Guliardi Bandarchua Dahibari Palarpur Luhehibad Sanolapur Benagaria Chhatabar Saugamahul Jamdahi Kamardi

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________EIA-EMP Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL 149 Job No: 200308025

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

ANTICIPATED ENVORONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

149-195


4.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR AIR

151

4.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR WATER

157

4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURE FOR NOISE & BLASTING

165

4.5 IMPACT ON LAND RESOURCE AND ITS MANAGEMENT 168

4.6 FIRE AND UNSTABLE AREAS 176

4.7 R&R PLAN FOR CLUSTER-XVII 176

4.8 MINE CLOSURE PLAN 179

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA AND CONSERVATION PLAN 184

4.10 IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT BY KALYANESHWARI WASHERY 185

4.11 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 194

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

TABLE - 4.1 ACTIVITIES HAVING IMPACT ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 151

TABLE - 4.2 LEASE HOLD OF CLUSTER XVII 153

TABLE - 4.3 PREDICTED INCREMENTAL PM10 CONCENTRATION 156

TABLE - 4.4 PREDICTED INCREMENTAL PM2.5 CONCENTRATION 157

TABLE - 4.5 TYPE OF POLLUTANTS 157

TABLE - 4.6 MINE WATER DISCHARGE AND WATER CONSUMPTION 157

TABLE - 4.7 RADIUS OF INFLUENCE

161

TABLE - 4.8 LAND USE OF BEGUNUA COLLIERY 168

TABLE - 4.9 LAND USE OF VICTORIA WEST COLLIERY 169


TABLE - 4.10 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI WASHERY 169

TABLE - 4.11 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI OCP 170

TABLE - 4.12 PRESENT AND POST-MINING LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII 170

TABLE - 4.13 LIST OF SPECIES SUGGESTED FOR AFFORESTATION/ECORESTORATION

173

TABLE - 4.14 STAGE WISE CUMULATIVE PLANTATION PLAN, STAGE-WISE LAND USE AND RECLAMATION AREA AND ANNUAL PLANTATION PLAN OF CLUSTER XVII

174-175

TABLE - 4.15 ACTION PLAN FOR REHABILITATION OF FAMILIES AFFECTED UNDER THE MASTER PLAN(CLUSTER- XVII)

178

TABLE - 4.16 CLOSURE COST OF MINES OF CLUSTER XVII

182

TABLE - 4.17 CLOSURE COST OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI OCP

182

TABLE - 4.18 CLOSURE COST OF BEGUNIA UG 183

TABLE - 4.19 TIME SCHEDULE FOR FINAL MINE CLOSURE 183

TABLE - 4.20 SOURCES OF AIR POLLUTION FOR KALYANESHWARI WASHERY

189


CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The impacts (both beneficial and adverse) of mining and its allied activities of

the project have been assessed and presented in respect of air, water, noise,

blasting vibration, socio-economic profile, flora & fauna, land resource, traffic

movement and visual/aesthetic aspect in this chapter.

The control measures to mitigate various environmental impacts are also

highlighted in this chapter for carrying out mining operation in an

environmentally compatible manner. Further, all provisions of Coal Mines

Regulations and Directives shall be followed in this project.

4.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES FOR AIR

The impact assessment has been carried out. Appropriate air pollution control

measures will be taken to contain the air pollution for maintaining the ambient

air quality within the stipulated standards besides making the mining operation

eco-friendly in this project. All provisions of Coal Mines Regulations and

Directives shall be followed.

AIR POLLUTION IMPACT ASSESSMENT

a) OPERATIONAL PHASE: During this phase, activities necessary for mining

of coal, its handling and transport are taken up. Such activities having impact

on ambient air quality are detailed below:

Table 4.1 Activities having impact on ambient air quality

(i) Drilling : Dust

(ii) Blasting of coal and overburden : Dust and noxious gases

(iii) Handling of coal : Dust

(iv) Overburden handling : Dust

(v) Dump formation (internal /external)

: Dust and exhaust fumes from dumpers and till the development of green cover

(vi) Movement of vehicles : Dust and noxious fumes


b) POST-OPERATIONAL STAGE: During this stage of the project, the

activities related to the closure of mine are to be carried out. Preparation of

final mine closure plan shall be carried out during the period four to five years

before the closure of the mine. Some of the activities for the closure are:

➢ Physical and biological reclamation of backfilled area

➢ Salvaging and shifting operation of HEMMs and other equipment

➢ Clearing of coal and other materials.

➢ Management of hydrology and hydrogeology.

➢ Redeployment of workforce, etc.

➢ Provisioning of post-operation monitoring mainly keeping watch, vigil,

etc.

The impacts are both direct and indirect. The nature of impacts will be short-

term and reversible.

The mining and its related activities create impact on ambient air quality. The

impact of mining on ambient air quality are highlighted below:

(a) The ambient air quality is influenced due to the generation of SPM, RPM

SO2, and NOx, etc., which is due to various activities like drilling, blasting and

material handling in the project. Further, the ambient air quality may be

affected marginally to a varying degree due to the mining activities of other

nearby opencast and underground coal mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited

due to dispersion of pollutants. The concentration of pollutants may vary

depending upon the various micro-meteorological parameters and the

seasons of the year.

(b) The following activities in opencast mine are presently generating the air

pollution mainly PM 10 & PM 2.5.

• Top soil removal

• OB Removal


• Coal extraction by drilling and Blasting

• CHP operations

• Transportation of coal to railway siding or silo

The mines of the cluster with existing production capacity is given below:

Table 4.2: Lease Hold of Cluster XVII

Proposed


Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43


3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09

(c) As per AQIP, the ambient air quality of the Cluster-XVII w.r.t. PM10,

PM2.5, SO2 and NOX is mostly within the limits of the prescribed standard. So

the mining operations will have no effect on ambient air quality on human

being, flora and fauna, soil quality, surface structures and aesthetic value of

the surrounding environment as suitable mitigation measures will be taken to

make the operation eco-friendly.

Air Pollution Control Measures

Appropriate mitigative measures shall have to be taken to contain the

predicted level within prescribed level. These measures (both preventive and

suppressive) are enumerated below:

a) Drilling operation

The following steps will be taken to reduce dust generation:


▪ All drills will be equipped with dust extractors and wet drilling will be done in

all drilling operation.

b) Blasting operation

The following practices will be maintained:

▪ Appropriate design of the geometry of blast holes.

▪ Use of proper amount of explosive taking into consideration the geo-

mechanical conditions of the site.

▪ Controlled blasting will usually be done in daytime during the shift change

over period.

▪ The operation shall be in conformity to the extant laws with closer control of

blasting parameters including results of blasting like desired fragmentation,

permitted vibration, etc.

c) Loading and transport

The following measures will be taken:

▪ Surfacing of all service roads/permanent roads by asphalt.

▪ The length of haul road will be reduced to the minimum possible. The

permanent haul roads will be boulder pitched and maintained properly.

▪ The unmetalled roads shall be kept free of ruts, potholes, etc.

▪ Regular maintenance of HEMM engines to limit emission of harmful exhaust

fumes.

▪ Provision of gas filter for exhaust fumes from HEMM.

▪ Frequent and at regular intervals, water will be sprayed on haul roads,

service roads. Mobile water sprinklers of 28 kl capacity each will be provided

in the project

▪ Provision of fine nozzle mounted fixed/mobile sprinklers at siding and haul

roads.

▪ Physical removal of dust from the roads.

▪ Greenbelts around quarry, industrial sites, service building area besides

avenue plantation along roads.


▪ Coal transportation will be done through covered trucks/conveyor belt to

washery and also to the siding.

d) Coal handling

The following control measures will be adopted during coal handling:

▪ Suppression of coal dust during coal handling by fine nozzle mounted fixed

sprinklers at the crushing point.

▪ Minimization of the height of coal-fall at transfer points to reduce the dust

generation.

▪ During the beneficiation process like crushing/ sizing screening of coal fixed

nozzle sprinkler is to be installed for dust suppression at these source

▪ Improved maintenance of plant and machinery.

e) Fires at coalfaces, coal stockyards

i) At coal faces

To prevent and control such fires, the following measures will be taken:

▪ Exposures of coal benches for long time will be avoided.

▪ Provision of adequate firefighting arrangements including availability of

sufficient quantity of water at all critical points.

▪ Careful removal of all loose coal from the abandoned coal faces.

▪ Regular supervision.

ii) At coal stockyards

▪ Limiting the amount of stock by giving close attention to marketing besides

following the "first-in and first-out" sequence.

▪ Attention to the following while stacking of coal:

• Proper dimensions of stack (height to be limited to not more than 8m).

• Dozing/compaction to make the stock semi-consolidated.

• Regular and strict supervision of stacks.

• Provision of firefighting arrangement with supply of adequate quantity of

water at sufficient pressure.


Air Quality Impact Assessment

Dust (PM10 and PM2.5) is the major emission from mining activities in coalfield

area. Impact has been predicted for air quality taking PM10 and PM2.5 into

consideration in and around the project area. The impact assessment has

been carried out considering with the following points:

i) Calculation of rate of generation of PM10 and PM2.5 using empirical formulae

and emission factors for different mining operations developed by USEPA &

Environment Australia:2001

ii) Air quality impact prediction (AQIP) using AERMOD version 9.4.0

iii) The AQIP modeling has been carried out for the peak capacity of 5.2 MTY.

iv) Air quality impact prediction (for PM10 & PM2.5) for this mine was carried out

using “AERMOD” considering point, line and area sources. The model was

applied to production of 5.2 Mty.

The average PM10 at baseline stations, predicted incremental PM10 concentration and absolute PM10 at various receptors are given in the following table:

Table 4.3 Predicted incremental PM10 concentration

(Values in µg/cu. m)

Baseline Stations Zone of the

Station

Measured PM10

(98th Percentile)

Predicted

incremental PM10

using AQIP

Predicted absolute PM10

(i) (ii) (i)+(ii)

SA - 1 Core 66.9 24.80 91.7

SA - 2 Core 62.6 4.73 67.33

SA - 3 Core 69.6 3.30 72.9

SA - 4 Core 98.0 31.36 129.36

SA - 5 Buffer 64.7 1.74 66.44

SA - 6 Buffer 48.7 11.70 60.4

SA - 7 Buffer 62.2 6.29 68.49

SA - 8 Buffer 53.3 6.56 59.86


The PM2.5 (98th percentile value) at baseline stations, predicted incremental PM10 concentration and absolute PM2.5 at various receptors are given in the following table:

Table 4.4 Predicted incremental PM2.5 concentration

(Values in µg/cu. m)

Baseline Stations Zone of the

Station

Measured PM2.5

(98th Percentile)

Predicted incremental

PM2.5 using AQIP

Predicted

absolute PM2.5

(i) (ii) (i)+(ii)

SA - 1 Core 38.1 3.93 42.03

SA - 2 Core 35.7 0.69 36.39

SA - 3 Core 39.3 0.49 39.79

SA - 4 Core 57.8 6.05 63.85

SA - 5 Buffer 34.5 0.24 34.74

SA - 6 Buffer 27.6 1.78 29.38

SA - 7 Buffer 34.9 0.92 35.82

SA - 8 Buffer 31.5 0.93 32.43

4.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & CONTROL MEASURES FOR WATER

Impact Assessment on Water

Likely sources of water pollution from Cluster-XVII group of mines along with the type of pollutants are as follows:

Table 4.5 Type of pollutants

(i) Industrial wastewater from workshop : Suspended solids, oil & grease;

(ii) Wastewater from mine : Suspended solids of coal, clay and oil;

(iii) Surface run-off passing through coal stockpiles

: Suspended solids;

(iv) Storm water from leasehold area and built-up area

: Suspended solids.

Mine water discharge and water consumption for each mine of the cluster is as follows :

Table – 4.6 Mine water discharge and water consumption

Sl Mine Mine

Discharge Water Consumption (KLD)

Additional requirement

1 Begunia Colliery

735 KLD a) Industrial = Nil

b) Domestic Water : 735 KLD (Source: mine water)

Nil

2 Victoria West Colliery

Nil (no mine pumping)

a) Industrial = Nil b) Domestic Water : River

2675 KLD from DVC/Barakar River

for domestic use


Sl Mine Mine

Discharge Water Consumption (KLD)

Additional requirement

3 Victoria Colliery Nil (no mine

pumping) a) Industrial = Nil

b) Domestic Water : River

4 Damagoria Colliery 980 KLD a) Industrial = Nil

b) Domestic Water : 980 KLD (Source: mine water)

Nil


2930 KLD a) Industrial =2910 KLD Nil

6 Proposed Kalyaneshwari Washery

Nil due to closed water circuit system

▪ Make up water per day: 0.38 MGD (1750 KLD)

Nil

Total mine water pumping from the mines of the cluster will be 4645 KLD out

of which 4625 KLD will be used for domestic and industrial purposes except

drinking purpose. The drinking water is being supplied from DVC/Barakar

river. The surplus mine water, 20 KLD will be discharged after proper

treatment into local drainage/nallah which finally joins Barakar river and

ultimately to Damodar river. The downstream population residing along the

nala is heavily dependant on the discharge of the river for their domestic use

as well as irrigation use.

Mine water discharge: Water Quality generated for Mine Water Discharge

shows that effluent generated from Cluster-XVII group of mines is well within

permissible limits.

Workshop discharge: Industrial wastewater will be suitably treated in a plant

consisting of pre and post-settling chambers/tanks and oil and grease trap

(OGT). The treated effluent from this plant will be collected in a tank for

recycling the same for industrial use resulting in ‘zero discharge’. The sludge

collected from the settling chamber will be disposed off as landfill in the

decoaled area. Oil and grease manually reclaimed from the trap will be stored

in drums safely for disposal through auction. Oily sludge will be disposed off

in the impervious layer lined pit.


Impact of Mining on Ground Water System Impact on aquifer system

The impact of mining on local water regime is dependent mainly on mine

geometry, mining process, its aquifer parameters and hydro-meteorological

data. Due to stratification, the permeable beds act as individual

Hydrogeological units and develop multi aquifer system. The impact on local

water regime varies at different stages of mining in time and space. The

mining activities may cause changes in aquifer potential, water level in the

vicinity of the mine and groundwater flow direction.

In open cast mining only the aquifers lying above the working seam (i.e.

unconfined aquifer) gets affected whereas, the lower aquifers are least

affected. As the permeability decreases with depth, the inflow from lower most

formations also reduces proportionally and marginal to negligible impact may

be anticipated. As the unconfined aquifer (i.e. the OB benches), with

comparatively high K, contributes the maximum inflow. The top

hydrogeological unit receives the maximum impact. So, also with the presence

of multi-aquifer system and low permeability, the drawdown cones in the

individual hydrogeological units will be small.

In the reclaimed area, the permeability is usually higher and receives

maximum rainfall as recharge. With this the impact on the up-dip side gets

reduced with time and even improves the ground water system. In the down

dip direction, due to blasting, secondary porosity in the immediate working

face will increase and in turn this will influence in increase of ground water

recharge and mine inflow. So also, the mine water discharge into the local

drainage/ peripheral village ponds/ tanks behaves as constant source of

recharge and improves the water levels in the mine area.

Impact on Topography and Drainage

Mining of coal by open cast method causes changes in topography. The

change of ground relief in a mine area influences the local drainage. This may

alter the drainage at the micro level. Care is taken during mining activity to


avoid any serious damage to surface water bodies. The Damodar River flows

at a distance of around 2.80 km and Barakar River flowing along the western

boundary from the Cluster-XVII edge. The easterly flowing Damodar River and

Barakar River are the major drainage and perennial source of water for the

area. The Cluster-XVII falls in the watershed of Barakar River and Damodar

River. The distance of the quarry from Barakar River is around 1.75 km in the

west of the Cluster. Barakar River meets master drainage Damodar River in

the south of the Cluster at a distance of around 2.80 km. There are two

seasonal 1st order streams flowing from east to west through Cluster-XVII near

proposed OCP and joins Barakar River. The HFL of the Barkar River as

recorded in the vicinity of the project is 102.84 m above MSL (As on 1978).

Other major streams flows through the buffer zone are Khudia Nala and many

other small streams upto 2nd order etc. The drainage pattern of the area is

mostly dendritic.

A few 1st order streams of the Barakar River originate within the mine area.

Hence with progress in the mining activity, the catchment area in the upstream

region of these seasonal nalas will be disturbed but more water will be

collected in the monsoon in the mine sump arising as a result of this

disturbance. This water will be pumped out into the downstream of the

respective nalas itself i.e. outside the mining property where the original

course of these nalas will be maintained. Pre-mining elevation of topography

for Cluster-XVII varies from 100 m to 140 m above MSL. There is no problem

of surface water inrush into the proposed OC mine. Rainwater, which falls on

the mining area and groundwater which seeps into the mine are also pumped

out in the drainage system after treatment. Hence, there is no impact on

drainage quantitatively.

Solid wastes that will be generated in course of coal mining are overburden

material consisting of fragments of sandstone/shale of assorted size. They

have not been found to generate acid mine drainage or leach high quantity of

heavy metals. Total volume of OB to be generated is 418.73 million meter3

(Including Alluvium) out of which internal dumping of 154.62 million meter3 has

been proposed. The area used for external OB dump will be 474.22 Ha.


The area of project is 1844.09 Ha, out of which about 1212.43 Ha is

excavation area. After completion of mining operation and backfilling, the void

left if any will also be used for community purpose. The void thus left shall be

used as water reservoir. Creation of water body, which is termed as hydro-

reclamation is very useful final land use plan and hence conceived in this

mine. The final closure plan will involve provision of effective fencing and

graded approach to reduce the depth of water body for safeguard to

neighboring community. The excavated area will be reclaimed both physically

and biologically. The void is proposed to be filled to the maximum extent

possible by physical reclamation of last stage dump. The void thus left shall be

used as water reservoir.

Radius of Influence

Considering the dewatering of unconfined aquifer (Avg: 18 m and max: 50 m

thickness) in the immediate mine area and permeability 1.44 m/day, by using

the Sichardt formula R =C*(H – hw)*k, the radius of influence for the

proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP has been estimated.

Table: 4.7: Radius of Influence

The projected radius of influence due to proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP on

groundwater has been estimated at about 200-550 m from the mine periphery

and there is no any village in this impact zone.

Due to stratification, the permeable beds act as individual hydrogeological

units and develop a multi-aquifer system. Hence, the radius of influence in

these individual hydrogeological units will be small. Thus, with the variation of

the aquifer/mine geometry, multi-aquifer system, return flow from the mine

discharge and abundant recharge, the zone of disturbance will be reduced

Sl.No Project Final Mine

Depth (m)

Probable

drawdown (m)

Radius of Influence (m)

K= 1.44 m/d (unconfined

aquifer for K OCP)

1

Proposed

Kalyaneshwari

OCP

270 18.0 to 50.0 m Avg: 194 m (say 200 m)

Max: 559 m (say 550 m)


further. Thus, the propagation of drawdown cone will be limited to a small

distance for a temporary period.

AUGMENTATION OF GROUNDWATER RECHARGE POTENTIAL

As a part of Environmental Protection, the project will adopt all possible

measures to increase the ground water recharge potential in the influenced

and nearby areas.

Rain Water Harvesting & Artificial Recharge

By nature, mine is a big rainwater harvesting and artificial recharge structure.

Rain is a seasonal occurrence, whereas, mine water discharge is a continuous

process. Hence, priority is given for mine water harvesting. The mine water

discharge into the local ponds converts them into as recharge pits and

augments the source availability. The surplus mine water, during monsoon

period, is discharged into the nearby paddy fields and abandoned pits not only

improves irrigation potential but also increase the ground water recharge

(spreading method) in the area. Hundreds of acres of land are irrigated by

mine water discharge and about 25% of the discharge enters the groundwater

system as return flow. Also there are two large water reservoirs known as

Maithon dam and Panchet dam are present which also contribute in the

recharge of groundwater.

Coal mining is the major industrial activity in the area. Ground water pumping

is an integral part of coal mining. Besides this, groundwater utilization is

mainly for domestic and irrigation use in the study area.

To minimize the impact of mining on ground water system, the project/mine

authority has been adopting all possible measure to increase the ground water

recharge potential. The stage of ground water development in the buffer zone

(10 km from the periphery of the core zone) of Cluster-XVII comes to about

16.43% (which falls in the Safe category). As per the data collected from the

Central Ground Water Board, GWRE-2013, the stage of ground water

development in the Salanpur Block is 16.77%, in which Cluster-XVII and its


buffer zone located and the region falls within the “Safe” category. So, artificial

recharge is not urgently required in the buffer zone of the Cluster-XVII.

However, artificial recharge may be done for more use of ground water for

irrigation augmentation in the study area when the source of water is easily

available for recharging.

Estimated/projected Groundwater inflow (2930 m3/day) and mine influence

area (maximum 550 m from the proposed mine edge) have been estimated

and the groundwater monitoring would be undertaken further to study the

impact, if any. Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP is utilizing the mine water for

fulfilling the demand of industrial purpose and water from old/abandoned UG

workings (1715 m3/day) and supply water from DVC (2675 m3/day) are

catering the domestic need of the Cluster. Besides this, domestic waste water

is also being recharged to the Ground water system. Utilization of mine water

for irrigation use is also enhancing the ground water recharge potential

through artificial recharge (Spread method) in the area.

The artificial recharge by water conservation structures in the outside mine

influence areas will check water level lowering. But within the mine influence

area it may not be a viable solution because of the reason that recharged

water would drain into the mine at a faster rate due to the steep hydraulic

gradient of mining activity affecting safety of mine and machinery. However,

the impact on ground water level is being minimized by artificial recharge by

spreading of pumped out water, creation and filling of ponds with excess mine

water, old abandoned quarry filled with excess mine water, construction of

check dams (already constructed on Barakar River and Damodar River) and

rainwater and construction of rainwater harvesting structure outside mine

influence area.

The natural and induced recharge except of rainfall recharge in the buffer

zone is about 8.50 MCM (including return flow from irrigation: 0.19 MCM,

recharge from excess mine discharge: 0.545 MCM and recharge from surface

reservoirs: 7.70 MCM). It is almost 80% of mine pumping (maximum

proposed) of 10.04 MCM of the all mines located within core and buffer zone


of Cluster-XVII. In addition to that long term well hydrographs are not showing

any prominent declining trend, instead CMPDI permanent observation wells

are showing uprising trend of groundwater level within the core zone of the

Cluster from the period of 2008 to 2017. The core zone of Cluster-XVII falls

within Salanpur Block and according to CGWB the Block comes under “Safe”

category.

Conservations Measures

• The mine discharge will be effectively utilized to meet the mine’s domestic,

dust suppression and other industrial water needs.

• After the cessation of mining, with copious rainfall and abundant

groundwater recharge, the water levels will recoup and attain normalcy.

Thus, the impact of mining on groundwater system may be considered as a

temporary phenomenon. The old mine workings also behave as water

pools and improves the resource availability in the area.

• The construction of surface tanks and desiltation/deepening of existing

ponds in the local villages would enhance the water availability in the

nearby villages. Utilization of mine water for irrigation use will also enhance

the ground water recharge potential through artificial recharge in the area.

Thereby, in post-mining condition, the recharge and resource potential in

core zone will be much higher than the existing.

• The discharged mine water would be available for the local people to utilize

for irrigation and domestic uses. Thereby the mine water will be a resource

for many of the local villagers.

Future Strategy

To create the water source and to increase ground water recharge, under

community development, tanks/ponds/dug wells will be constructed in the

nearby villages. Vegetative cover to be enhanced by plantation in the mine

and periphery areas. This will contain the surface runoff and increase the

ground water recharge. Monitoring of water quality of mine water discharge,

local river/nala and domestic water (dug well/hand pumps) will be continued

under routine monitoring.


On analyzing the field data if any impact is noticed, suitable controls

measures will be adopted by the project authorities.

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

The following control measures are proposed:

▪ Integrated effluent treatment plant for mine discharge water and

industrial effluent is being envisaged for treatment. Treated water will

be recycled for industrial consumption like washing of dumpers, dozer

and spraying at haul roads, etc.

▪ Septic tank and soak pit combination for domestic effluent in residential

and service buildings, etc. will be provided.

▪ Garland drain and sedimentation pond around OB dumps, coal dumps

and the quarry will be provided.

▪ Storm water drainage arrangement.

▪ Regular monitoring of effluent quality before discharge to surface water

course.

4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE &

BLASTING

The sources of noise will be:

• Drilling operation in coal and OB.

• Blasting for coal & overburden

• Operation of HEMMs like shovels, dumpers, dozers, graders, front-end

loaders, etc

• Operation of equipment in washery like crushing, screening, material handling and pumping workshop, etc.

• Operation of equipment in workshop, etc.

• The noise associated with mining activities may be classified into three

types

➢ Continuous

➢ Intermittent

➢ Impulse


The workmen associated with the operation of HEMMs, etc. will experience a

noise level above stipulated 90 dB (A) [DGMS Circular, No.18 (Tech.) of 1975]

for more than 4-4.5 hours per shift. . Unless suitable mitigatory measures are

taken, high noise pollution will have impact on the workmen both physical and

mental e.g. Sleep disturbance, High Blood Pressure, Auditory loss etc. It is

worthwhile to mention that intermittent and impulse noises are considered to

be less dangerous than continuous noise due to the short exposure duration

except under the situation when the level exceeds 115 dB (A).

Impact of noise nuisance & blasting

The ambient noise level of the project will be monitored regularly. Noise levels

are likely to remain within the limits of the prescribed standard. So the noise

produced from this project will not have auditory, non-auditory, masking

effects, etc. as suitable mitigation measures shall be taken in the project.

Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in the project. So, there will be

no adverse effects on life, property and ambient noise.

Acceptable noise levels and peak particle velocity

Assessment of impact of noise nuisance of a workplace can be achieved by

comparing the level with TLV prescribed by the DGMS. There are also

standards relating exposure time with noise levels from the International

Standard Organization (ISO) and American Conference of Governmental

Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). These standards may also be used to assess

the impact of noise in workplaces.

The acceptable noise levels for residential, commercial and other institutional

areas prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board are given in Chapter

III.

Noise pollution control measures

The following measures shall be taken:

▪ Proper designing of plant & machinery by providing in-built mechanisms

like silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and

shock absorbing pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment.

▪ Routine maintenance of equipment.


▪ Rational deployment of noise generating plant and machinery.

▪ Greenbelts around the quarry, infrastructure sites and service building

area besides avenue plantation on both sides of the roads

▪ To maintain noise level at night time within the limit for the inhabited

localities situated at a very close proximity.

▪ HEMMs with sound proof cabins.

▪ Personal protective devices to all the persons working in high noise

areas.

▪ Regular monitoring of noise levels at various points.

Blasting vibration control measures

Measures for safe blasting

Due attention will be given to the following factors:

(a) All provisions of Coal Mines Regulations will be followed.

(b) Quantity of explosive

The quantity of explosive will be decided as per condition imposed by DGMS.

(c) Stemming material

Stemming material to be used is sand. However, the drill cuttings and chips of

triangular shape can be used as an effective stemming material with proper

packing.

(d) Delay system

Use of millisecond delay detonators that are initiated by shock tube initiation

system, between rows and between holes in the same row.

(e) Blasting time

Blasting will be done in day time during the shift change over period as per

requirement. However, the frequency of blasting will depend upon the

availability of land (tenancy in particular), DGMS permission for use of

explosive, meteorological condition, geo-mining condition and method of

mining.

(f) Warning

Before blasting is done, warning sound shall be given and placards/flags will

be displayed so that people can move to safe places.


Vibration control

▪ Proper conformation to measures for safe blasting as mentioned above, to

avoid damage to any structure or annoyance to the people in the adjoining

areas.

▪ Proper design factor will be taken while constructing various structures for

stability against vibration.

▪ A safe blasting zone will be kept around the periphery of the quarry. This zone

is kept free from village habitation and community infrastructure and thus

impact of vibration after blasting on the surface structures is avoided.

▪ Controlled blasting will be done near built-up areas and surface features, as

and when required.

4.5 Impact on Land Resource And Its Management

Impact on land use pattern

The impact of opencast coal mine on land is the change in land use pattern.

The changes in this project are due to the following:

• Quarrying and external dumping

• Construction of infrastructure.

The alteration in land use pattern due to infrastructure is not to be considered

as true degradation as these facilities can be utilized for some other purposes

after the mining operation is over. The change in land use pattern due to

activities of quarrying may be considered as true change in land use pattern.

Hence, land rehabilitation scheme is planned for reclaiming the excavation

area of this project.

Operational stage land use plan

The present and post-mining land-use of Cluster XVII is given below:

Table 4.8 LAND USE OF BEGUNIA COLLIERY:




Not Backfilled 0 0


Not Backfilled 0 0


4 Service building/

Mine Infrastructure/ 15 0





6 Coal dump 0.5 0



9 Forest Land 0 0


11 Water Body 72.9 72.9

12 Barren Land 106.37 86.37

Total 306 306

Table 4.9 LAND USE OF VICTORIA WEST COLLIERY


Post-mining land use (in

Ha)


Not Backfilled 0 0


Not Backfilled 0 0


4 Service building/ Mine

Infrastructure/ 7.26 0

5 Homestead land 99 50.36

6 Coal dump 0.5 0



9 Forest Land 0 0


11 Water Body 33.2 33.2

12 Barren Land 154.84 139.84

Total 310 310

Table 4.10 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI WASHERY




Not Backfilled 0 0


Not Backfilled 0 0 3 External OB dump 0 0

4 Service building/ Mine 0 0




Infrastructure

5 Homestead land 1.89 0

6 Old Coal dump 0 0 7 Road and rail 0 0 8 Ag/Fallow Land 0 0 9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation 0 15.66 11 Water Body 0 0 12 Barren Land 13.77 0

Total 15.66 15.66

Table 4.11 LAND USE OF PROPOSED KALYANESWARI OCP




Not Backfilled 0 0


3 External OB dump 16.64 0



5 Homestead land 42.59 7.72 6 Coal dump 2.31 0

7 Road and rail


8 Ag/Fallow Land 497.21 0 9 Forest Land 0 0

10 Plantation

Plantation 24.78 753.95

Grass Carpeting 0 156

11 Water Body 23.98 24.87

12 Barren Land 456.26 213.49 Total 1212.43 1212.43

Table 4.12 PRESENT & POST MINING LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII



1 Running Quarry* Backfilled 0 0 Not Backfilled 115.00 0 2 Abandoned Quarry Backfilled 48.12 0 Not Backfilled 42.14 0 3 External OB dump 22.64 0




6 Coal dump 3.31 0

7 Road and rail


8 Ag/Fallow Land 557.81 60.6 9 Forest Land 0 0




10 Plantation Plantation 24.78 914.04

Grass Carpeting 0 156 11 Water Body 130.08 130.97 12 Barren Land 610.24 439.7

Total 1844.09 1844.09

*Running quarry is part of present Damagoria Colliery

Post-operational stage land use plan

The perusal of final land use plan shows that in the final land use scenario of

the cluster, the quarry land will be back filled and biologically reclaimed. As

per the mine closure plan, the infrastructure will be dismantled and

disposed/re-used in other mines of BCCL. After dismantling, the cleared land

will be further reclaimed with plantation. The plantation will be done in such a

way to improve aesthetic of the area and also enhance the ecological value by

selective plants of native species.

Quarry and internal/external dumps: A part of the de-coaled area will be

backfilled with overburden. Internal/external dumps will be reclaimed and then

vegetated.

The remaining void in the quarry will be developed as water harvesting

structure as well as public utility lagoon which will serve following purposes:

▪ Source of supply of water for industrial and firefighting purposes.

▪ Source of supply of potable water after necessary treatment.

▪ A place of bathing and washing for the local population.

▪ Pisciculture.

▪ For recharging the aquifer in the area.

For such purposes, the pathway to the reservoir will be gently graded and the

depth of water will be kept limited to 40 m.

Stages of Land Reclamation

This is carried out in two distinct phases:

▪ Physical/technical reclamation.

▪ Biological reclamation.

Physical / technical reclamation: During the process, the geometrical shape

of the internal dumps is altered to make it amenable to effective biological

reclamation and also to provide safety and stability. Because of the opencast


mining, the topography of disturbed land will be suitably reclaimed by physical

methods such as:

• Easing of steep slopes

• Terracing

• Land leveling

• Bunding

• Contour trenching

• Gulley plugging etc.

Topsoil management: Topsoil from unbroken excavation areas will be

scraped for progressive and concurrent utilization during physical/technical

reclamation of backfilled area, thus obviating the necessity of large storage area

of topsoil separately.

Concurrently topsoil is being used as blanketing material for the dead OB

dumps which will be revisited. Excess amount of topsoil is being stored as

topsoil dump which will be reused in future.

Backfilling & reshaping of internal dumps: A part of the quarry will be

backfilled with overburden. The backfilling will be carried out in a phased

manner. Once the backfilling has reached a certain predetermined reduced

level, the plots will be levelled, graded and cleared of large stone pieces lying

on the surface. The slope of the ground will be made very gentle as far as

possible (preferably less than 2%). The graded and levelled area will be divided

into small sectors and small check bunds will be constructed to retain moisture

and humus in the soil. The outer slope of each bench will be kept at the natural

angle of repose of the spoil material and at overall slope angle of 240

considering all benches. HEMM for land reclamation will be provided by the

contractor.

The drainage arrangements for precipitation run-off are as follows :

• During working stage, the run-off will be collected from internal dump by foot

drain for diverting to sump on mine floor for pumping.

• In the post-mining period, the drainage pattern of the reclaimed area will be

such that the run-off will be diverted to final void of the quarry.


Biological reclamation:

For successful biological reclamation of the reclaimed area, preference will

be given to endemic species and mixed culture. The species will be selected

carefully from the following groups for quick reclamation:

➢ Nitrogen fixing tree species for fuel wood, timber and fodder

➢ Fruit bearing tree species

➢ Tree species with dense foliage for shade

➢ Flowering and ornamental tree species.

The sample list of the species recommended by FRI to BCCL for

ecorestoration of Cluster XVII is as given below:

Table 4.13 List of Species Suggested For Afforestation/Eco-restoration Botanical Name Local /Trade Name

Ficus glomerata Gular

Bombax ceiba Semal

Madhuca latifolia Mahua Tree Aegle marmelos Bel tree Cassia fistula Golden shower Ailanthus excelsa Maharukha Butea monosperma Flame of the Forest Dalbergia sisoo Indian Rose wood Dendrocalamus strictus Hard bamboo Bambusa aurundinacea Hallow bamboo Ficus benghalensis Banayan Tree Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree Albizzia lebbeck Siris Terminalia arjuna Arjun

The detailed list of species suggested by FRI to BCCL for undertaking eco-

restoration of Cluster XVII is given in Chapter XI.

During the life of mine, efforts will be made for plantation of trees in all

possible places e.g. OB dumps, road side, reclaimed area etc. These are

expected to become suitable habitat for wild life.

Progressive Green Belt and Afforestation Plan Afforestation programme would include the following components


• Green Belt around the Mine/Washery

• Green Belt on the Sides of Other Road through planting trees/Bamboo

plantation.

• Green belt in other areas

The species selected for plantation on the internal dump and also in the other

areas will be of mixed type having a combination of fast and slow growing

species with an ultimate aim to have triple storey plantation i.e. a combination

of species of tall, intermediate and short height. A list of the species suggested

for afforestation has already been indicated earlier in this chapter. However, in

any case monoculture will not be adopted, because ecologically these are

more unstable communities.

It is proposed that 914.04 ha of land will be progressively reclaimed by

plantation during operational and post-closure period in Cluster XVII. The

Stage wise cumulative plantation plan, Stage-wise Land use and Reclamation

Area and annual Plantation programme has been enunciated in table 4.14:

Table 4.14: Stage wise cumulative plantation plan

Sl. No.

YEAR* Green Belt External Dump Backfilled Area Others (Undisturbed Area/etc)

Total

Area(

Ha)

No. of

Plants

Area(Ha) No. of

Plants

Area(Ha) No. of

Plants

Area(Ha) No. of

Plants

Area(Ha) No. of

Plants

1 1st Year 5.08 12700 0 0 0 0 49 122500 54.08 135200

2 3rd Year 15.24 38100 0 0 0 0 144.43 361075 159.67 399175

3 5th Year 25.40 63500 0 0 0 0 144.43 361075 169.83 424575

4 10th Year 35.56 88900 68.83 172075 0 0 144.43 361075 248.82 622050

5 15th Year 35.56 88900 172.60 431500 0 0 144.43 361075 352.59 881475

6 20th Year 35.56 88900 244.34 610850 9.20 23000 144.43 361075 433.53 1083825

7 25th Year 35.56 88900 316.94 792350 32.20 80500 144.43 361075 529.13 1322825

8 30th Year 35.56 88900 408.08 1020200 55.20 138000 148.43 371075 647.27 1618175

9 end of mine life 35.56 88900 474.22 1185550 96.60 241500 184.83 462075 790.81 1977025

10 (Three years Post-mining period )

35.56 88900 474.22 1185550 184.00 460000 220.26 550650 914.04 2285100

Table 4.14: Stage-wise Land use and Reclamation Area (ha) Sl. No.

Land use Category Present (1st Year)

5th Year 10th Year 20th Year (end of mine life including three years post Closure period)

1 Backfilled Area (Reclaimed with plantation) 0 0 0 9.2 184.00

2 Excavation Area (not reclaimed)/void 0 0 0 34 24.87

3 External OB dump Reclaimed with plantation) 0 0 68.33 244.34 474.22

4 Reclaimed Top soil dump Topsoil will be concurrently and progressively used/ carpeted over the technically reclaimed area.

5 Green Built Area 5.08 25.40 35.56 35.56 35.56

6 Undisturbed Area (brought under plantation) 49 144.43 144.43 144.43 220.26

7 Roads (avenue plantation) Part of Undisturbed Area (brought under plantation)

8 Area around buildings and Infrastructure Part of Undisturbed Area (brought under plantation)

TOTAL 54.08 169.83 248.32 467.53 938.91


Table 4.14: Annual Plantation programme

*Inclusive of existing plantation in an area of 24.78 Ha.

Annual Plantation Plan of Cluster XVII

YEAR KALYANESHWARI

BEGUNIA VICTORIA WEST Total

Plantation

Total Area (Ha)*

Total Plantation

cost @ Rs.55101/H

a (in Rs.Lakhs)

EXTERNAL DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP INTERNAL DUMP OTHER AREAS WASHERY

Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha) Trees/Sapl

ing Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha) Trees/Sapli

ng Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Du

rin

g A

ctiv

e M

inin

g

P1 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 25 62500 24 60000 135200 54.08 29.8 P2 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 25 62500 24 60000 135200 54.08 29.8 P3 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 23 57575 23 58500 128775 51.08 28.38 P4 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 12700 5.08 2.8 P5 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 12700 5.08 2.8 P6 10.87 10.87 27175 0 5.08 12700 39875 15.95 8.79 P7 14.49 14.49 36225 0 5.08 12700 48925 19.57 10.78 P8 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P9 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98

P10 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P11 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P12 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P13 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P14 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P15 9.60 9.60 24000 0 24000 9.60 5.29 P16 13.66 13.66 34150 0 34150 13.66 7.53 P17 14.52 14.52 36300 0 36300 14.52 8 P18 14.52 14.52 36300 0 36300 14.52 8 P19 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P20 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P21 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P22 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P23 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P24 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P25 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P26 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P27 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P28 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P29 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P30 33.06 33.06 82650 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104150 41.66 22.96 P31 33.07 33.07 82675 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104175 41.67 22.96 P32 33.07 33.07 82675 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104175 41.67 22.96 P33 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P34 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P35 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P36 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P37 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P38 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P39 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74

Po

st

Min

ing

PC1 0.00 0 29.13 72825 7.00 17500 90325 36.13 19.91 PC2 0.00 0 29.13 72825 7.00 17500 8 20000 110325 44.13 24.32 PC3 0.00 0 29.14 72850 6.17 15425 7.66 19150 107425 42.97 23.68

TOTAL 474.22 1185550 184.00 460000 95.73 239325 15.66 39150.0 73.03 182575.00 71.40 178500 2285100 914.04 503.69


4.6 FIRE AND UNSTABLE AREAS

The cluster has 08 number of unstable sites identified under Master Plan for

dealing with fire , subsidence and rehabilitation in leasehold of BCCL approved

by Government of India. A total of 2693 Non-BCCL, a total of 260 BCCL

families and 72 other structures are to be rehabilitated from unstable areas and

the unstable areas are to be excavated out for danger of subsidence in future.

4.7 R&R PLAN FOR CLUSTER-XVII

Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan

Master Plan for Dealing with Fire, Subsidence & Rehabilitation

The cluster of mines will be dovetailed with the approved Master Plan for

dealing with fire, subsidence and rehabilitation of people. Master Plan for

dealing with fire, subsidence and rehabilitation within the leasehold area of

BCCL has already been approved by Govt. of India. In cluster-XVII, 8 nos. of

sites consisting of 3025 no. of houses/families are affected by subsidence. The

affected families will be rehabilitated in adjacent non coal bearing area at a cost

of Rs. 28982.29 lakhs

Following will be the R&R package that will be given to affected families

as per approved Master Plan

A very attractive R&R package, for the affected people who are to be shifted

from endangered areas, has been proposed in the Master plan and has been

approved by Govt. of India. But no employment will be offered for any

rehabilitation under this Master Plan.

It may be noted that this R&R package is offered for safety of the people living

in endangered areas and not for project implementation and mining of coal and

thereby gaining any type of profit.

R&R package for non-BCCL authorized families:

a) Land Compensation: Head of every displaced house shall be given

compensation for his land at the market rate.


b) House Compensation: Every head of displaced house will get replacement

value for his house and other structures over the homestead land, the value of

which shall be estimated on the basis of PWD civil rates. (Pucca house: Rs.

4.8 lakhs/unit and for Kutcha house: Rs. 1.37 lakhs/unit)

c) Other Benefits: Head of each house will be provided a plot of 100 sq.m land

at the proposed township. In case his requirement of land is more than 100

sq.m, additional land may be provided, on payment basis as per market rate if

land is available.

If this offer is not acceptable, head of each house shall be provided a

constructed flat of around 40 sq.m as super built up area in a triple storied

building. A house owner not opting for a plot will be offered equivalent cash

compensation in lieu of free plot.

d) Basic amenities: Each township will be provided with all basic amenities and

infrastructural facilities like Primary school, High school, Bank, Post office,

Community centre, Shopping centre, Hospital, Playground, Children Park,

Water supply, Sewage disposal & sanitation, Road, Culverts & Drains, and

Power Supply etc.

e) Income generation benefit: Head of each house shall be paid 250 days/year

wage as per State Govt’s minimum wage rate for a period of 2 years.

f) Shifting Allowance: The head of every house is proposed to be paid 0.10

lakhs as shifting allowance from their present living places to the resettlement

sites.

R&R package for non-BCCL unauthorized families (encroachers):

a) No compensation will be paid to the house owner having no home stead land

(unauthorised). Instead the following benefits will be provided to them.

b) Head of each house will be provided a constructed house on 27 sq.m land as

super built up area in triple storey building in resettlement site with all basic


amenities like Primary school, High school, Bank , Post office, Community

centre, Shopping centre, Hospital, Playground & children park, Water Supply,

Sewage disposal & sanitation, Road, Culverts & Drains, Power Supply etc.

c) Income generation benefit: Head of each house shall be paid 250 days/year

wage as per State Govt’s minimum wage rate for a period of 2 years.

d) Shifting Allowance: The head of every house is proposed to be paid 0.10


sites.

Under the Master Plan total of 3025 nos of houses are to be resettled &

rehabilitated in 4.17 Ha of BCCL land and 72.71 Ha of non-BCCL land and will

be paid compensation as envisaged in the Master Plan. 8.51 Ha of land will

be required for resettlement of non-BCCL project affected families other than

the Master Plan and will be paid compensation as per norms.

Table No – 4.15: Action Plan for Rehabilitation of Families Affected Under the Master Plan(Cluster- XVII)

Proposed Rehabilitation requirements for Kalyaneshwari OCP:

1. BCCL Houses & structures : 100 nos.

2. Authorized private houses : 885 nos.

3. Encroachers : 55 nos.

4. Authorized private other structures : 83 nos

Total: 1123 nos

(*23 nos. covered under Master Plan, so balance considered for Kalyaneshwari OCP – 1100 nos.)

(Authorized private houses and authorized other structures are to rehabilitated from Muchi Para, Kora Para, Tetul Dhawra, Bindu Dhawra, Samaj Dhawra and Borira locations.)

Fund requirement: - Rs. 28982.29 lakhs for rehabilitation under Master Plan & Rs. 40568.32 lakhs (as per PR) for proposed rehabilitation for Kalyaneshwari OCP. Job provision has been made for 512 nos of person (as per PR).

Colliery Site name & no. Affected

Area (Sq.m.)

No. of Houses Land for

Resettlement Total Amount (Rs in Lakhs) BCCL Pvt.

Enchr

Oth.

Total BCCL

(Ha)

Non BCCL (Ha)

Begunia Barakar Town/1A,1B,1C, &1D

375299 61 2093 0 18 2172 0.98 56.51 22649.13

Victoria West Baltoria/O2 81656 176 57 0 0 233 2.82 1.54 946.10

Victoria West Barakar Town /O3 239416 0 14 0 0 14 0.00 0.38 103.91

Victoria West Jhanakpura/O4 71270 0 286 0 2 288 0.00 7.72 2661.69

Victoria West Jhewri Mohalla/O6 30491 0 71 0 51 122 0.00 1.92 1208.83

Victoria West Karimdanga/O7 48382 0 143 0 1 144 0.00 3.86 1133.33

Victoria West Pahalsadarga /O5 15235 0 29 0 0 29 0.00 0.78 210.30

Victoria Heslok Pit Area/O1 20806 23* 0 0 0 23 0.37 0.00 69.00

TOTAL 8 882555 260 2693 0 72 3025 4.17 72.71 28982.29


4.8 MINE CLOSURE PLAN

Post-mining Land Use Planning

The mine closure planning with regard to mines of Cluster-XVII of BCCL will

broadly involve the following aspects:

1. Technical Aspects

2 Environmental Aspects

2. Social Aspects

3. Financial Aspects

Technical Aspects

The following technical aspects would be reviewed in the final mine closure

planning:

Safety hazards including management of fire and subsidence:

In the mine closure plan, action for control of likely fire areas of the mines will

be discussed. Action will also be suggested to cover all the safety aspects.

Management of Pit Slopes

The final quarry slopes shall be so designed and then subsequently developed

that after the closure of the mine, there is no likelihood of any slope failure.

The final slope of the quarry has been designed with above consideration.

However, strict compliance with the proposed final slope of quarry would be

made as given in Quarry & Surface Layout Plan and subsequent slope

stability studies.

Management of hydrology and hydro-geology

In the mine closure plan, the surface flow pattern of precipitation and mine

water would be clearly developed and water channel suitably laid down so that

it does not disturb the general hydrology of the area.

Details of decommissioning of the infrastructures

The decommissioning of the various infrastructures developed for the mine

like roads, pipelines and transmission line etc. shall be planned in details so

that the land occupied by these infrastructures are released. However, before


such decommissioning, the possibility of re-use of these infrastructures for the

neighboring mines shall be explored. After completion of life of washery, the

infrastructure will be dismantled and all the equipment which will be either

disposed off or to be shifted in units of BCCL, the area will be cleared and the

land will be utilized for other purposes.

Closure of entry to the opencast and underground mines

All entries to the mines must be planned to be effectively closed so that illegal

mining from these openings and safety hazards by way of entry of fire and

water etc. will be prevented in the abandoned mines.

Environmental Aspects: This would include the following

Management of final voids

In the mine closure plan, voids due to mining are to be dealt and the final land

use plan will include filling of the voids for land reclamation where possible

and for hydro reclamation where feasible.

Channelization of available water

If the mine is having sufficient water and if on closure, the mine water flows

into the surface water courses, channelizing this water for surrounding

community for their irrigational/domestic uses may be taken up. This can be

planned by providing structures involving one time costing.

Management of Recharge Areas

The pre-mining and post mining scenario on the hydro-geological recharge

system would be included in the closure plan.

Acceptable Surface and Ground Water Flows

In the final closure plan of the mine, wherever the mine water is likely to flow

out to surface and meet the surface water sources; the quality of water from

such mines would be assessed and flow pattern designed in the final plan.


Social Aspects

The social aspects of land use planning relating to mine closure would include

the following:

Re-deployment of Workforce

The company employees will be gainfully engaged in the neighboring projects

after cessation of mining activities.

Management of Community Facilities

In view of the short life of the project no new community facility will be

created. However, the existing facilities of adjoining areas will be

strengthened.

Closure Action Plan

Following steps have to be undertaken in relation to Mine Closure Planning:

(a) Prior to the surface demolition/restoration, a surface survey should be

undertaken of all surface structures, spoil heaps, lagoons, etc. to

assess whether there are any hazardous materials that could cause

problems viz; explosives, chemicals etc. A list of surface assets should

be prepared and made available to potential purchasers, prospective

purchasers could be invited and asked to submit sealed bids, this could

ensure that the sale of assets give better financial gain.

(b) The void of the mine can be proposed as a water resource to be utilized

for aquaculture. Keeping in view the hard rock structure, the ground

stability in the periphery of the mine boundary is not likely to be

disturbed. This will also keep open the option of further deepening even

after exhausting reserves up to proposed limits.

(c) Work force on roll of BCCL will be redeployed for their gainful

utilization. The work force on the roll of the contractor are also likely to

be deployed in other outsourcing projects.

(d) As a detailed component of the Closure Plan, a Decommissioning Plan

is to be developed.


Table no – 4.16: Closure Cost of the mines of Cluster XVII

S.N Mine Leasehold Area (

Ha)

Closure Cost (` in Lakh)

Without Escalation

With Escalation

1 Begunia Colliery (Closed for

Production) 306.00 78.51 110.923


(Closed for Production) 310.00

Mine Closure status report

(MCSR) has been prepared

and submitted.

5 Proposed Kalyaneshwari

OCP 1228.09 7368.540 30015.064**

TOTAL 7447.05 30125.987 *Escalated considering WPI of April 2018. **Escalated considering WPI of Oct 2017 and life of 39 years.

MINE WISE AND ACTIVITY WISE CLOSURE COST

Table No- 4.17: Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

Sl. No. Activity

Mine Closure Cost

( ` in Lakhs)

A Dismantling of Structures Service Buildings 60.030 Residential Buildings 801.402 Industrial Structures like CHP, Workshop, field sub-station, etc. 90.045

B Permanent Fencing of Mine Void and other dangerous area Random Ruble masonry of height 1.2 metre including levelling up in

cement concrete 1:6:12 in mud mortar 450.226 C Grading of Highwall slopes Levelling and grading of highwall slopes 531.267

D OB Dump Reclamation Handling/Dozing of external OB Dump into mine void 26611.356 Bio-Reclamation including soil spreading, plantation and maintenance 120.060

E LANDSCAPING Landscaping of the cleared land for improving its esthetic 90.045

F Plantation Plantation over area obtained after dismantling 150.075 Plantation around fencing 60.030 Plantation over the cleared external OB Dump 6.003

G Monitoring/Testing of parameters for three years Air Quality 66.033 Water Quality 60.030

H Enterpreneuship Development(Vocational/skill development training for sustainable income of affected people 78.039

I Miscellaneous and other mitigative measures 600.301 J Manpower Cost for Supervision 240.121 TOTAL 30015.064


Table No- 4.18: Begunia UG

S.No Identified mine closure activities Cost estimated

(₹ in Lakhs)

Status

1. Sealing of Pit (2 Nos) 7.51 To be sealed

2. Dismantling and demolishing cost

Fan house 3.00 To be dismantled

Head Gear and CHP 1.57 Dismantled

Water reservoir 0.5 Dismantled

3. Haulage Shifting to neighbouring project 1.77 Shifted

4. Plantation 5.683 To be done

5.

Monitoring and testing of parameters for 3 years

22.0 To be done a. Air quality

b. Water quality

6. Post Closure Supervision cost 68.89 To be done

Total 110.923 (₹ in lakhs)

The dismantling and disposal of residential buildings, industrial structures and

other infrastructures as mentioned above in the cost will be decided by the

BCCL authority for either re-utilization of these facilities for their neighboring

mines or future mines. If the dismantling is to be opted, State Govt. may also be

approached for utilization of these structures for community uses.

Time Schedule for Final Mine Closure The closure of mines involves environmental, technical, social aspect and

financial assurance for implementing the post closure activities as per guidelines

of Ministry of Coal. The post closure implementing activities will run for three

years. The following activities will be implemented as per bar chart.

Table no – 4.19: Time Schedule for Final Mine Closure

Sl.

No. Major Activities Time Period

Year-wise Phasing

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

1 Technical aspects 2 years

2 Environmental aspects 2 years

3 Post closure environment

monitoring 3 years

4 Socio-political aspects 3 years


NOTE: The progressive mine closure will be done as per the calendar plan of the OC

project for technical and biological reclamation of dumps and internal voids

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA AND FAUNA AND CONSERVATION PLAN

During survey it is observed that, areas which are important or sensitive for

ecological reasons – wetlands, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains are not

present within the 10 km buffer zone of the project. Also, areas used by

protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting,

foraging, resting, over wintering, migration are not present within the study area.

IMPACTS ON FLORA

The impact on the terrestrial ecosystem due to operation of the proposed

mining would mainly occur from deposition of air pollutants. There will be loss

of vegetation by excavation and dumping thereby affecting the species for

which such vegetation was the host. The effects of air emissions on nearby

vegetation and crop lands are not likely to be injurious and noticeable as the

pollutants concentrations are expected to be well within the prescribed

standards.

IMPACTS ON FAUNA

As the fauna is closely related to and dependent on the flora, there will be

movement of species away from mine lease area due to noise, vibrations and

lights. As there are ongoing projects near to the proposed project, the fauna of

the area will not be disturbed.


4.10 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES OF PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI WASHERY

GENERAL

The aim is to ensure that potential environmental problems are foreseen and

avoided at an early stage in the planning cycle so as to prevent measures to

minimize anticipated impact. The EIA mechanism shall be applied to the

project in the following order of priority:

➢ Avoid adverse environmental impact

➢ Minimize and control adverse environmental impact

➢ Mitigate adverse environmental impact

The major potential source of environmental contamination from coal

washeries includes: washery rejects (solid waste), thermal dryers (air

pollution), liquid effluent streams, coal storage and handling (fugitive dust and

runoff), and coal transportation (fugitive dust). The disposal of coal washery

waste is a potentially serious problem. Coal washery rejects consists of waste

coal, slate, carbonaceous and pyretic shales, and clay associated with the

coal seam. It varies considerably in physical and chemical characteristics

depending on both its source and the nature of the preparation process.

The main air pollutant from storage, transportation and handling of raw coal

and washed coal is fugitive dust. The amount of dust generated and its impact

varies widely and depends on meteorology, topography and characteristics of

coal. The water pollutants directly associated with the washing of coal are

primarily dissolved and suspended solids. The dissolved solids are mostly

inorganic in nature and compounds leached from the ash fraction during the

washing process.

LAND ENVIRONMENT

Anticipated Impact

Land of the plant area is barren with few shrubs having low fertility. Hence this

project would have a no impact on agricultural production.


During the construction phase, the adverse impact is due to soil erosion and

blanketing of the top soil. Some readily erode due to pumping and digging

activities. Temporary hutments construction activities and poor sanitation

facilities will diminish the actual aesthetic value of the area temporarily.

In contrast, to the construction phase, during operation of the plant, the land-

use pattern will stabilize and no further drastic change is expected. Colony,

schools, hospitals, recreation centers etc. will be shared by the adjoining coal

and washery projects. If needed, fertile soil will be brought from elsewhere

over the existing soils for fresh plantation. Landscaping will be undertaken to

make the land-form compatible with the surrounding.

Surface run off caused by precipitation may pass through stock-piles and

reject dumps causing erosion and degradation in quality, unless suitable

measures are adopted. While passing through the stock-piles and reject

dumps, it may carry solid suspensions and chemicals. Drainage for surface

run-off shall be incorporated.

➢ Impact on topography, water drainage pattern, land use with respect to

agriculture, forestry, human habitation and wetlands

➢ Impact due to change in land use from non- industrial purpose to industrial

purpose

➢ Impact due to incompatible land development with the surrounding land

use

➢ Impact on surface streams in the project area

➢ Impact on nature and quality of soil

➢ Impact due to project development on the surrounding areas

➢ Impact in the surrounding areas due to transportation of raw materials and

finished products.


Mitigation Measures ➢ Selection of site duly meeting the land use pattern and compatible with the

already developed/developing activities in the surrounding environment

➢ Prevention/ minimize of adverse impact on drainage pattern of the area

➢ Measures to prevent run-off/ discharge from the project area

contaminating surroundings

➢ Integration with the local land use for achieving compatibility with future

developments.

➢ Development of green belt with suitable plant varieties as per CPCB

guidelines.

➢ Strengthening of approach roads and parking facilities to mitigate the

traffic congestion.

➢ Possibility of utilizing alternative building materials such as fly ash and

overburden rocks.

WATER ENVIRONMENT

Anticipated impact

➢ Impact on ground and surface water due to leachate, run-off from

stockpiles

➢ Impact on water bodies due to siltation from coal washery dumps caused

by coal fines

➢ Impact on surface water bodies due to the discharge of effluent during the

heavy rainfall and during periodic cleaning of the system, if any

➢ Impact on ground water and surface water availability due to the project

usage

Mitigation Measures The process of the proposed washery is based on closed water circuit system.

All the water fed into the system will be collected after use and re-circulated

after treatment in various units and no effluent will be allowed to escape into

the natural drainage system. Moreover, washery circuit envisages dewatering

system like Centrifuges for efficient recovery of solids from the slurry. The

filtrate water from these equipment will be recycled back to the system to


ensure closed water system. The solid thus obtained will be mixed with the

clean coal & middlings. The underflow of screens and slurry, in case of

emergency, may be fed to slime ponds for settling & natural drying and

subsequent reclamation of the dried fines. The overflow water of slime ponds

will be pumped back for re-use in the process. Thus, the operation of the

washery will not cause any pollution to the local source of water.

Provision of surface run-off settling pond shall also be provided, overflow

water of the settling pond shall be utilised for plant operation, dust

suppression and in case due to some genuine problems like heavy rainfall, it

become necessary to discharge the effluent to land, the effluent shall

conform to the standards at the final outlet of the coal washery.

Rain water pipes/drain provided in the buildings will discharge into the surface

storm water drains of open type of masonry construction having adequate

cross section and slope for carrying only storm water to nearby natural

streams.

➢ Provision of operation with zero effluent discharge has been made.

➢ The slime pond shall be constructed to prevent percolation into ground

water, if required. Settling pond over flow shall be recycled fully.

➢ Garland drain(s) around the stockpiles and other process areas to collect

and carry the contaminated water to treatment/settling pond shall be

provided.

➢ Properly designed system to collect and divert the storm water shall be

provided

➢ Provision of catch drains and garland drains around the plant and storage

yards to cater the maximum run off from the catchments shall be provided

➢ Settling pond for surface run-off with drainage system shall be provided.

➢ If, in case, due to some genuine problems like periodic cleaning of the

system, heavy rainfall etc., it become necessary to discharge the effluent

to land, the effluent shall conform to the standards at the final outlet of the

coal washery: pH - 5.5-9.0, Total suspended solids - 100 mg/l, Oil &


Grease – 10 mg/l, B.O.D (3 days 27 oC) - 30 mg/l, COD - 250 mg/l and

Phenolics - 1.0 mg/l. The efficiency of the slime pond/ surface run-off

settling pond shall achieve minimum 90 percent efficiency.

AIR ENVIRONMENT

Anticipated Impact

The source of air pollution from the coal washery includes ROM coal

transportation, loading and unloading from trucks, handling, grinding, sizing,

screening, grinding and intermediate process operations, drying and storage

etc.

The impacts on ambient air quality are highlighted in the following paragraphs:

(a) The ambient air quality is influenced due to the presence of SPM, PM10,

PM2.5, SO2 & NOx, which are generated due to various activities like run-of-

mine, transportation, wagons, handling, grinding, sizing, screening, grinding

and intermediate process operations, drying and storage etc. The

concentration of pollutants may vary depending upon the various micro-

meteorological parameters and the season of a year.

(b) The ambient air quality will have some effect on human being, flora and

fauna, soil quality, surface structures and aesthetic value of the surrounding

environment but suitable mitigation measures will be taken to make the

washery operation eco-friendly.

Operation phase: During this phase, activities necessary for washing of coal,

its handling and transport are taken up. Such activities having impact on

ambient air quality are detailed below:

Table 4.20: Sources of pollution

(i) Coal (RoM) transportation from linked mines to washery site.

:

Dust and noxious gases

(ii) Loading and unloading of trucks/Wagons/conveyors

: Dust

(iii) Coal Stock Yard : Dust

(iv) Coal crushing- Primary and

Secondary : Dust

(v) Coal Screening : Dust

(vi) Clean coal, middling drying and

storage : Dust


(vii) Coal fine storage : Dust

(viii) Movement of vehicles : Dust and noxious fumes

➢ All relevant aspects covering material transportation, material handling at

site, processing, having significant adverse effect on air environment has

been identified.

➢ Total pollution load generation with mitigation measures has been

estimated.

➢ Assessment of changes in AAQ parameters by suitable modeling

techniques. Anticipated impact has been discussed.

Mitigation Measures ➢ Dust suppression on the road shall be done by sprinkling of water by fixed

type sprinklers and mobile water tanker.

➢ Monitoring the condition of transfer chutes and skirt boards and

replacing/repairing shall be done on regular basis during the normal

inspection by the concerned persons along with the sectional heads.

➢ Accumulated dust shall be cleaned time to time as per above mentioned

clause.

➢ Water spraying for dust suppression for many operations and stock pile

may be done regularly.

➢ Concrete road shall be made inside the plant to minimize the dust due to

vehicle movement.

➢ Conveyor belt for coal transportation is to be covered to reduced dust

level.

➢ Plantation around the washery, crusher house, conveyor, vacant places

shall be developed to prevent dust.

➢ Proper control room shall be provided to operate the plant and to minimize

exposure of dust.

➢ Efforts for good housekeeping will minimize dust nuisance within the plant

premises.

➢ The crushers/pulverizers of the coal washeries shall be provided with

enclosures fitted with suitable air pollution control measures.

➢ Water or water mixed chemical spray arrangements is to be provided at

all strategic coal transfer points. Enclosures, for conveyors, transfer points


etc may be considered. Area, in and around the washery is to be made

pucca either asphalted or concreted

➢ Transportation of coal by closed trucks or tarpaulin covered should be

provided. Vehicular emission from heavy duty vehicles operating in the

coal washery area shall conform to the prescribed standards. Necessary

provision should be made in tender documents of transport contracts for

compliance

➢ Development of green belt along the boundary of the project area and

around storage areas

The other measures to be taken are enumerated below:

➢ The un-metaled roads shall be kept free of ruts, potholes, etc.

➢ Physical removal of dust from the roads.

➢ Limiting the amount of stock by giving close attention to marketing

besides following the "first-in and first-out" sequence.

➢ Attention to the following while stacking of washery products:

• Proper dimensions of stack (height to be limited to not more than 8m).

• Dozing/compaction to make the stock semi-consolidated.

• Regular and strict supervision of stacks.

• Provision of firefighting arrangement with supply of adequate quantity of

water at sufficient pressure.

Noise Environment

Anticipated Impact

During the construction phase of the site, the source of noise pollution is

expected during installation and commissioning of the equipment.

During operational phase, the following sources of noise pollution are expected:

(i) Due to operation of the machinery and /or DG sets

(ii) Due to noise generated by large trucks for transportation of materials and

by, crushing, grinding, screening and conveying machinery etc. in the

process.

Mitigation Measures


The following measures therefore, have been envisaged to reduce the noise

level to the minimum and to protect the workers from noise hazard.

➢ Use of equipment with arrangements for absorbing the operational noise.

➢ Use of insulated cabins for operators

➢ Use of rubber/ polymer liners in chutes and hoppers

➢ Use of ear muffs by workers in the zone of high noise source (if any)

➢ Plantation of trees around the plant area.

➢ Routine maintenance of HEMM.

➢ Regular maintenance with prompt replacement of worn-out parts/ liners

etc.

➢ Regular preventive maintenance of mechanical equipments to minimize

noise generation at source

➢ Operational / work zone noise level not to exceed 85 db (A) Leq for 8

hours exposure

➢ Use of silencer for equipments such as diesel sets and air displacement

equipments

➢ Select machinery with specification to meet ambient noise standards as

notified in G.S.R 1063 (E) dated 26.12.1989 by MoEF, GoI Provision of

mandatory acoustic enclosure (s)/acoustic treatment of room (s) for

stationary DG sets (5KVA and above). The acoustic enclosure/acoustic

treatment of the room should be designed for minimum 25 dB (A) insertion

loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the

higher side. The DG set should also be provided with proper exhaust

muffler with insertion loss of minimum 25 dB (A).

➢ Enclosing the process operations with rubber sheets/acoustic

arrangements where more noise is likely to be generated including

windows, leaving adequate ventilation for the work.

➢ Proper Control room to operate the plant to minimize exposure to Noise

Dust.

➢ Concrete structure to minimize vibration and hence noise.

➢ Use of ear plug whereever noise levels are high.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management


Anticipated Impact

➢ Washery reject – impact during handling, utilization and disposal

➢ The impact due to cleaning of slime pond and disposal of settled solids of

the settling pond.

➢ Suitable collection facilities for safe collection of solid waste pneumatic

cleaning, dewatered refuses and from settling tanks for washing,

thickeners, clariflocculator, filter press, silt from settling ponds etc shall be

planned.

➢ General waste - Scrap, Metallic waste, Rubber/plastic waste, Non oily (dry

jute, paper, garbage etc) waste and Magnetite will be generated from

washery operation.

➢ Hazardous waste - Used oil, Oily waste and Lead acid batteries will be

generated from washery operation.

Mitigation Measures

Disposal Practices of solid wastes

➢ Segregation and Collection of Wastes

➢ Disposal of Scraps/Metallic Waste

➢ Rubber/Plastic/ Magnetite Bags /Non Oily Waste- These waste will be

disposed of to the authorized recycler.

Disposal Practices of Hazardous wastes

➢ Disposal of Used Oil: - Used oil generated is to be collected in a separate

drum kept at all shop floors in various operating departments. The

collected used oil waste is to be centrally stored at an earmarked

location. It must be ensured that the barrels are completely filled up and

cleaned and excess water has been drained out.

➢ The caps will be firmly fixed so that there is no leakage from barrels.

➢ All used oil barrels will be kept at one identified place which is

constructed by cement concrete with proper shed to avoid entry of rain

water.

➢ Disposal of used Batteries: - It will be disposed of with authorized

recycler.


➢ Hazardous waste disposal will be done as per the statutory norms of

Hazardous and Other Wastes.

4.11 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF BCCL

The project proponent had approved a Corporate Environmental Policy with the

mission to produce the planned quantity of coal efficiently and economically with

an eco-friendly manner with due regard to safety, conservation and quality.

BCCL affirms its commitment for environment friendly mining with right

mitigation of pollution, reclamation of the degraded land, preservation of

biodiversity and proper disposal of waste following the best environmental

practices including judicious use of the non-renewable energy on the path of

continual improvement. Towards this commitment, BCCL shall endeavor to:

➢ Conduct mining and associated operations in an environmentally

responsible manner to comply with applicable laws and other requirements

related to environmental aspects.

➢ Design projects with due consideration of Sustainable Development by

integrating sound environmental management practices in all our

activities.

➢ Prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by continuous monitoring and

adopting suitable measures for environment protection.

➢ Ensure compliance of all applicable Environmental and Forest Clearance

conditions and other statutory conditions issued by regulatory agencies.

➢ Implement the Environmental Management Plans in all our mines effectively

to mitigate pollutions on air, water and noise; proper disposal of wastes and

reclamation and ecological restoration of degraded land; and by also

dovetailing the Jharia action/ Master Plan for dealing with Fires, Subsidence

and Rehabilitation of affected people with the Environmental Management

Plans under the Cluster Concept.

➢ Strive to conserve Bio-Diversity through Ecological restoration methods.


➢ Conserve natural resources through recycling of wastes on the principle of

Reduce, Recycle and Reuse. Put special thrusts on efficient energy

utilization as a measure to reduce carbon foot-print.

➢ Strive for continual improvement in our environmental performances by

setting targets, measuring progress and taking corrective action.

➢ Create environmental awareness among the employees and the local

communities through pro-active communication and training and encourage

our business associates to adopt similar approach for environmental

protection.


CHAPTER - V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITES)

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 196-201

5.1 SELECTION OF MINING METHOD 197

5.2 MINING & COAL WASHERY PROCESS 198

5.3 SITE SPECIFIC 201

LIST OF TABLES Table No. Name of Table Page No. Table – 5.1 Mines of Cluster XVII 197


CHAPTER - V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITES)

5.1 SELECTION OF MINING METHOD

The lease renewal of the mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL) is at

present required. This also necessitates environmental clearance from

Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India. For

environmental clearance of the mines, feasibility of cluster approach was

considered by MoEF in its 59th Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), Thermal &

Coal Mining meeting, on 24-25th November, 2009. The Committee agreed with

the 17 clusters proposed by BCCL and desired that the matter of clustering

should ensure clear environmental benefits and also address the issues of

abandoned mines and their reclamation through an integrated reclamation

plan. The cluster approach should be dovetailed with the Jharia Action Plan.

Table 6.1 – Mines of Cluster XVII

Proposed


Prod. (Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43


3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09


5.2 MINING & COAL WASHERY PROCESS

Coal mining is a site specific activity. The technology adopted is based on

geo-mining conditions of the area.

Considering the mining and geological condition of the area, the shovel-

dumper combination has been proposed for mining the quarry. They are the

following:

a) Moderate dip (4o to 7o) of the coal seam.

b) Mining of multiple seams separated by multi parting.

c) Development of some of the seams in one to two sections and goaf in

patches.

d) Presence of old abandoned opencast working in some parts of the

quarry.

The opencast mining with deployment of shovel dumper combination

has been proposed. The approved opencast projects (Chaptoria OC) in the

proposed area of Kalyaneshwari OCP was proposed to be working with shovel

dumper system. Therefore the proposed system has been continued by

providing additional equipment for achieving the higher production level.

Other technologies like Dragline, Bucket Wheel Excavator, Surface miners are

ruled out under the given geo-mining condition. The reason for not selecting

these technologies is given below.

Application of Dragline

The application of dragline is ruled out due to the following technical reasons:

(i) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of dragline application.

(ii) Annual workload of OB between the bottommost two coal seams does not

justify the application of dragline.

Application of Bucket Wheel Excavator

The application of Bucket Wheel is ruled out due to the following technical

reasons:

(i) The Bucket Wheel Excavator is suitable for excavating loose soil and

lignite deposits.


(ii) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of BWE application.

Application of Surface Miners

The application of Surface Miner is ruled out due to the following technical

reason:

(i) The mine has moderately steep gradient unsuitable of surface miner

application.

(ii) Surface miner can be applicable to bottom most seam i.e.,Salanpur “A”.

Deployment of smaller dumps truck

Smaller size dump trucks (such as 35T) have not been considered for

deployment for the following reasons:

(i) Smaller size trucks will need smaller loading shovels. The maximum

cutting height of these shovels will be lower than that of the shovels

suggested in this report. This will result in lower bench height and

increased area of excavation for the same volume of coal.

(ii) Large fleet will create problem in operation, maintenance and traffic

management.

(iii) Number of operators will increase which will adversely affect OMS

(iv) Cost per tonne cost of excavation is greater in smaller equipment size.

EQUIPMENT SELECTION

The selection process is the most critical part of the project planning. The

selection of equipment is based on the proposed method of mining, geo-

mining characteristics of the deposit, general adopted technology in BCCL,

standardization of equipment, annual workload, equipment life and project life.

The following selection criteria have been considered for selecting the size

and type of the equipment:

1. The strike length of the mine

2. Annual rate of advance

3. Total volume of overburden and coal to be handled annually

4. The individual thickness of coal seam and partings

5. The geo-mining condition of the mine.


6. The type of mining system to be used like Inclined Slicing or

Horizontal Slicing.

7. The intuitive economics of the mine

Based on the above selection criteria, bigger size rope shovel (10 cum) with

100T RD is being proposed for removal of Top OB and thick parting in

horizontal slicing method. 6-8 cum Hydraulic shovel will be used to extract the

comparatively thin partings. Coal production will be carried out in inclined

slicing method by deploying 6-8 cum Hyd. Shovel with 60T RD combination.

The proposed place of deployment (in which partings, seams, etc.) of the

selected equipment is given below.

Mining Method for Overburden Removal

Shovel-Dumper mining system has been envisaged for working this opencast

project. Bigger size Rope Shovel is envisaged for overburden removal. Thin

Partings is proposed to be mined by inclined slicing method while the upper

OB benches along with substantial partings are proposed to be taken by

horizontal slicing. There is a substantial parting between Laikhdih Bottom and

Local XI & Salanpur “C” and Local IX. These partings are to be excavated

using bigger shovels (10cum Rope). The working and non-working benches

have been shown in the quarry cross-sections. These Rope Shovels are

envisaged to work in conjunction with 100T Rear Dumpers. For the estimation

of the dumpers population, the lead for OB transportation has been considered

for each year and for each bench.

Mining Method for Coal Winning

Comparatively smaller size equipment has been envisaged for Coal Winning.

For coal production, 6-8 cum Hyd. Shovel with 60T RD have been proposed in

Salanpur “A” seam, which is the thickest of all the seams. Other seam will also

be worked with Hydraulic shovel. Some of the smaller shovels will have

backhoe attachment. One backhoe with smaller capacity is also proposed in

common to handle thin partings and dart bands. This attachment will be useful

tools in handling faulted area operation and temporary sump formation in

horizontal slicing method. For the estimation of the dumpers population, the


lead for coal transportation has been considered for each year and for each

seam. Productivity of this backhoe has not been considered while calculation

the requirement of HEMM for the mine.

Proposed Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery:

Coking Coal of BCCL contains High NGM (Near Gravity Material) and hence

requires deep (multi stage) beneficiation. Two types of technology available to

wash coal of BCCL are Dry Coal Cleaning Technology and Wet Coal Cleaning

Technology.

Efficiency of separation of Dry Coal Cleaning Technologies is low compared to

Wet Coal Cleaning Tecnologies. Also, Dry Coal Cleaning Technologies

effectively achieve density separations > 1.85 RD. For density separation

<1.85 (1.5 – 1.6), which is required in cleaning BCCL Coal, Wet Technologies

are better options.

Therefore wet coal cleaning technology is being preferred for Kalyaeshwari

washery.

Generally, selection of the process depends on seamwise, yearwise

production programme of linked mines, quality of feed to the proposed

washery, and full scale washability test results of representative ROM samples

of linked feed coal for the life of the mine and desired quality of saleable

product.

The site of the proposed washery has been fixed on the basis of land

availability, water resource availability and nearness to the mines for reduction

of coal transportation cost and availability of other infrastructures available

near the site.

As only borehole (i.e. insitu quality) test results are available, a broad estimate

has been made regarding yield of clean coal and secondary product. A

tentative process flowsheet for achieving clean coal at 19% has been

considered based on the available borehole washability test results.

5.3 SITE SPECIFIC

As coal extraction is Site Specific, hence no alternative sites can be adopted.





near the site.


CHAPTER –VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 202-212


6.2 GENERATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA BANK 204

6.3 DETAILED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL WORKS 209

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN MONITORING AND CONTROL FOR THE PROJECT & COLLABORATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND CONSULTANTS

211

TABLE NO

TABLE NAME PAGE NO

6.1 TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF MONITORING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MITIGATION MEASURES

203

6.2 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES 204

6.3 METHODOLOGY OF ANALYSIS FOR DRINKING WATER AND INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT

205

6.4 ROUTINE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING FREQUENCY 206

6.5 ROUTINE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE 207

6.6 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE 209

6.7 CLOSURE COST OF THE MINES OF CLUSTER XVII 210

6.8 ORGANISATION STRUCTURE & RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEPARTMENTS VIS-À-VIS MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE IMPLEMENTED

212


CHAPTER –VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Management is a multi-disciplinary task. A number of

wings of an organization are associated with implementation and

monitoring of suggestions and proposals.

For the purpose of Environmental Monitoring, samples for study of air

quality, water quality and noise level will be collected and tested

quarterly at strategic places which will be decided in consultation with

officials from BCCL and SPCB, representing all the various categories

of location. Ground water levels shall be monitored regularly. The

Implementing Authority will be guided and advised by feedback data

obtained from these tests.

Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures

Following aspects of monitoring for effectiveness of mitigation measures

will be taken into account:

Table-6.1: Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures Sl. No.

Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures

1.00 Generation of environmental data bank 1.01 Measurement methodology 1.02 Frequency 1.03 Location 1.04 Data analysis 1.05 Reporting 1.06 Schedules 1.07 Emergency procedures 1.08 Procurement schedules 2.00 Detailed Budget For Environmental Works 3.00 Environmental management monitoring and control plan for the project

& collaboration with other agencies.


6.2 GENERATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA BANK

With a view to generating environmental data following aspects shall be

planned or programmed well in advance for proper environmental

monitoring:

Ambient air quality, water quality (mine discharge and drinking water

samples), ground water level, noise level and land use will be monitored.

Measurement methodology

Measurement methodology shall be followed as per guidelines of MoEF,

CPCB, and EC conditions.

Air Quality: Particulate Matter such as PM10 & PM2.5, Heavy metals,

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) concentration in

downwind direction considering predominant wind direction, at a distance

of 500 meters from the following dust generating sources shall be

measured in the manner indicated below:

Table-6.2 Measurement Techniques

Parameter Method Instrument

PM2.5 Gravimetric Method Fine Particulate Sampler

PM10 Gravimetric Method Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

SO2 IS-5182 RDS with gaseous attachment

NOx IS-5182 RDS with gaseous attachment

Pb AAS method after sampling on EPM 2000 Respirable Dust Sampler

As AAS method after sampling on EPM 2000 Respirable Dust Sampler

Ni AAS method after sampling on EPM 2000 Respirable Dust Sampler

Cr AAS method after sampling on EPM 2000 Respirable Dust Sampler

Hg AAS method after sampling on EPM 2000 Respirable Dust Sampler

In addition to the general laboratory and analytical facilities, the following

sampling and analytical equipment shall be used.


Sl. No

Name of the Equipment

1 High Volume air samplers. 2 Multi gas air samplers. 3 Wind recorder 4 Aneroid Barometer. 5 Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer 6 Hygrometer 7 Rain Gauge 8 Dust Fall Jar & Stand with bird Guard. 9 Spectrophotometer.

Water Quality: Five litres of representative water samples will be collected in

plastic container and transported to laboratory for Physico-chemical analysis.

For determination of BOD and bacteriological analysis, 250 ml pre-sterilized

bottles will be used and care will be taken to maintain cool temperature by

keeping the bottles in ice boxes during transportation to the laboratory for

analysis. Physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters for drinking water

samples will be compared with IS: 10500 standard and mine discharge water

samples will be compared with MoEF Schedule-VI standard. The methodology

of analysis for drinking water and mine water samples are given below.

Table-6.3: Methodology of analysis for drinking water and industrial effluent

Parameters Method of analysis Colour Photometric Odour Physically

pH Electro-metric Taste Physically

Turbidity Photometric Total Residual free chlorine Volumetric (Titration)

Total Hardness Volumetric (Titration) Chlorides Volumetric (Titration)

Dissolved solids Gravimetric Calcium Volumetric (Titration) Sulphate Nephlometric Arsenic As-Kit Mercury AAS

Lead AAS Cadmium AAS

Hexavalent Chromium Photometric Copper AAS

Zinc AAS Selenium Photometric Fluoride Photometric

Phenolic Compounds Extraction/Photometric


Parameters Method of analysis Manganese AAS

Iron AAS Nitrate Photometric

Alkalinity Titration Boron Photometric

Most Probable Numbers (MPN) Multiple tube fermentation technique

Dissolved Phosphate Photometric Free Ammonia Photometric

Nickel AAS Sulphide Photometric

Total Chromium AAS

Total Kjeldahn Nitrogen (TKN) Photometric

Noise Level: Guidelines prescribed by the Director General, Mines & safety

(DGMS) shall be complied with.

The noise level meter capable of measuring equivalent sound pressure level

shall be used for noise level measurement.

Frequency

A monitoring frequency for Air, Water, and Noise levels will be as per Standards

of MoEF (vide GSR 742 (E) dated 25.9.2000):

Table-6.4 Routine Environmental Monitoring frequency

Sl. No. Particulars Monitoring frequency 1.00 Ambient Air Every fortnight. 2.00 Water 2.01 Effluent pH, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended

Solid, Oil & Grease at every fortnight and all parameters twice in a year.

2.02 Surface water As per IS: 2296 standards, once in a quarter. 2.03 Drinking water As per IS: 10500, once in a quarter. 3.00 Noise Day and Night at every fortnight.

Location

Location of the monitoring station shall be selected in view of the site condition

and site configuration of the project keeping the guidelines of MoEF&CC, CPCB

and EC conditions in to consideration.

Data analysis Data generated shall be planned to analysis keeping the guidelines of MoEF and

CPCB, New Delhi in to consideration.


Reporting Regular and periodic recording of the monitoring shall be planned. Report of

Monitoring data thus generated will be submitted to SPCB.

Schedules

A comprehensive monitoring program is suggested underneath. Environmental

attributes should be monitored. Location and frequency of monitoring as

recommended in the EC conditions & as generically suggested by SPCB have

been considered in recommending the schedule.

A monitoring schedule for Air, Water, and Noise levels will be as per Standards

of MOEF (Vide GSR 742 (E) dated 25.9.2000):

Table-6.5 Routine Environmental Monitoring Schedule

Particulars Parameters Schedule Ambient Air PM10 & PM2.5, SO2, NOx At every fortnight. Water Effluent & pH, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Total

Suspended Solid, Oil & Grease At every fortnight

Surface water All parameters Quarterly Drinking water All parameters Quarterly Noise Leq(dB) Day and night , at every

fortnight Plantation Growth and survival/mortality rates of the

plantations Till the end of 3 years. Once trees attain desired growth, no further monitoring will be required.

Land Reclamation and Plantation

Delineation of the quantum of overburden to be excavated, backfilled and the plantation schedules etc. Guidelines from State and Central Ministry of Environment and Forest will be followed for effective implementation of EMP.

On regular scheduled planned action plan.

Health Health of the workers and staff associated with the mining operations and other connected industrial activities for identifying occupational diseases etc.

Regular / Periodic health check-up and initiating remedial measures against diseases, and mobile health ambulance for health monitoring for periodic health check-up of the industrial workers.


Emergency procedures

The term ‘major accident’ means an unexpected and sudden occurrence of

event from abnormal developments in course of one’s industrial activity leading

to a serious danger to public or environment, whether immediate or delayed,

inside or outside the installation involving one or more hazardous substances.

Keeping in view the three basic principles i.e. prevention, preparedness( both

pro-active and reactive) and mitigation of effect through rescue, recovery, relief

and rehabilitation, a comprehensive blue print of disaster management

plan(DMP) will be prepared for Cluster-XVII group of mines incorporating the

following:

-Identification and assessment of risks

-Recommendation of measures to prevent damage to life and property

against such risks.

Procurement schedules

Procurement schedule will be prepared well in advance.


6.3 DETAILED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL WORKS

Table-6.6 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE

ESTIMATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

A- CAPITAL EXPENDITURE




HEMM for Reclamation ---

1 Dozer 320 HP (4 nos. reqd.) 791.86

2 Hydraulic Shovel with BH (1.5 Cum) 92.50

3 Tipper 8 cu. m ( 6 nos. required) 94.65

4 Others (F. Engine & Assemblies, Contingency etc.) 98.98

SUB-TOTAL 1077.99


1 Mobile Water Sprinkler 28 KL (04 Nos.) 658.94

2 50 m Fog canon - for dust suppression (02 Nos.) 120.00

3 Development of green belt 15.00

4 Oil & Grease trap 50.00

5 Garland Drain 50.00

6 Fire Fighting arrangement 75.00

7 Provision for Arboriculture 30.00

SUB-TOTAL 1018.94

III OTHER PROVISIONS (on LS basis)

1 Base line data generation and monitoring works 15.00

2 EMP Report 50.00

3 Env. Lab Van 16.00

4 Rainwater Harvesting System 40.00

5 Sedimentation Pond 30.00

SUB-TOTAL 151.00

IV ABSTRACT OF FINANCIAL IMPACT

(A) - CAPITAL

1 Cost of restoration 1077.99

2 Cost of Anti-pollution measures in mine & Industrial area 1018.94

3 Other provisions 151.00

TOTAL CAPITAL 2247.94


Table-6.6 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE (contd.)

B- REVENUE EXPENDITURE

Sl. No.

Element Annually Recurring Cost

(Rs. in Lakhs) 1 Pollution Control 20.00 2 Routine Environmental Monitoring 35.00 3 Occupational health & safety 10.00 4 Green belt & Biological reclamation

(Proposed plantation cost averaged over the entire life of mine)

12.07

5 Water Cess, CTO / CTE (LS) 15.00 6 Others (including additional studies etc.) (LS) 15.00

Total 107.07

Table-6.7 Closure Cost of the mines of Cluster XVII


Ha)

Closure Cost (` in Lakh) Without

Escalation With

Escalation

1 Begunia Colliery (Closed for Production)

306.00 78.51 110.923

2 Victoria West Colliery (Closed for Production)

310.00 Mine Closure status report (MCSR) has been prepared and submitted.

5 Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP 1228.09 7368.540 30015.064**

TOTAL 7447.05 30125.987

*Escalated considering WPI of April 2018. **Escalated considering WPI of Oct 2017 and life of 39 years.


6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN MONITORING AND CONTROL FOR THE PROJECT & COLLABORATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND CONSULTANTS

Environmental cell at the area and Corporate level will take all necessary care to

implement and monitor pollution control measures and for overall environmental

management. It will look after the following aspects of environmental

management.

➢ Generation of environmental data bank

➢ Monitoring of project implementation along with environmental control

measures.

➢ Co-ordination for timely implementation of compliance-conditions of

Environmental clearance of the project.

➢ Liaison with MOEF and State Pollution Control Board.

The responsibility for implementing environmental management plan would rest

with the project officer of the project and Area nodal officer (Env.), along with the

Environment Department of BCCL HQ who will assist the P.O & GM (CV Area).

The organisation for environmental management in both corporate level BCCL

HQ along with CV area office will carry out the task and responsibility connected

therewith.

The Organisation structure vis-à-vis the responsibility for looking after the

different aspects of environmental control is as enlisted below.


Table-6.8 Organisation Structure & Responsibilities of Departments vis-à-vis Mitigation Measures to Be Implemented

Sl. No.

Particulars Organisation Structure

1 Compensation to land losers

General Manager CV Area, BCCL Land Survey and Revenue Deptt. BCCL(HQ) Representative from State Govt. Project Officer of:

1. Begunia Colliery 2. Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

2 Pollution Control Measures

General Manager, CV Area Environmental Cell, BCCL HQ Project Officer/ Environmental cell, of


3 Plantation/Green Belt Development

General Manager, CV Area Project Officer/ Environmental cell, of


Environmental Cell, BCCL HQ 4 Land Restoration General Manager, CV Area

Project Officer/ Environmental cell, of 1. Begunia Colliery 2. Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

Environmental Cell, BCCL HQ


CHAPTER - VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 213-229


7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 214

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 214

7.3 SLOPE FAILURE IN MINE 218

7.4 BLASTING & VIBRATIONS 221

7.5 EXPLOSIVE HANDLING 221

7.6 SAFETY RULES 222


222

7.8 SAFETY FROM INNUNDATION 222

7.9 ROAD ACCIDENTS 223

7.10 MANAGEMENT OF HEMM 223

7.11 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS MEASURES 227

7.12 TRAINING 227

7.13 MEDICAL AID 227

7.14 EMPLOYE EDUCATION 228

7.15 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN 228

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO TABLE NAME PAGE NO

TABLE -7.1 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 215

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO FIGURE NAME PAGE NO

FIG. NO.7A SLOPE STABILITY DIAGRAM 219


CHAPTER - VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.0 INTRODUCTION

Besides environmental issues, there are other issues that are associated with

construction & operation of the project. In previous chapters, the

environmental issues associated with the project construction & operations

have been discussed. Other important issues that are proposed to be studied

are covered below.

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

People living in the area around the project site may have reservations and

apprehension about likely effect of project construction and operation on

environmental pollution, socio-economic profile of the area, etc. The project

proponent addressed the apprehensions expressed by the people & issues

raised during the Public Consultation held on 27.04.2018 as per the

procedure laid out in the EIA Notification of 2006 & 2009. The details of public

hearing is attached as Annexure-IV.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Risk Assessment & Management is prescribed to guard against and mitigate

the consequences of major accidents. The essence of disaster management

lies upon its prevention.

A Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been drawn up for Cluster XVII

mines of BCCL.

Mining is a hazardous industry. There is risk to life and property associated

with various mining and allied activities of the project. The project report has

been drawn in conformity with the prevailing statutory provisions as per Mines

Act, 1952 & CMR 2017 applicable for safety in mines. A detailed study has

been carried out covering identification and assessment of risk, and

recommendation of measures to prevent damage to life and property against

such risks.


Safety Audit is an integrated component of Risk Assessment and Safety

Management, which is required to be undertaken on regular basis by System

Study and Safety Audit (SYSSA). Such System Study and Safety Audit

(SYSSA) should be conducted at least once in every year, after every major

accident or disaster or dangerous occurrence, before implementation of any

new technology or use of any new system or machinery in the mine. Such

Study may be subject wise as well as an integrated report of the mine

incorporating all subjects such as mining, mechanical, , electrical, personal,

occupational Health & Hygiene, and any other subject applicable to the mine

and the system prevailing or to be used therein.

Table 7.1 :Disaster Management Plan

Duty of Persons

Any person who see/observe any emergency [smoke heating, fire, inundation/irruption of water, explosion, major roof fall etc.] which may cause disaster.

He will take immediate steps by shouting & calling to his fellow / co- workers to report to Mining Sardar (M/S),Over man(O/M), Asst. Manager, Supervisory official available in the mine.

Duty of mine officials

M/S, O/M, Supervisory officials, Asst. Manager after confirmation will withdraw all persons from other parts of mine also, to safe place in case of minor emergency. Give warning to other parts of mine by fastest possible means and withdraw all people to the surface keeping in view of type of emergency.

Simultaneously send message to haulage operator by sounding 10(Ten) raps.

Will warn on-setter by special messenger.

Duty of on- setter ,

underground haulage operator

On-setter will telephone to surface banksman without leaving the duty place.

On-setter will give 10 raps on the shaft signals. Confirm through special messenger. U/G haulage operator will sound 10 raps to surface haulage operator in case of incline mines.

Give warning to other parts of the mine (haulage operator, pump operator).

On-setter will not leave his duty place at any time.


Duty of Banksman /

Surface haulage operator

Banksman without leaving his duty place give warning to attendance clerk / rescue team.

Give warning to manager / Principal officials present if any & Doctor.

Person responsible for sounding colliery whistle. Inform to colliery engineer. Will not leave his duty place at any time.

Duty of Attendance

clerk

Attendance clerk will sound siren of 10 blasts. Send message to colliery control room via wireless/phones or special messenger.

Will inform to rescue team members, Doctors, Ambulance driver, PSC, WI of colliery.

Send message to manager, agent & other officials.

Will inform to other units attendance clerk /wireless room of other units.

Will count and take attendance of all persons who have gone U/G and will report the same to the manager that every person has come out or not.

Duty of control room

attendant

Will first inform to manager, agent or other officials. Inform to rescue team member, Doctor, Ambulance van, Colliery engineer, Survey officer.

Attendance clerk of all the colliery. Area control room simultaneously. Store keeper, Finance officers, and other officers of colliery.

CGM,GM,ASO,AM(F),AM(X),AM(E&M),MM,DY.CPM,AMO

HQ, D(T) D&P, TU’s leader, CCM, PSU,WI, Area GM/CGM, TU’s leaders, CCM, PSE, WI

Conduct of Rescue &

Recovery work

All the rescue & recovery work will be conducted under the control, supervision & direction of manager or the principal officials present there without delay.

→ Manager or Principal official may take guidance during R &

R (Rescue & Recovery) ▪ From a group consisting officials. ▪ Senior officials of B.C.C.L (Management). ▪ D.G.M.S ▪ RRRT – Sitarampur, ECL. ▪ Rescue station - Sitarampur, ECL & Dhansar. ▪ TU’s Leader

→ Rescue trained person will not leave the place and will

obey the manager or principal official.


Duty of mine officials and competent

persons at the time of

emergency

Haulage operator ,On-setter, Banksman , Winding engine operator, All supervisory officials, Attendance Clerk, Doctor, Para medical staffs, F.O, Storekeeper, Survey department , Civil department are required to be present at mine site. → All above mentioned person will extend their full co-operation

& obey the manager or principal official during emergency period.

→ They will not leave the place without arranging substitute.

Resumption of work

Normal work shall not be resumed except with prior permission of the manager or principal official.

Risk Reduction Programme (RRP) is an ongoing process to achieve Zero

Harm Status of Safety in any mine and should be incorporated in the Disaster

Management Programme.

Safety of men and machine deployed in the mining area should be properly

taken care of irrespective of whether the mining activities are performed by

departmental or by outsourcing option.

All the provision of Coal Mines Regulations 2017 and orders made thereunder

as well as the periodic circulars issued by DGMS, relating to opencast mining

have to be complied with in order to maintain day to day safety as per stature.

SAFETY ASPECTS FOR OF HEMM / EQUIPMENT

Special precaution should be taken while deploying workers in the mine.

Before employing any labour to the mine proper vocational training should be

imparted

SAFETY

Elaborate safety measures have been laid out as per statute concerning safety

in mines. In addition to existing provisions, reference has been made here to

some special precautionary measures which have been considered important

and require special attention for the safety of men and mine.


Safety of men and machine deployed in the mining area should be properly

taken care of irrespective of whether the mining activities are performed by

departmental or by outsourcing option.

All the provisions and precautionary measures as stipulated in CMR 2017 and

orders made there under shall be strictly complied with. The important safety

aspects have been deliberated subsequently.

In addition to those relevant clauses as stipulated in Act & Regulation, all

clauses and sub clauses as mentioned in the permission granted by DGMS,

Min. of Labor and Employment, GOI for working of Kalyaneshwari OCP shall

be followed strictly.

7.3 SLOPE FAILURE IN MINE As per regulation 106 (2) of CMR 2017 :

“Before starting a mechanised opencast working, the owner and agent of the

mine shall ensure that the mie, including its method of working, ultimate pit

slope and monitoring of slope stability has been planned, designed and

worked as determined by a scientific study and a copy of the report of such

study has been kept available in the office of the mine.”

It is proposed to conduct the aforementioned study before opening the mine

through competent agency/consultant.

a) In opencast mines, slope failure takes place chiefly due to

i) Shearing effect on rocks and

ii) Ground water pressure.

Shearing effect occurs due to gravity loading, shocks and seismic vibration.

Shock and vibration shall be minimised by adopting controlled blasting

technique. Since the base seam is developed, problem of ground water

pressure is not likely to be faced in this project.

b) Quarry workings shall be adequately fenced by proper fencing as specified

in the Coal Mines Regulations and DGMS circulars. There shall be provision of

interception ditches, garland drains around the quarry wherever necessary.


The graph illustrating dependence of stable slope angle (α) and height (H) of

ex-site dumps formed on weak base is shown below:

Fig 7a: Slope Stability Diagram The tentative parameters which will be followed during excavation of coal & OB to prevent risk of slope failure are as follows :

For Coal Seams Max.bench height - 14.1m Min. bench width - 30m Max. bench slope - 70o Max. pit slope - 45o

For OB Partings Max. bench height - 14.1m Min. bench width - 30m Max. bench slope - 70o

For OB Dumps

Max dump height - 120m Max. tier slope - 37o Max overall slope - 22o to 28o

Bench parameters shall be adopted as mentioned in the report. However,

during actual mining operation, the conditions of benches should be closely

observed at regular intervals and the dimensions be modified as and when


required. Working benches shall be kept under constant vigil to mark any

development of cracks etc.

The general measures to deal with slope stability problem are.

i) Vulnerable area may be identified and marked on quarry plan. Periodic

reviews may be done by strata control experts during operation life of

the mine.

ii) Observation of actual alignment of fault, its throw, joints, etc. may be

recorded during the process of exploitation.

iii) Water drainage system may be properly implemented to prevent

accumulation of water in cracks. Also dumps shall be leveled to

prevent accumulation of water over it. Proper drainage in dumps shall

be also provided to prevent erosion of toe of dump.

iv) Regular monitoring of tension cracks, horizontal and vertical movement

of strata in critical area may be done.

v) Rise side slope to be reinforced if required because it has to stand

throughout quarry life. No dumps/surface structures to be located within

15m of quarry edge as it will act as surcharge there by destabilizing the

slope.

vi) No undercutting of slopes to be done.

vii) Proper hydrogeological studies to be done if water table is at level of

slope it should be brought down by using submersible pumps to prevent

hydrostatic pressure.

viii) Proper selection of site for dumping to be done before dumping place

shall be made free from loose material. Dumping shall not be done at

an angle more than angle of repose of material being dumped.

ix) After completion of dumping operations dumps to be stabilized by


growing vegetation.

x) Every person deployed by lessee of HEMM must be trained & briefed

about aspects related to slope stability.

7.4 BLASTING & VIBRATIONS Controlled blasting techniques including muffled blasting will be adopted during

blasting within 300 m zone but beyond 100m from villages, dwellings, surface

structure, road etc. The blast design will be so regulated so that ground

vibration which may affect the nearby surface structures, are kept within the

stipulated limit. For proper blasting and minimizing the adverse side effects

due to blasting, viz. noise, ground vibration, back-breaks, air blast, fly rocks,

etc., the following precautions have been suggested to avoid dangerous

situations:

• A safety zone for blasting has been provided around the quarry.

• Suitable drilling pattern.

• Before blasting is done, warning sound will be given so that people can

move to safe places.

• Controlled blasting with site mixed slurry.

• Optimization of maximum quantity of explosive in a blast hole.

• Blasting will be done during daytime. Frequency of blasting shall be

influenced by the availability of the land (tenancy in particular), DGMS

permission for use of explosive geo-mining conditions, method of

mining and prevailing meteorological conditions.

• No blasting will be done during low cloud cover.

• Blasting shall be carried out with closer control of blasting parameters

including desired fragmentation, permitted vibration, etc.

7.5 EXPLOSIVE HANDLING

The daily requirement of explosives during the life of the project has been

calculated based on calendar programme of excavation & powder factor

adopted as 3 m3/kg in OB & 6 Te/kg in coal. Controlled blasing with muffling


and pre-split blasting thechniques would be adopted, while blasting is carried

out within 300 m from any surface structure.

7.6 SAFETY RULES

Mining operation is required to follow statutory mine safety rules administered

by the DGMS. During planning of an opencast project, sufficient care has

been taken to comply with these rules. Planning, Design & Electrical

installation have taken into account the to comply with the existing electricity

rules also.

To create safety awareness and impart education on safe practices, the

following steps will be taken when the project becomes operational.

• Holding annual safety weeks.

• Imparting basic & refresher training to new & old employees

respectively.

• BCCL has a separate department namely "Human Resource

Development" headed by a General Manager. Time bound training

programme for various types of workers, supervisory staff and

executives should be prepared & executed regularly for improving the

quality of manpower so that target & quality envisaged in the project

report may be achieved.


To guard against any eventuality, following steps will be taken :

• For deployment & movement of HEMM minimum solid parting of 3m

must be ensured over developed workings which should be mined by

Hydraulic Backhoes as far as possible.

• Accurate survey plan of development workings must be prepared for

safe operation of the HEMM.

• Precautions laid down by DGMS to prevent coal dust explosion and

subsequent fire in U/G due to blown through shots shall be adhered to.

7.8 SAFETY FROM INUNDATION


Garland drains and storm water drains will be provided in near quarries and

overburden dumps.

7.9 ROAD ACCIDENTS

Sufficient arrangements for illumination of roads including haul roads have

also been made. Road crossings have been properly planned & designed to

prevent vehicular accidents. Further, haul roads have been planned in such a

way that the HEMM traffic will be away from the passenger traffic. There are

likely to prevent road accidents. Incidentally all the dumpers are fitted with

audio-visual devices warning while reversing. Operators of HEMM shall be

given safety talks and training for avoiding accidents. Traffic Rules & Code of

practices for safe operations shall be framed and displayed prominently.

7.10 MANAGEMENT OF HEMM

Excavation workshop

i) Preventive maintenance

a) Daily maintenance including washing of equipment.

b) Scheduled maintenance including lubrication

c) Inspection.

ii) Incidental minor repair / replacement of components and assemblies

of HEMM.

iii) Routine inspection and scheduling for repair needs by Central

Workshop.

iv) Incidental minor repairs of assemblies and sub-assemblies of mining

and mechanical equipment i.e. shovel, drill, etc.

E&M workshop

i) Daily washing and inspection of the E&M equipment.

ii) Routine / Scheduled maintenance of E&M equipment.

HEMM MAINTENANCE DETAILS

1) Maintenance schedule of Excavator


a) Daily Maintenance ➢ Greasing of front joint pins. ➢ Oil level checking of engine oil pan. ➢ Hydraulic oil level check. ➢ Fuel tank water draining. ➢ Water sedimentation checking. ➢ Water level checking of Radiator. ➢ Bucket teeth loosening/wear checking. ➢ Visual inspection of water/oil leakage.

b) 50 Hours Maintenance ➢ Oil level checking of Swing Reduction Device. ➢ Fan Belt tension check. ➢ Track tension check.

c) 250 Hours Maintenance ➢ Engine oil changing. ➢ Engine oil filter changing. ➢ Cleaning of lubricant centrifugal. ➢ Pump Transmission oil changing. ➢ Fuel filter element replacement. ➢ Checking of bolt loosening.

d) 500 Hours Maintenance ➢ Greasing of Swing bearing. ➢ Swing gear grease changing. ➢ Hydraulic oil replacement. ➢ Full flow filters element replacement. ➢ Pilot filter element replacement. ➢ Feed pump strainer cleaning. ➢ Cooling water replacement. ➢ Radiator core cleaning. ➢ Oil cooler front net cleaning.

e) 1000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Swing reduction device oil replacement. ➢ Propel reduction device oil replacement. ➢ Radiator inner core cleaning.

2) Maintenance schedule of Dozer a) Daily Maintenance ➢ Check coolant level in radiator. ➢ Oil level checking of engine oil pan, transmission oil pan & hydraulic tank. ➢ Clean air cleaner dust collector. ➢ Checking of steering hardness and steering linkage nuts. ➢ Check condition of steering, service brake & gear shifting. ➢ Check track chain tightening. ➢ Checking mounting bolts of engine, transmission, torque convertor &

floor frame rotors.


➢ Checking of mounting bolts of Alternator and starting motor.

b) 50 Hours Maintenance ➢ Greasing of various parts. ➢ Oil checking of track roller & carrier roller.

c) 250 Hours Maintenance ➢ Engine oil changing. ➢ Engine oil filter changing.

d) 500 Hours Maintenance ➢ Transmissions filter changing. ➢ Hydraulic filter changing.

e) 1000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Transmission oil & filter changing. ➢ Hydraulic oil & filter changing. ➢ Final drive oil changing.

3) Maintenance schedule of Drill a) Daily Maintenance ➢ Check and clean Engine & Compressor filters. ➢ Grease all bushed chain sprocket. ➢ Drain water from hydraulic tank and air oil receiver. ➢ Greasing of top bearing of rotary head. ➢ Grease all fittings of barrel loader assembly & all crawler fittings

intermediate sprocket assembly. ➢ Clean hydraulic oil tank breather. ➢ Check oil level in the pump drive gear box. ➢ Check oil level in crank case of oil pan. ➢ Visual inspection of oil & water leakage.

b) 50 Hours Maintenance ➢ Check oil level in rotary head gear case. ➢ Grease universal joints in pump drive propeller shaft. ➢ Grease mast pivot bearing and air swivel on rotary head gear box

header.

c) 100 Hours Maintenance ➢ Replace compressor main oil filter elements.

d) 250 Hours Maintenance ➢ Remove and clean hydraulic system return line filter elements.

e) 500 Hours Maintenance ➢ Drain flush and refill rotary head gear case. ➢ Remove and clean all hydraulic system suction strainers. ➢ Replace hydraulic return line filter elements.


f) 1000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Drain flush and refill pump drive gear box. ➢ Drain, clean and refill hydraulic oil tank. ➢ Drain, clean and refill compressor lubricating oil.

4) Maintenance schedule of Dumper a) Daily Maintenance ➢ Check coolant level in Radiator. ➢ Check oil level in crank case of engine. ➢ Clean air cleaner dust collector. ➢ Check water separator. ➢ Check Engine mounting bolts. ➢ Check oil level of transmission. ➢ Check battery electrolyte. ➢ Check Head light, back light, meter light, cabin light. ➢ Check air pressure of all tires. ➢ Checking of horns, wipers. ➢ Checking of steering hard, noisy, excessive motion and floor response. ➢ Checking of oil level in Hydraulic tank. ➢ Checking of service brake, dump brake, emergency brake, parking

brake. ➢ Drain condensation. ➢ Check air line leakage. ➢ Visual inspection for air, water, oil leaks and weld cracks. ➢ Audio visual alarm. ➢ Seat belt.

b) 50 Hours Maintenance ➢ Lubricating of Dump body hinge pin, rear suspension, hoist cylinder pin,

differential support & steering cylinder.

c) 250 Hours Maintenance ➢ Change engine oil and filter. ➢ Check the oil level of final drive & differential case. ➢ Check the belt tension. ➢ Clean breather of transmission case and differential case. ➢ Check clearance of parking brake. ➢ Check drive shaft and lubricating.

d) 500 hours Maintenance ➢ Lubricating of fan pulley assembly and tension pulley assembly. ➢ Check and clean Radiator pins.

e) 1000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Lubricating of steering column, transmission and engine mount and

parking break linkage. ➢ Change oil and filter of transmission. ➢ Change oil and filter of Hydraulic system.


➢ Change oil of differential and final drive. ➢ Check and retighten of turbo charger fastners.

f) 2000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Check play of turbo charger rotor. ➢ Clean emergency relay valve. ➢ Check brake disc. ➢ Check Alternator and starter motor. ➢ Check & replace engine breather pipe.

g) 4000 Hours Maintenance ➢ Check water pump. ➢ Clean element of after cooler. ➢ Check air compressor.

7.11 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS MEASURES

➢ Provision of proper illumination in the quarry, OB dump area, workshop &

other work places besides along roads as mentioned above.

➢ Provision of efficient communication system to allow communication link

amongst various work centers to help in avoiding accidents.

➢ Provision of store for spare parts for quick maintenance.

7.12 TRAINING

Intensive training is to be imparted to the operators of HEMM. Only suitably

trained personnel in their jobs shall be employed for operation of HEMM.

BCCL has a separate department namely "Human Resource Department"

headed by a General Manager. The department is fully equipped with

competent officers & staff. Time bound training programmes for various types

of workers, supervisory staff, trainees etc. are prepared & executed every

year of effective utilisation of the department. Additional faculty are also

arranged for to provide quality training.

7.13 MEDICAL AID

The Project has been provided with Regional Hospitals at Laikdih with

adequate beds, qualified Doctors and Staff in addition to first aid at project


level. They will attend to medical emergencies arising out of accidents.

Besides this, a well equipped Central Hospital at Jagjiwan Nagar, Dhanbad

has been established in this coalfield to offer proper medical facilities.

Initial Medical Examination (IME) & Periodic Medical Examination (PME) of all

the employees, would be undertaken in accordance with the requirement of

Mines Act, 1952 & the Mines Rules.

7.14 EMPLOYEE EDUCATION

Employees will be informed of the need to take precautions and use all

protective measures to control fugitive emissions in working environment.

They will also be advised of consequences of ignoring these precautions.

Written policies, procedures and measures will be disseminated throughout

the different departments of the mine and workers will be trained with regard

to their implementation. The employee will be educated about the safety

features incorporated by written literature with pictorial and color-coded signs.

7.15 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN






Total: 1123 nos

(23 nos. covered under Master Plan, so balance considered for Kalyaneshwari

OCP – 1100 nos.)

(Authorized private houses and authorized other structures are to rehabilitated from Muchi Para, Kora Para, Tetul Dhawra, Bindu Dhawra, Samaj Dhawra and Borira locations.)

Fund requirement: - Rs. 28982.29 lakhs for rehabilitation under Master Plan & Rs.

40568.32 lakhs (as per PR) for proposed rehabilitation for Kalyaneshwari OCP.

Job provision has been made for 512 nos of person (as per PR).







sites consisting of 3025 no. of houses/families are affected by subsidence.

The affected families will be rehabilitated in adjacent non coal bearing area at

a cost of Rs. 28982.29 lakhs

Under the Master Plan total of 3025 nos of houses are to be resettled &

rehabilitated in 4.17 Ha of BCCL land and 72.71 Ha of non-BCCL land and will

be paid compensation as envisaged in the Master Plan. 8.51 Ha of land will

be required for resettlement of non-BCCL project affected families other than

the Master Plan and will be paid compensation in accordance with the norms.


CHAPTER - VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

PROJECT BENEFITS 230-235


8.2 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 232

8.3 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE 232

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 234

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 235

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO TABLE NAME PAGE NO TABLE - 8.1

PROPOSED CSR ACTIVITIES CONSIDERING PEAK PRODUCTION OF CLUSTER-XVII

234


CHAPTER - VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The Cluster XVII mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL), a subsidiary of

Coal India Limited (A Government of India Enterprise) is located in the Chanch

Victoria Area in Raniganj Coalfields. The mines of Cluster XVII are more than 100

years old taken over mines of BCCL. Certain factors like historic unscientific

mining, difficult geo-mining conditions, highly gassy seams, presence of large

number of surface and ground water bodies and densely populated mining areas

make mines of BCCL unique and mining difficult. Mines in Command Area of

BCCL has been infamous by the names of “Slaughter Mining” and “Rat Hole

Mining”. The old OC and UG openings were prone to illegal mining and created

danger to persons involved in such activities. To overcome this, such openings

are being monitored regularly and openings are closed immediately on reopening

by such elements (by filling 81582.86 cu.m.OB). However after full-fledged

operation at Kalyaneshwari OC , such areas will be liquidated and no such

possibility will be there.

Mining by erstwhile private mine owners have been guided by profit motive driven

by “More Hole More Coal” dictum, this has led to problem of fire and subsidence

in mines of BCCL which is causing loss of vital national resources and notional

loss to the exchequer apart from threat to railway line of the region and to life and

property of local people. To deal with fire and subsidence Master Plan has been

under implementation in Cluster XVII.


Cluster XVII mines of BCCL, under Cluster Concept, from Ministry of Environment

& Forests, Govt. of India in view of EIA Notification, 2006. The Cluster will have a

peak production capacity of mines 5.2 MTPA and that of washery will be 3.60

MTPA.

The mining and allied activity at mines and washery of Cluster XVII will help in

implementation of Master Plan apart from improving the socio-economic activities

in the adjoining areas. This will result in following benefits:

• Ensuring Safety to life and property of local people

• Improvements in Physical & Social Infrastructure


• Increase in Employment Potential

• Post-mining Enhancement of Green Cover

8.2 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

(i) Road Network:

A good road network is already existing in this Cluster which will be

further strengthened for smooth traffic movement in the area.

(ii) Water Treatment:

a. Pressure filter at Haslo pit is installed to supply filtered mine

water to local people for domestic purposes.

b. Sedimentation Pond will be provided to treat Mine Effluent.

c. Oil & grease trap will be provided to treat discharge from

workshop.

(iii)Community Facilities:

Strengthening of existing community facilities through Corporate

Social Responsibility (C.S.R.) activities.

8.3 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The study area in which the project is located is comparatively developed in

terms of social infrastructure including health care facilities, education facilities

etc. However the project proponent will develop the social infrastructure in the

area under its Corporate Social Responsibility (C.S.R.) activities.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Activities

As per Corporate Social Responsibility policy of Coal India, the community

facilities will be provided by Bharat Coking Coal Limited. It will cover the following

areas:

(i) Poor and needy section of the society

(ii) Land oustees, PAP and those staying within the radius of 25 km

of the project.

(iii) Board of Directors can approve specific cases of projects

beyond mining areas within the respective State.

Scope of CSR:

As per Schedule VII of New Companies Act 2013 the following is the Scope of

Activities under Corporate Social Activities:


(i) Eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting preventive

health care and sanitation and making available safe drinking water.

(ii) Promoting education, including special education and employment

enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women,

elderly, and differently abled and livelihood enhancement projects;

(iii) Promoting gender equality, empowering women, setting up homes

and hostels for women and orphans, setting up old age homes, day

care centres and such other facilities for senior citizens and

measures for reducing inequalities faced by socially and

economically backward groups;

(iv) Ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance, protection

of Flora and Fauna, animal welfare, agro-forestry, conservation of

natural resources and maintaining quality of soil, air and water;

(v) Protection of national heritage, art and culture including restoration

of buildings and sites of historical importance and works of art;

setting up public libraries, promotion and development of traditional

arts and handicrafts;

(vi) Measures for the benefit of armed forces veterans, war widows and

their dependents

(vii) Training to promote rural sports, nationally recognized sports,

Paralympics sports and Olympic sports;

(viii) Contribution to the Prime Minister’s National Relief Fund or any

other fund set up by the Central Government for socio-economic

development and relief and welfare of the Scheduled Castes, the

Scheduled Tribes, other backward classes, minorities and women;

(ix) Contributions or funds provided to technology incubators located

within academic institutions which are approved by the Central

Government;

(x) Rural development projects

Source of fund

As per Coal India CSR policy,The fund for the CSR is being allocated based

on 2% of the average net profit of the Company for the three immediate


preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of Coal Production of previous

year whichever is higher.

Action Plan for Corporate Social Responsibility

The peak production of Cluster XVII group of mines of BCCL is 5.2 MTY.

As per the company’s policy of allocating Rs. 2 per tonne towards CSR, by

considering peak production an amount of Rs.104 Lacs is proposed to be

used for the CSR works per year for Cluster XVII group of mines.

This expenditure will be done under the activities mentioned in the Scope of

CSR above .

Table: 8.1: Proposed CSR Activities considering peak production of Cluster-XVII

S.N HEAD OF WORKS* CSR expenditure to be done

per year in Rs. lakhs

1 Education facilities including grant of schools, providing education kits, running of schools etc.

29.02

2 Water Supply and rain water harvesting works, wells, ponds, hand pumps and tube wells

21.94

3 Health Care and vaccination, awareness camp, mobile medical camp, Immunization, medicine etc.

14.32

4 Environment Protection i.e. plantation etc. 6.10

5 Social Empowerment like Community center, Literacy drive, shopping complex.

7.19

6 Infrastructure Development like road, bridge, repairing of school, drains, electric line etc.

14.32

7 Sports Culture like village stadium village stadium, grant to village sports body, organizing sports meet

2.12

8 Grant to NGO for community development 3.59

9 Miscellaneous welfare for adopted villages 5.39

TOTAL 104.00

*Expenditure allocated to CSR activities mentioned are only indicative, actual activities will be decided in consultation with local beneficiaries

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

Skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labor both during construction and

operational phases of the project with specific attention to employment

potential of local population as well as necessity for imparting any specialized

skills to them to be eligible for such employment in the project on a long term

basis i.e., during operational and maintenance stages of the project. Business

opportunity in Secondary & Tertiary sectors will increase.


8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The coal mining and the activities associated with coal mining are the main

source of the direct and indirect employment and income for the working

population of the area. As a consequence, any significant change in the level

of mining activities have significant ramifications for local business

opportunities and direct and indirect incomes and employment they provide.

Sanitation and Sewerage

1. Proper sewerage line is already in existence and is well maintained and

will be maintained in future.

2. Cleaning of Colony and surrounding area is being done.

3. Water tender is utilized for spraying water to suppress dust.

New Sewerage drain will be consucted for proper draining out of dirty and

filthy water from the villages and keep the environment cleans.

Medical facilities

Medical facilities will be extended to the local villagers of the project area.

Sports and Cultural Activities

Games and Sports competitions like football, cricket, volleyball, carom, etc. for

grooming talent will be organized by BCCL.

Cultural programmes will also be arranged to involve the youth and give a

forum for the social and cultural development of the people in the area. Help

would be provided to preserve and develop indigenous art and craft.

Education

Sponsoring Schools, Distribution of Books, Pencils & other stationery items to

Schools / Students, Distribution of interactive software and computers to

schools.

Facilities for Plant Premises

Following facilities will be provided within the plant premises for workmen

1. Rest Shelter for Workmen

2. Canteen

3. First Aid Center

4. Tipper Parking Space

236

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

MOEF while issuing TOR has not specifically indicated for carrying out “Cost

Benefit analysis” hence, the same has not been carried out.


CHAPTER –X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

C O N T E N T S TITLE PAGE NO

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 237-267


10.2 IMPLEMENTATION ORGANIZATION 238

10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 239

10.4 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF BCCL 263

10.5 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

266

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO TABLE NAME PAGE NO

TABLE - 10.1 ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE & RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEPARTMENTS’ VIS-À-VIS MITIGATION MEASURES TO BE IMPLEMENTED

239

TABLE - 10.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

239

TABLE - 10.3 ACTION PLAN FOR REHABILITATION OF FAMILIES AFFECTED UNDER THE MASTER PLAN (FOR CLUSTER – XVII)

243

TABLE - 10.4 PHASE-WISE DETAILS OF REHABILITATION IN CLUSTER- XVII 244

TABLE - 10.5 STAGEWISE CUMULATIVE PLANTATION 251

TABLE - 10.6 DUMPING SCHEDULE FOR PROPOSED KALYANESHWARI OCP 260

TABLE - 10.7 YEARLY BACKFILLING SCHEDULE OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL OB (MM3)

260

TABLE - 10.8 LAND USE OF CLUSTER XVII 261

TABLE - 10.9 WASTES AND THEIR DISPOSAL METHODS. 262

TABLE - 10.10 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

266

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO FIGURE NAME PAGE NO

FIG. NO. 10a ZONES OF TOPSOIL 255

FIG. NO. 10B ORGANIZATION CHART OF BCCL 265


CHAPTER –X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.1 Introduction

The implementation and monitoring of pollution control measures and for

overall environmental management, environmental cell at the area and

corporate level will take all necessary care. It will look after the following

aspects of environmental management.

➢ Generation of environmental data bank.

➢ Evolving micro environmental management plan for the project in

collaboration with other agencies and consultants.

➢ Monitoring project implementation along with environmental control

measures.

➢ Co-ordinate with other project activities to ensure timely

implementation of the project.

➢ Co-ordination with Ministry of Environment & Forest, Central/State

Pollution Control Board for prevention and control of water and air

pollution.

10.2 Implementation Organization:

The responsibility for implementing environmental management plan would

rest with the project officer of the project along with Area Nodal Officer

(Env.), along with the Environment Department of BCCL HQ who will assist

the P.O & GM (CV Area). The organization for environmental management

in both corporate level BCCL HQ along with CV area office will carry out the

task and responsibility connected therewith.

The Organization structure vis-à-vis the responsibility for looking after the

different aspects of environmental management plan is as enlisted below.


Table 10.1 Organization Structure & Responsibilities of Departments’ Vis-À-Vis Mitigation Measures to Be Implemented

10.3 Environment Management Plan

Table 10.2: Salient features of environmental protection measures

Sl. No.

Environmental issues Proposed

1 Air pollution 1. At the points of dust generation, water sprinkling / spraying will be done. 2. Greenery will be developed in and around the project area. 3. Plantation will be done on external dump and reclaimed area.

2 Water Pollution 1. Garland drains will be made around the periphery of the quarry. Garland drains around the stockpiles and other process areas to collect and carry the contaminated water to treatment/settling pond shall be provided. 2. Entire domestic effluent will be treated in septic tanks and soaked into soak pits. 3. Industrial water will be put into a closed circuit. 4. Properly designed system to collect and divert the storm water shall be provided

3 Water conservation 1. Provision of Rain water Harvesting system has been made for conservation of water.

2. Settling pond for surface run-off with drainage system shall be provided.

Sl. No

Particulars Co-ordinated Organisation

1 Compensation to land losers

General Manager CV Area, BCCL Land Survey and Revenue Deptt. BCCL(HQ) Representative from State Govt.

Project Officer of 1. Begunia Colliery 2. Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

2 Pollution Control Measures

General Manager, CV Area Environmental Cell, BCCL HQ Project Officer of


3 Plantation/Green Belt Development




4 Land Restoration





Sl. No.


3. If, in case, due to some genuine problems like periodic cleaning of the system, heavy rainfall etc., it become necessary to discharge the effluent to land, the effluent shall conform to the standards at the final outlet of the coal washery: pH - 5.5-9.0, Total suspended solids - 100 mg/l, Oil & Grease – 10 mg/l, B.O.D (3 days 27 oC) - 30 mg/l, COD - 250 mg/l and Phenolics - 1.0 mg/l. The efficiency of the slime pond/ surface run-off settling pond shall achieve minimum 90 percent efficiency.

4 Noise pollution 1. Adequate and regular maintenance of plants and machineries will be carried out.

2. Equipments will be used which will have inbuilt mechanism of dampening the noise during operation.

3. The noise absorbing pads at foundations will be provided. 4. Green belt has been proposed to prevent the propagation of

sound and also to dampening its intensity.

5 Solid waste Internal dumping will be carried out in the de-coaled area along with the mining operation.

6 Land degradation In view of importance of vegetal cover towards environment, the technical reclamation will be strengthened by biological reclamation for conserving the environment.

7 Erosion & Sediment Soil stabilization work in the form of bio-reclamation is proposed to be carried out to prevent soil erosion.

8 Top soil Separate stacking of top soil is proposed and top soil will be concurrently spread over OB dumps for plantation.

9 Ground vibration Controlled Blasting will be practiced to minimize the ground vibration after ground vibration study

Rehabilitation & Resettlement plan






Total: 1123 nos

(23 nos. covered under Master Plan, so balance considered for Kalyaneshwari

OCP – 1100 nos.)

(Authorized private houses and authorized other structures are to rehabilitated

from Muchi Para,Kora Para, Tetul Dhawra, Bindu Dhawra, Samaj Dhawra and

Borira locations.)







sites consisting of 3025 no. of houses/families are affected by subsidence.

The affected families will be rehabilitated in adjacent non coal bearing area at

a cost of Rs. 28982.29 lakhs

Following will be the R&R package that will be given to affected families

as per approved Master Plan

A very attractive R&R package, for the affected people who are to be shifted

from endangered areas, has been proposed in the Master plan and has been

approved by Govt. of India. But no employment will be offered for any

rehabilitation under this Master Plan.

It may be noted that this R&R package is offered for safety of the people

living in endangered areas and not for project implementation and mining of

coal and thereby gaining any type of profit.

R&R package for non-BCCL authorized families:

a) Land Compensation: Head of every displaced house shall be given

compensation for his land at the market rate.

b) House Compensation: Every head of displaced house will get

replacement value for his house and other structures over the homestead

land, the value of which shall be estimated on the basis of PWD civil rates.

(Pucca house: Rs. 4.8 lakhs/unit and for Kutcha house: Rs. 1.37 lakhs/unit)

c) Other Benefits: Head of each house will be provided a plot of 100 sq.m

land at the proposed township. In case his requirement of land is more than

100 sq.m, additional land may be provided, on payment basis as per market

rate if land is available.

If this offer is not acceptable, head of each house shall be provided a

constructed flat of around 40 sq.m as super built up area in a triple storied

building. A house owner not opting for a plot will be offered equivalent cash


compensation in lieu of free plot.

d) Basic amenities: Each township will be provided with all basic amenities

and infrastructural facilities like Primary school, High school, Bank, Post

office, Community centre, Shopping centre, Hospital, Playground, Children

Park, Water supply, Sewage disposal & sanitation, Road, Culverts & Drains,

and Power Supply etc.

e) Income generation benefit: Head of each house shall be paid 250

days/year wage as per State Govt’s minimum wage rate for a period of 2

years.

f) Shifting Allowance: The head of every house is proposed to be paid 0.10


sites.

R&R package for non-BCCL unauthorised families (encroachers):

a) No compensation will be paid to the house owner having no home stead

land (unauthorised). Instead the following benefits will be provided to them.

b) Head of each house will be provided a constructed house on 27 sq.m land

as super built up area in triple storey building in resettlement site with all

basic amenities like Primary school, High school, Bank , Post office,

Community centre, Shopping centre, Hospital, Playground & children park,

Water Supply, Sewage disposal & sanitation, Road, Culverts & Drains,

Power Supply etc.

b) Income generation benefit: Head of each house shall be paid 250

days/year wage as per State Govt’s minimum wage rate for a period of 2

years.

c) Shifting Allowance: The head of every house is proposed to be paid 0.10


sites.

Under the Master Plan 3025 nos of houses are to be resettled & rehabilitated

in 4.17 Ha of BCCL land and 72.71 Ha of non-BCCL land and will be paid

compensation as envisaged in the Master Plan. 8.51 Ha of land will be

required for resettlement of non-BCCL project affected families other than the

Master Plan and will be paid compensation in accordance with the norms.


Table 10.3 Action Plan for rehabilitation of families affected under the Master Plan (for

Cluster – XVII)

Detailed Particulars of phase-wise rehabilitation of the Cluster –XVII mines as per Master Plan is also shown in subsequent table:-

Colliery Site name &

no. Affected Area

(Sq.m.)

No. of Houses Land for

Resettlement Total

Amount (Rs in Lakhs)

BCCL Pvt. Enchr

Oth. Total BCCL

(Ha)

Non BCCL

(Ha)


375299 61 2093 0 18 2172 0.98 56.51 22649.13

Victoria West Baltoria/O2

81656 176 57 0 0 233 2.82 1.54 946.10

Victoria West

Barakar Town /O3

239416 0 14 0 0 14 0.00 0.38 103.91

Victoria West

Jhanakpura/O4

71270 0 286 0 2 288 0.00 7.72 2661.69

Victoria West

Jhewri Mohalla/O6

30491 0 71 0 51 122 0.00 1.92 1208.83

Victoria West

Karimdanga/O7

48382 0 143 0 1 144 0.00 3.86 1133.33

Victoria West

Pahalsadarga /O5

15235 0 29 0 0 29 0.00 0.78 210.30

Victoria Heslok Pit Area/O1

20806 23 0 0 0 23 0.37 0.00 69.00

TOTAL 8 882555 260 2693 0 72 3025 4.17 72.71 28982.29


Table 10.4 : Phase-wise details of Rehabilitation in Cluster- XVII

Sl. No.

Area Colliery Site name &

no.

Affected Area (Sq.m.)

No. of Houses RS Land Authorized Private Total land

compensation

cost (Rs in Lakhs)

Total Cost of BCCL (Rs in lakhs)

Total Cost of

Non BCCL (Rs in lakhs)

GRAND TOTAL COST (Rs in Lakhs)

BCCL Pvt. Encro

. Other

s Total BCCL (Ha.)

Non BCCL (Ha.)

Land Compensation

Homestead land(Ha.)

Commercial land(Ha.)

1 to 4 C-V Area

Begunia Barakar

Town/1A,1B,1C, &1D

375299 61 2093.0

0 0.00 18.00 2172.00 0.98 56.51 177.95 7.12 10548.77 255.57 22393.56 22649.13

5 C-V Area

Victoria West

Baltoria/O2 81656 176 57.00 0.00 0.00 233.00 2.82 1.54 4.86 0.00 276.94 527.99 418.11 946.10

6 C-V Area

Victoria West

Barakar Town /O3

239416 0 14.00 0.00 0.00 14.00 0.00 0.38 1.21 0.00 69.24 0.00 103.91 103.91

7 C-V Area

Victoria West

Jhanakpura/O4 71270 0 286.00 0.00 2.00 288.00 0.00 7.72 24.29 0.95 1438.85 0.00 2661.69 2661.69

8 C-V Area

Victoria West

JhewriMohalla/O6

30491 0 71.00 0.00 51.00 122.00 0.00 1.92 6.07 0.47 372.97 0.00 1208.83 1208.83

9 C-V Area

Victoria West

Karimdanga/O7

48382 0 143.00 0.00 1.00 144.00 0.00 3.86 12.15 0.47 719.14 0.00 1133.33 1133.33

10 C-V Area

Victoria West

Pahalsadarga /O5

15235 0 29.00 0.00 0.00 29.00 0.00 0.78 2.43 0.00 138.47 0.00 210.30 210.30

Sub Total - Phase

-I

861749 237 2693 0 72 3002 3.79 72.71 228.96 9.01 13564.38 783.55 28129.74 28913.29

PHASE-II

11 C-V Area

Victoria Heslok Pit Area/O1

20806 23 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 69.00

Sub Total - Phase

-II

20806 23 0 0 0.00 23 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 69.00 0.00 69.00

Grand Total - Phase-I &II

882555 260 2693 0 72 3025 4.16 72.71 228.96 9.01 13564.38 852.55 28129.74 28982.29


Pollution Control Measures

Control measures for air pollution:

Following air pollution control measures will be practiced within the mining area

and at coal handling plants and railway siding site.

➢ Water spraying by water Sprinkler will be done regularly on haul roads

& approach roads within the mining area to minimize the dust

generation.

➢ Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided at the transfer point of

coal.

➢ Intensive plantation of adequate width all along the Coal transportation

and other road will be raised to minimize transport-generated pollutants.

➢ Coal transportation to Railway siding will be done in covered conveyor

transport.

➢ Exposed overburden dumps will be covered through grass carpeting &

plantation.

➢ Optimum blast hole geometry will be followed to reduce the dust during

blasting.

➢ Regular monitoring of ambient air quality of project area.

Water management:

➢ Management of surface water drainage: -

Garland drains will be made around the periphery of the quarry. These drains

will be connected to the local nalla, which is not likely to be disturbed by

mining operation. In the workings, heavy duty pumps will be deployed which

will throw the accumulated water from the working face through settling tank

into these garland drains For treatment prior to discharge effluent will pass

through Oil & Grease traps & sedimentation tanks/ ponds .

➢ Mine Water Discharge & Industrial Effluent

The mine waste water will be collected in the sedimentation pond where

suspended solids gets settled. The clear water after sedimentation will be

reused for water sprinkling, plantation etc.


➢ Domestic Effluent Treatment:-

Domestic effluent from the colony is treated in a conventional septic tank and

soak pit arrangement.

➢ Water Conservation: -

The waste-water recycling after due treatment for the purpose mentioned

above will enable conservation of water. Storage of conserved water in mine

pits will be given due emphasis to provide water round the year and quality of

water will be maintained before and after storage.

➢ Control Measures Adopted against impact on ground water regime:-

❖ The mine discharge will be effectively utilized to meet the mine’s

domestic and industrial needs. The entire industrial and domestic water

demand of the Cluster-XVII mines has been met from treated mine

water of UGP and OCP.

❖ After cessation of mining, with plenty rainfall and abundant

ground water recharge, the water levels will recoup and attain normalcy.

Thus, the impact of mining on groundwater system may be considered

as a temporary phenomenon. The abandoned mine workings also

behave as water pool and improves the resources availability in the

area

❖ The construction of surface tanks and desiltation/deepening of

existing ponds in the local villages would enhance the water availability

of near by area. Utilization of mine water for irrigation use would also

enhance the groundwater recharge potential through artificial recharge

of the area. Thereby, in post-mining condition, the recharge and source

potential in core zone will be much higher than existing.

❖ The discharge mine water has been gainfully utilized for the

Industrial and domestic requirement. Thereby the mine water, from

existing mines in the area, is a resource for local villages.

❖ The excess mine water is being discharged to local Nalas to

recharge groundwater system.


FUTURE STRATEGY

➢ To minimize the impact of mining on ground water system, the project/mine

authority has been adopting all possible measure to increase the ground water

recharge potential.

➢ Rain Water harvesting is a deliberate collection and storage of rain water that

runs off on natural and man-made catchment area. The amount of water so

harvested depends on the frequency and intensity of the rainfall and

characteristics of the catchment to allow the precipitate to infiltrate through the

sub-soil and percolate down to recharge aquifers.

➢ It is therefore proposed that during mining operation the rainwater within the

quarried area will be accumulated in the dip most portion and it will be pumped

out into earthen water pool developed on the surface in non coal bearing area

which will not only be helpful in re-charging the ground water of the area but

will fulfil the non-drinking water demand of nearby inhabitants also.

➢ In order to prevent the erosion of soil and gully formation on the OB dump it is

proposed that soil bunds will be created along its periphery throughout its

height at a regular interval so that rain water is held up and given adequate

time to infiltrate into the soil strata of the OB dump on its way down to the

aquifer. Such act of retention of the rainwater of OB dump will also facilitate

enhancement of moisture in the soil and its retention capacity which ultimately

will help in the biological reclamation of OB dump.

➢ The mine water into local ponds converts them into as recharge pits and

augments the source availability. The surplus mine water is discharged into

nearby paddy fields not only improves irrigation potential but also increase the

ground water recharge in the area.

➢ The abandoned underground mine workings behave as huge ground water

reservoirs and contain groundwater runoff (i.e. planned recharge). The pond,

tanks, stop dams etc constructed in the rehabilitated and affected villages also

augment the groundwater recharge.

➢ Efforts are being made to construct more recharge structures at suitable sites

in the nearby villages in consultation with Central Ground Water Board.


➢ Creation of awareness among workers and local peoples about rain water

harvesting and artificial recharge will be given priority. This aspect is usually

covered during the Environmental Week celebrated every year (5 to 12 June).

Water Quality Monitoring

For complying the statutory provision of MOEF and Pollution Control Board,

fortnightly water quality will be monitored and evaluated. Corrective measures

whenever needed are taken on the basis of monitoring results.

Control measures for Noise:

The present noise levels are below the prescribed limits. If the impulsive noise

levels increase due to mining operation, sufficient measures will be adopted to

maintain the noise level within permissible limits at working zone.

The following measures are adopted and will be continued:

➢ Planting of rows of trees with thick foliage along roads and other noise

generating centres to act as acoustic barriers.

➢ Isolating/enclosing the noisy machines/sources by using resilient

mounting/altering structures.

➢ Routine maintenance schedules for HEMM and other machineries to eliminate

noise as far as possible.

➢ Balanced and properly aligned conditioning of machines to reduce

Vibration.

➢ Provision of ear muffs/ear plugs to workers subjected to noise level above

recommended limits.

➢ Controlled blasting.

➢ Regular monitoring of noise level of project area.

Blasting & Vibration Control Plan

➢ The following factors will be given special attention to minimize effects of

blasting:

• Charge per delay

• Charge per round

• Over charging will be avoided


• Distance from the structures (Scaled distance)

• Type of initiation & sequence of delay

• Stemming material used will be moist.

• Blasting time (safety aspect) - The blasting will be done at a fixed time

as far as possible.

• Warning- Before blasting is carried out, warning sound will be given

so that people can move to safe place.

➢ Vibration control

• As mentioned above, the mitigation measures will be implemented

during blasting and it is expected that vibration will not cause damage to

any structure or annoyance to the people in the colony area or

neighboring villages.

• Controlled blasting techniques will be implemented near the built up

structure in the vicinity of active face.

• A safe blasting zone has been kept around the periphery of the quarry.

Green Belt Development:

➢ Green Belt around Mine: -

In the directions where natural forest does not exist, there is need for creating

green belt of adequate width as an effective dust and sight curtain in the

periphery of mining area. The trees planted in the green belt area shall act as

buffers and shock absorber against dusts, noise and stone flying. The trees in

the green belt will be tall and wind firm. The planting of the green belt will be

started after completing technical reclamation.

➢ Coal Transportation Roads: -

A green belt of adequate width on either side of the haul road will be raised

and the existing vegetation will be protected.

➢ All other roads: -

Along the roads other than the Coal Transportation roads also, plantation will

be done. The proposed calendar plantation programme for entire Cluster –XVII

mines to be carried out is as shown subsequently: -


Table 10.5: Stagewise Cumulative plantation

Annual Plantation Plan of Cluster XVII mines

YEAR KALYANESHWARI

BEGUNIA VICTORIA WEST

Total Plantation

Total Area (Ha)*

Total Plantation cost @ Rs.55101

/Ha (in Rs.Lakhs

)

EXTERNAL

DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP INTERNAL DUMP OTHER AREAS Washery

Area (Ha) Trees/Sa

pling Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha) Trees/Sa

pling Area (Ha)

Trees/Sapling

Area (Ha) Trees/Sapl

ing

Du

rin

g A

ctiv

e M

inin

g

P1 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 25 62500 24 60000 135200 54.08 29.8 P2 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 25 62500 24 60000 135200 54.08 29.8 P3 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 23 57575 23 58500 128775 51.51 28.38 P4 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 12700 5.08 2.8 P5 0.00 0 0 5.08 12700 12700 5.08 2.8 P6 10.87 10.87 27175 0 5.08 12700 39875 15.95 8.79 P7 14.49 14.49 36225 0 5.08 12700 48925 19.57 10.78 P8 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P9 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P10 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P11 14.49 14.49 36225 0 36225 14.49 7.98 P12 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P13 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P14 26.56 26.56 66400 0 66400 26.56 14.63 P15 9.60 9.60 24000 0 24000 9.60 5.29 P16 13.66 13.66 34150 0 34150 13.66 7.53 P17 14.52 14.52 36300 0 36300 14.52 8 P18 14.52 14.52 36300 0 36300 14.52 8 P19 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P20 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P21 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P22 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P23 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P24 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P25 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P26 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P27 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P28 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P29 14.52 14.52 36300 4.60 11500 47800 19.12 10.54 P30 33.06 33.06 82650 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104150 41.66 22.96 P31 33.07 33.07 82675 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104175 41.67 22.96 P32 33.07 33.07 82675 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 104175 41.67 22.96 P33 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P34 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P35 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P36 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P37 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P38 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74 P39 0.00 0 4.60 11500 4.00 10000 21500 8.60 4.74

Po

st

Min

ing

PC1 0.00 0 29.13 72825 7.00 17500 90325 36.13 19.91 PC2 0.00 0 29.13 72825 7.00 17500 8 20000 110325 44.13 24.32 PC3 0.00 0 29.14 72850 6.17 15425 7.66 19150 107425 42.97 23.68

TOTAL 474.22 1185550 184.00 460000.00 95.73 239325.00 15.66 39150.0 73.03 182575.00 71.40 178500.00 2285100.0 914.04 503.69

*Inclusive of existing plantation in an area of 24.78 Ha.


Land Reclamation

Land reclamation of mined out areas is the prime need. It not only involves

backfilling of overburden into the excavated voids but also includes operations

required to bring the land to some productive use, i.e. agricultural, forestry or

recreational purposes

Topsoil Handling, Preservation& utilization of topsoil

Topsoil is the top portion of the soil cover ranging in depth from 50-350 mm. It is

the dark colored (though it may not be true always due to the influence of parent

rock), rich in active and decomposed organic material mixed with fine mineral

particles with only small agglomeration.

(a) Constituents of Topsoil:

It is the zone of eluviation which represents the top soil and is easily

distinguished physically from other horizon by its colour, texture and a thick

accumulation of organic vegetative matter. In many situations under developed

horizon is not distinct but still possess property of topsoil. The constituents of top

soil are:

i) Plant Leaves and debris.

ii) Semi-Decomposed and decomposed organic material (humus) solution

of organic and carbonic acids.

iii) Inorganic elements like Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Magnesium,

Boron, Sulphur, Iron, Copper etc.

iv) Micro-Organisms like microscopic bacterium Fungi, Protozoa,

earthworms etc.

(b) Formation of Topsoil

The biotic factors or Biological processes play the vital role in the formation of

Top soil. The factors responsible for the formation are:

i) Vegetation: The fallen leaves and the decayed vegetation contribute

directly in the formation of humus. Further plants help to maintain fertility

by bringing inorganic minerals from the lower layers.

ii) Micro-organisms: The microscopic bacteria, fungi, protozoa etc. help


directly in converting plants and animal remains into humus. Again these

organisms become a part of the humus after death. Some micro bacteria

transforms atmospheric nitrogen into Nitrates and increase the Fertility.

iii) Animals: The excreta of the burrowing type animals helps in the

development of the topsoil. Ants and termites bring the soil from lower

horizon to the surface. Similarly, earthworms contribute in mixing the

organic remains with the minerals and then bring them to the surface.

For surface mining activities are required to remove topsoil or other approved

plant growth materials before beginning operations, save it for a later use in a

manner conducive to protecting the primary root medium from contamination

and erosion, and enhance its productivity.

c) Reasons for preservation & re-use of Topsoil: -

Biological activity is a good indicator of the health of topsoil. To maintain

maximum level of this activity, its preservation is highly essential. The topsoil is

physically well textured, chemically highly fertile and biologically highly active.

The reuse of it is suggested due to following:

i) Humus yields organic acids which assist soil solution.

ii) It produces plant food i.e. Phosphorous, Calcium, Potassium, Nitrogen

etc.

iii) It retain soil moisture besides providing the desired arrangement of soil

structure favorably for plant growth.

Topsoil shall be removed before any drilling, blasting, mining, or other surface

disturbance.

d) Topsoil storage: -

➢ Topsoil undergo many changes during preservation. These are

changes in topsoil due to storage.

i) Stockpiling has profound affects on the physicochemical and biological

properties.

ii) Biological activity deteriorates after 3 to 6 months of storage.

iii) Stockpiling reduces organic content and affects the organic compound


oncerned in soil aggravation.

iv) Aggregate stability is reduced to some extent due to storage.

v) Following three zones are developed in the topsoil mound during

storage:

• Aerobic zones: Soil is active in this zone

• Transition zone: Fluctuates between predominantly aerobic

and anaerobic status.

• This zone is inactive and low in biological activity as well as

organic content.

➢ Stripping of Top Soil: Standard method of stripping will be used. The

route must be designed to mininmise compaction and damage of soil

structure. Further careful control of operation is necessary to ensure

planned stripping depths of the topsoil and sub-soil. These soils should

be stripped and stored separately. Intermingling of these soils during

stripping is not a good practice.

➢ It is essential that topsoil stripping should be carried out when it is dry

as far as possible to reduce the risk of compaction and damage to the

soil structure by smearing and remoulding. Prolonged rainfall is

unsuitable. The best part of the year is when evapo-transportation

exceeds precipitation i.e during the months of March-September.

➢ Geometry of Topsoil Heap: The heap should be constructed to facilitate

the following:

• To provide the maximum surface area for mantaining greater

level of Biological activity.

• To have slopes capable of sustaining vegetation to avoid erosion

and gully formation.

Space constraints imposed by the site factors and soil texture would

generally dictate the overll size and shape of the heap.

As a rule of the thumb, the following stack geometry may be mantained

as far as possible to preserve the topsoil and increase the shelf life.


• Height:

i) 4.0m (Max) for sand soil

ii) 2.0 to 3.0 for loamy soil

iii) 1.0 for heavy clayey soil

iv) 0.5 to 1.0 for intermediate soil texture.

• Slope:

i) Wide slope of 1 in 3 (i.e 18.50 to the horizontal)

➢ It is advisable to avoid the topsoil storage, specifically the longterm one.

However if storage is unavoidable upon completion of the surface of the

heap, the following steps are to be followed to keep the soil in good

health and to increase its shelf life :

• Surface ripping with suitable sub-soiling machine for the purpose

of aeration and relieving surface compaction.

• Immediate cultivation of suitable low maintanance species like

dwarf grasses to prevent erosion and guily formation.

• Maintenance of surface vegetation actively by seeding, mowing,

and weed control operation.

e) Topsoil Carpeting

The following golden rules need to be observed:

• Overburden, sub-soil and topsoil should be respread to correct sequence putting the topsoil on the top of the back filled area.

• Top soil should be respread over the restoration area at an even depth so as to achieve the final level and suitable configuration for drainage.

• As far as possible progressive top soil reclaimation technique should be practised. The topsoil from the area lying just ahead of the advancing opencast mine edge should be scrapped off by scrapper and immediately placed over the technically reclaimed area.

• Compaction of topsoil after respreading over reclaimed area should be avoided by properly planning the movement of Earth


Moving Machinery and carrying out the operation in dry period only.

• If topsoil is to be reclaimed from the heap for spread in the backfilled area and OB dump area, the reclaimation should be planned in such a way that materials from aerobic , transition and anaerobic zones are taken simultaneously. The above zones should not be taken out separately as it is essential to use the active surface layer as ‘inoculum’ during soil respreading to recover the inactive portion of the mound as quickly as possible.

• Revegetated topsoil dumps with legumas (Stylosanthes) and grasses, which not only protect the stockpiles from wind and water erosion, but also maintain active soil micribes population and help restoring the nutrient cycling.

• Mulching: If possible, after the application of topsoil, a layer of mulch(2-3” or 5-8 cm thick) may apply to cover topsoil and provides organic matter initially. The mulch layer will prevent soil to dry out and crusted, reduce evaporation, ameliorate extreme temperature, prevent erosion and creates congenial microhabitat for soil biological community.

Fig No 10a: Zones of Topsoil

f) Topsoil redistribution: -

After the final grading, the topsoil would be redistributed in a manner that

achieves an approximate uniform stable thickness consistent with the post

mining land uses, contours, and surface water drainage system.


Technical Reclamation

Technical reclamation will be backfilling of excavated area with overburden in

a systematic manner & spreading of topsoil. It depends on the depth and

volume of overburden removed and equipment’s used for mining. Technical

reclamation would involve breaking and leveling the top of OB dumps, filling of

gulleys and terracing etc. The de-coaled area after simultaneous backfilling

and external dump area will be leveled by means of dozers keeping a mild

slope of about 1 in 200 for surface water drainage for plantation and other

recreational purposes.

Biological Reclamation

In view of importance of vegetal cover towards environment, the technical

reclamation will be strengthened by biological reclamation for conserving the

environment.

Plantation Technique On Overburden Dump

BCCL has adopted the ecological restoration method for biological reclamation

in which 3- tier plantation of native species of grasse, bushes/shrubs and trees

is being done. The lower most tier is grasses ; second tier is shrubs and

bushes and third tier is trees. The ecological restoration process of

degradedmined areas and OB dumps consits of the following steps :

1. Physical reclamtion of the degraded mined out areas

2. Weeds removal

3. Mulching at the site

4. Fencing of the site

5. Preparation and broadcasting of the grass seed balls

6. Plantation of the saplings at the rate 2500 per ha

7. Preparation and broadcasting of the native bushes/shrubs and

trees species seeds to ensure the dense plantation

8. Regular irrigation and uprooting of the weeds to ensure the growth

of the native species plants.


For successful biological reclamation of the reclaimed area, preference will be

given to endemic species and mixed culture. The species will be selected

carefully from the following groups for quick reclamation:

• Nitrogen fixing tree species for fuel wood, timber and fodder

• Fruit bearing tree species

• Tree species with dense foliage for shade

• Flowering and ornamental tree species.

QUARRY AND INTERNAL DUMPS

Having backfilled the de-coaled area with overburden, internal dumps will be

reclaimed and then re-vegetated. The remaining void in the quarry will be

developed as water harvesting structure as well as public utility lagoon which

will serve following purposes:

• Source of supply of water for industrial and fire fighting purposes.

• Source of supply of potable water after necessary treatment.

• A place of bathing and washing for the local population.

• Pisciculture.

• For recharging the aquifer in the area.

For such purposes, the pathway to the reservoir is gently graded and the depth

of water is limited.

Drainage Arrangement for External OB Dump & For Internal Dump

Drainage arrangement for OB dumps

(i) Catch drain

Catch drain of appropriate size will be provided on all terrace at the

foot of next bench to receive the storm water from upper bench.

(ii) Foot drain / Garland drain

Garland drain will be provided through out OB dump along with settling

tanks. Water discharges to natural courses after the settling tank.


Drainage arrangement for internal OB dumps

A part of the quarry will be backfilled with overburden. The backfilling will be

carried out in a phased manner. Once the backfilling has reached a certain

predetermined reduced level, the plots will be levelled graded and cleared of

large stone pieces lying on the surface. The slope of the ground will be made

very gentle as far as possible (preferably less than 2%). The graded and leveled

area will be divided into small sectors and small check bunds will be constructed

to retain moisture and humus in the soil. The drainage arrangements for

precipitation run-off are as follows:

• During working stage, the run-off will be collected from internal dump

by foot drain for diverting to mine sump for pumping.

• In the post-mining period, the drainage pattern of the reclaimed area

will be such that the run-off will be diverted to final void of the quarry

which will be developed as a water reservoir for water harvesting and

also recharging the aquifer in the surrounding area.

There is an intricate relationship between surface water and ground water. In

the monsoon period, till the aquifer attains its original ground water level,

surface water bodies like stream, ponds & lakes recharge the aquifer. As soon

as ground water recoups and attains its level, it contributes again to surface

water bodies. After post-monsoon period, this process is reversed again as

ground water level gets lowered from the original level.

The mine dewatering brings down ground water level in the immediate vicinity of

the mine. Maximum effort will be made to recycle or reuse the treated mine

discharge water totally to the extent possible by keeping the makeup water in

different sumps or low lying areas of the project.

The calendar programme for Year-wise dumping schedule is as given in the

subsequent tables: -


Table 10.6: Dumping schedule for Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

• Calendar Programme of Coal(MT) & OB (Mm3)

Year KALYANESHWARI OCP

YEAR KALYANESHWARI OCP

YEAR KALYANESHWARI OCP

COAL(MT) OB(Mm3) COAL(MT) OB(Mm3) COAL(MT) OB(Mm3)

C1 Construction Year 13th 4 13.83 26th 4 14.52

1st 0.00 2 14th 4 13.86 27th 4 14.25

2nd 0.00 5 15th 4 13.67 28th 4 10.84

3rd 0.40 6.69 16th 4 14.33 29th 4 10.86

4th 0.70 8.44 17th 4 14.39 30th 4 10.86

5th 0.80 9 18th 4 14.52 31st 4 10.86

6th 1.00 10.7 19th 4 14.52 32nd 4 10.86

7th 1.50 11.28 20th 4 14.52 33rd 4 10.86

8th 2.50 12.6 21st 4 14.52 34th 4 6.25

9th 3.73 13.48 22nd 4 14.52 35th 4 5.08

10th 4 13.47 23rd 4 14.52 36th 4 5.08

11th 4 13.83 24th 4 14.52 37th 4 5.08

12th 4 13.83 25th 4 14.52 38th 0.36 0.45

TOTAL 122.96 418.73

However, the peak production of 5.20 Mty(4.0 Mty + 30%) may be achieved occasionally by better utilization of resources & favourable geo-mining conditions.

Table 10.7: Yearly Backfilling Schedule of Internal and External OB (Mm3)

YEAR INTERNAL

DUMP EXTERNAL

DUMP TOTAL YEAR

INTERNAL DUMP

EXTERNAL DUMP

TOTAL

Cl - P1 2.00 2.00 P20 5.08 9.44 14.52 P2 5.00 5.00 P21 5.08 9.44 14.52 P3 6.69 6.69 P22 6.53 7.98 14.52 P4 8.44 8.44 P23 6.53 7.98 14.52 PS 9.00 9.00 P24 7.98 6.53 14.52 P6 10.70 10.70 P25 7.98 6.53 14.52 P7 11.28 11.28 P26 9.27 4.99 14.25 P8 12.60 12.60 P27 7.04 3.79 10.84 P9 13.48 13.48 P28 8.14 2.71 10.86 P10 13.47 13.47 P29 9.71 1.15 10.86 P11 13.83 13.83 P30 10.86 10.86 P12 13.83 13.83 P31 10.86 10.86 P13 13.83 13.83 P32 10.86 10.86 P14 13.86 13.86 P33 10.86 10.86 P15 13.67 13.67 P34 6.25 6.25 P16 3.58 10.74 14.33 P35 5.08 5.08 P17 3.60 10.80 14.39 P36 5.08 5.08 P18 3.63 10.89 14.52 P37 5.08 5.08 P19 5.08 9.44 14.52 P38 0.45 0.45

TOTAL 154.62 264.11 418.73


POST MINING LAND USE PLAN

Details of final land use of mine lease area is given here under: Table 10.8: Land Use of Cluster XVII



1 Running Quarry* Backfilled 0 0 Not Backfilled 115.00 0


3 External OB dump 22.64 0 4 Service building/ Mine



6 Coal dump 3.31 0 7 Road and rail


8 Ag/Fallow Land 557.81 60.6 9 Forest Land 0 0 10 Plantation

Plantation 24.78 914.04 Grass Carpeting 0 156

11 Water Body 130.08 130.97 12 Barren Land 610.24 439.7

Total 1844.09 1844.09 *Running quarry is part of present Damagoria Colliery

Management Plan for Flora and Fauna

i) Habitat Loss & Plantation

At the end of mine life i.e. during Post closure total area to be afforested for

the project will be 914.04 Ha with 22, 85,100 nos. of plants. Species to be

planted will be endemic species and other common species like Neem, Sal,

Bargad, Siris, Mahua, Amla, Kendu, Arjun, Sheesham & Bamboo. The green

cover with tall trees will be followed by bush and shrubs. This will help the

faunas to build their habitat and not get disturbed.

ii) Bird bath

Birds cool themselves in summer by flapping their wings in water and bathing

by dipping their heads. The mine void at closure period will act as bird bath.

iii) Noise/light pollution control

Proper machine maintenance, air silencers to modulate noise, synchronized

blasting in different mines and tree belt are effective means to act as acoustic

barriers. Dispersion of light can be minimized by covering upper half of


headlight with black paint, orienting all overhead light towards mine pits,

allowing light only to the required area by proper shades etc. Controlled

blasting will be done. Vehicle movement shall be minimized to the extent

possible from the plantation zone.

iv) Awareness

Undertaking outreach activities to sensitize local communities, which may be

carried out by a network of student/clubs community.

Local youth in different schools shall be sensitized on forest and wildlife

conservation and their role in curbing the degrading factors. Conservation of

soil, water, flora and fauna will be possible only when the villagers of nearby

area understand their duties and responsibilities as well. Sensitization

seminars will be done on World Environment Day among the villagers.

Villagers will be encouraged to open up and put their views. At such functions,

suitable rewards should be given to members of public/workers taking keen

interest in the conservation.

v) Monitoring and evaluation

The raising of plantation and establishment, reclamation plan etc. shall be

monitored regularly by project authority for maintaining the survival rate.

vi) Conservation of existing water bodies & tree groves:

The catchment area of nearby drainage channels will be maintained and these

channels will be kept clean so that the free flow of rain waters is ensured. No

garbage dumping in theses drainage channels will have to be ensured. The

increased number of trees will increase flowering and hence the insects and

butterflies will increase which may serve the assured food supply.

MANAGEMENT OF WASTES

(A) Non-Toxic Solid Waste The solid wastes generated from the mine (418.73 Mm3) during the coal


production are non-hazardous and non-toxic in nature. The above solid wastes

will be disposed by backfilling the mined out area and then re-vegetating

without causing any siltation problem on surface water bodies.

(B) Toxic Wastes Toxic wastes like used oil, used batteries, oily sludge, besides filter and filter

materials containing oil during maintenance of vehicles will be generated from

this project.

Used oil will be stored in drums safely in store either for disposal through

auction to the authorized re-processors. Used batteries will be stored safely for

auction to the authorized re-processors. As regards oily sludge besides filter

and filter materials, the same will be disposed of in impervious layer lined pits

without causing environmental hazards.

Table 10.9: Wastes and their disposal methods.

Sl. No.

Waste description Method of disposal

1. Used oil Will be stored in drums safely in store for disposal through auction to the authorized re-processors. 2. Oil and grease

3. Used batteries To be stored safely for auction to the authorized re-processors.

4. Oily sludge To be disposed in impervious layer lined pits.

5. Filters & filter materials containing oil during maintenance of vehicles

MANAGEMENT / DECOMMISSIONING OF INFRASTRUCTURE The infrastructure like workshop, office buildings, residential colony, roads and

transmission lines, etc., will be provided for the project. Considering the

ground realities existing during the period just 1 year before mine closure plan

for reutilization in neighboring mines or decommissioning will be made. If

decommissioning of infrastructure is done, the land occupied by the

infrastructure will be restored for some useful purpose. The cost for

decommissioning will be met from the 'Escrow account' created for mine


closure activities.

MANAGEMENT / DECOMMISSIONING OF MINING MACHINERY

The salvaging and shifting operation of mining machinery and other equipment

will be planned considering the ground realities existing during the period 1

year advance of final closure of the mine. The cost for decommissioning will

be met from the 'Escrow account' created for mine closure activities.

MANAGEMENT OF FIRE AND UNSTABLE AREAS The cluster of mines will be dovetailed with the approved Master Plan for



BCCL has already been approved by government of India. In cluster-XVII, 8

nos. of sites consisting of 3025 no. of houses/families are affected by

subsidence. The affected families will be rehabilitated in adjacent non coal

bearing area at a cost of Rs. 28982.29 lakhs

MANAGEMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Following measures are suggested for minimizing the adverse impacts on

socioeconomic environment. Communication with the local community would

be done on regular basis by the project authorities to provide an opportunity

for discussion. Project authorities will organize regular environmental

awareness programmes. Social welfare activities to be undertaken by the

project authorities, in collaboration with local administration. Locally available

workforce would be given preference in the employment.

10.4 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF BCCL ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT

BCCL has an Environmental Department at the HQ level with a General

Manager as head. Nodal officers at Area levels have been identified so that

guidelines and policy matters are duly communicated to all concerned for

implementation of the directives. The statutory responsibilities outlined in the

different acts applicable are as under:-

• Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981.

• Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974.


• Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess Act 1977.

• Environment protection Act 1986.

In addition to these, other acts, regulations & guidelines as introduced from

time to time by MoEF&CC and SPCB will have to be followed and

implemented. The jobs to be carried out at the project level can be classified

under the following heads:

Monitoring of ambient environment

• Monitoring of emissions

• Management of impacts

The impact assessment from the activities is sought to be continuously carried

out to evaluate the appropriateness of the planning processes for necessary

correction at both the ends of planning and implementation. The different

characteristics are also sought to be studied for designing / modification of the

mitigative measures.

The Environmental Dept. at the project level with a Project Officer as the

Officer In charge will be assisted by Area nodal officer (Env.). The

organizational structure of Environmental Management Department at

corporate level has been shown in Chart – 1.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


ORGANIZATION CHART OF ENVIRONMENT DEPARTMENT

DIRECTOR (TECHNICAL), BCCL HQ

GENERAL MANAGER, CV AREA, BCCL

AREA NODAL OFFICER (ENVIRONMENT)

PROJECT OFFICER OF THE COLLIERIES

NODAL OFFICER (ENVIRONMENT) OF THE

COLLIERIES

Dy. GENERAL MANAGER (ENVIRONMENT)

BCCL HQ

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL, BCCL HQ

Fig No 10b: Organization Chart of BCCL

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


10.5 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES Table No 10.10: CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES







1 Dozer 320 HP (4 nos. reqd.) 791.86



4 Others (F. Engine & Assemblies, Contingency, etc.) 98.98

SUB-TOTAL 1077.99









SUB-TOTAL 1018.94



2 EMP Report 50.00




SUB-TOTAL 151.00


(A) - CAPITAL





_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Sl. No.

Element Annually Recurring Cost

(Rs. in Lakhs) 1 Pollution Control 20.00 2 Routine Environmental Monitoring 35.00 3 Occupational health & safety 10.00 4 Green belt & Biological reclamation

(Proposed plantation cost averaged over the entire life of mine)

12.07

5 Water Cess, CTO / CTE (LS) 15.00 6 Others(including additional studies) (LS) 15.00

Total 107.07


CHAPTER-XI

REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN (NCRAP)

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN (NCRAP)

268-315


11.2 ASSESEMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE, ECONOMIC BENEFITS AND VALIDATION OF BASELINE DATA

275


282

11.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) 313

11.5 CONCLUSION 315

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO TABLE NAME PAGE NO

11.1 DETAILS OF SITE UNDER MASTER PLAN. 273 11.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 276 11.3 NOISE LEVEL DATA FOR CLUSTER XVII 277 11.4 SURAFCE WATER QUALITY OF BARAKAR RIVER DURING

MAR’18 277

11.5 DRINKING WATER QUALITY OF CLUSTER XVII DURING MAR’18 278 11.6 QUARTERLY MONITORING DATA OF DAMAGORIA MINE

EFFLUENT DURING MAR’ 2018 279

11.7 ECONOMIC BENEFITS OF CLUSTER XVII DUE TO PRODUCTION ABOVE 1993-94 LEVEL

281

11.8 LIST OF VARIOUS SPECIES TO BE PLANTED AT THE SITE

287

11.9 THE TENTATIVE COST FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION

293

11.10 SPECIES SUGGESTED IN THE ROADMAP PREPARED BY FRI, DEHRADUN

296

11.11 TENTATIVE EXPENDITURE OF IFS SYSTEM 303 11.12 COST OF HANDLOOM WEAVING TRAINING PROGRAMME 306 11.13 FOR 2018-19, ACTION PLAN PREPARED UNDER HEAD CSR 308 11.14 LIST OF CSR ACTIVITIES UNDERTAKEN IN CV AREA DURING

2013-17 308

11.15 PUBLIC EXPECTATION SHOWN DURING PH 309 11.16 PROPOSED REMEDIATION PLAN AND NATURAL AND

COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN(NCRAP) 311

11.17 LIST OF SCHEMES BEING IMPLEMENTED BY BCCL FOR COMMUNITY BENEFIT

314


LIST OF FIGURES

FIG NO FIG NAME PAGE NO 11.a SUBSIDENCE & RESETTLEMENT 272 11.b ILLEGAL MINING 273 11.c ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION SITES OF BCCL 283-285 11.d STEPS OF ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION 291 11.e PHYSICAL RECLAMATION OF THE OB DUMP AT CLUSTER- XVII 292 11.f BIOLOGICAL RECLAMATION OF THE OB DUMP AT CLUSTER- XVII

TAKEN UP IN 2018 292

11.g NURSERIES AT BCCL 294 11.h AVENUE PLANTATION DONE ALONG THE ROADSIDE BY BCCL 295 11.i LAYOUT OF ECO-PARK 297 11.j ECO-TOURISM 297-298 11.k PROPOSED CIRCUIT FOR PROMOTION OF ECOTOURISM IN MINES

OF BCCL 298-299

11.l VARIOUS LIVELIHOOD TRAININGS CONDUCTED FOR LOCAL PUBLIC BY TERI UNIVERSITY

300-301

11.m INTEGRATED FARMING ECO-SYSTEM 302 11.n IFS SITE 303-304 11.o HANDLOOM WEAVING TRAINING PROGRAM 305 11.p WATER SUPPLY & MEDICAL CAMPS 307

Compliance of Terms of Reference dated 16th October 2018

Sl. No.

Specific ToR conditions Details at

Chapter No. Section No. Page No.

7(i) The State Government/SPCB to take action against the project proponent under the provisions of Section 19 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and further no consent to operate or occupancy certificate to be issued till the project is granted.

Chapter – XI 11.2 281 to 282

7(ii) The project proponent shall be required to submit a bank guarantee equivalent to the amount of remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan with the SPCB prior to the grant of EC. The quantum shall be recommended by the EAC and finalized by the regulatory authority. The bank guarantee shall be released after successful implementation of the EMP, followed by recommendations of the EAC and approval of the regulatory authority.

Chapter – XI 11.2 281 to 282

7(iii) Assessment of ecological damage with respect to air, water, land and other environmental attributes. The collection and analysis of data shall be done by an environmental laboratory duly notified under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, or an environmental laboratory accredited by NABL, or a laboratory of a Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) institution working in the field of environment.

Chapter -XI 11.2 275 to 280

7(iv) Preparation of EMP comprising remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan corresponding to the ecological damage assessed and economic benefits derived due to violation.


7(v) The remediation plan and the natural and community resource augmentation plan to be prepared as an independent chapter in the EIA report by the accredited consultants.



Sl. No.

Specific ToR conditions Details at

Chapter No. Section No. Page No.

7(vi) Public Hearing (PH) has been conducted on 27.04.2018 covering all the issues, Committee felt that one time PH as per the order of Hon’ble High Court of Madras has already taken care and hence repeat PH is not required.

-

7(vii) Socio-Economic Study following standard procedures to be included, impact due to project activities to be assessed and remedial measures, during Construction and Operation, to be proposed based on the Field Study and Public Hearing.

Chapter-III, Chapter-IV,

3.9

4.7

143

176

7(viii)

Validation of base line data with ongoing post monitoring data and snapshot if required 15 days BLD.

Chapter-XI

11.2

275 to 279

7(ix) Fund allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per as per Ministry’s O.M No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May, 2018 for various activities therein. The details of fund allocation and activities for CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


7(x) The Project Proponent shall give an undertaking by way of affidavit to comply with all the statutory requirements and judgement of Hon’ble Supreme Court dated the 2nd August 2017 in Writ Petition (Civil) No. 114 of 2014 in the matter of Common Cause verses Union of India and Ors. before grant of ToR/EC. The undertaking inter-alia include commitment of the PP not to repeat any such violation in future in case of violation of above undertaking, the Tor/Environmental Clearance shall be liable to be terminated forthwith.


7(xi) NoC from ground water point of view from CGWA/concerned state authority.

In process

7(xii) Study the alternative technologies and justification for selected technology for coal washing.

Chapter-V 5.1, 5.2 &

5.3 197 to 201

7(xiii) Copy of approved mining plan. Copy enclosed.


CHAPTER-XI

REMEDIAL PLAN-CUM-NATURAL AND COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN (NCRAP)

11.1 Introduction

The mines of Cluster-XVII are more than 100 years old taken over mines of BCCL. Mining was

carried out by the erstwhile private owners with the sole motto of profit making and ‘more hole

more coal’ dictum without any regard to safety, conservation and environment.

BCCL has some unique inherent and perennial characteristics which adversely affects the normal

mining operations of the Company and therefore the mining conditions of BCCL should not be

considered at par with other coal companies. This ‘slaughter mining’ in the coalfield over a long

period resulted in severe land degradation, subsidence, mine fires and other socio-environmental

problems.

➢ Land degradation due to unscientific pre-nationalisation mining practices: abandoned quarries,

overburden dumps, degraded soil, mine fires and subsidence etc. This has created potential

danger to railway lines, river/ jores, roads, houses and inhabitants.

➢ Unstable workings: Undersized pillars, unstowed voids, shallow cover workings, widened and

heightened workings, for the same reason.

➢ Large number of surface and underground water bodies in developed/ abandoned workings in

upper seams are potential source of danger for working the lower seams.

➢ Difficult geo-mining conditions due to closely spaced coal horizons.

➢ Highly gassy coal seams with high proneness to spontaneous heating.

➢ The mining area is densely populated and occupants are living since a century, even on

subsidence prone areas.

➢ Rampant illegal mining by locals resulting in loss of life

These working conditions have greatly affected proper exploitation of coal and profitability of the

company. BCCL was referred to BIFR as a sick company consequent upon its Net Worth becoming

negative in 1995, came out in December, 1997 again referred to BIFR in 2001. Since

nationalisation of mines, BCCL was operating its mines for safety purpose and sustain the

livelihood of its workers rather than for profit making.

After nationalization of mines in 1972-73 by BCCL, steps are taken with implementation of various

schemes for mitigation of environmental and safety impacts of previous mining during private

mining period. Studies and surveys were conducted in the mining leasehold of BCCL for

formulation and execution of various Remedial plans with respect to environment, ecology and

community damages accrued due to a very long unscientific mining practices. BCCL has been

executing these remedial plans from its own fund as well as from the fund provided by GoI. The


different Remedial-cum-Natural and Community resource augmentation plans (NCRAP) already

being executed by BCCL are as below:

11.1.1 Master Plan for dealing with fire, subsidence and rehabilitation in leasehold of BCCL:

Areas affected with subsidence

BCCL Colony for resettlement

Fig No 11.a: Subsidence & Resettlement

• A Master Plan for dealing with fire, subsidence and rehabilitation in leasehold of BCCL is

approved by Government of India on 12th August 2009 and is under implementation under

supervision of HPCC of MoC and Hon’ble Supreme Court under WP(C ) 381/1997 filed by

Haradhan Roy, Ex MP.

• Rehabilitation of Non-BCCL houses and shifting of Roads, Rail lines and other Utility services

is responsibility of State Govt. of Jharkhand/West Bengal through Jharia Rehabilitation &

Development Authority (JRDA) & Asansol Durgapur Development Authority (ADDA).

• Implementation of the subsidence, fire and rehabilitation schemes of BCCL houses is

responsibility of BCCL.

• The Master plan is to be implemented in two phases of 05 years each after pre-

implementation period of 02 years.


• A total of 3025 houses rehabilitation at a cost of 289.82 crores are under implementation by

BCCL and Asansol Durgapur Development Authority (ADDA). Till date Rs 37 crores

expenditure has been made.

• The funding of the Plan is being done by CIL/MoC. The 11 identified sites in this cluster has

total fund provision of 50.69 crores/year for first five years and 0.12 crores/year in last five

years. The Plan is scheduled to be completed by August 2021.

Table 11.1: Details of site under Master Plan

No of

sites

Affected

Areas Ha.

No of houses Total Amount

(in crores) BCCL Pvt Encroachers Others Total

11 88.26 280 2693 0 72 3025 289.82

11.1.2 It also became necessary to excavate out unstable areas so that no further encroachment takes

place in such localities and exposure to dangerous conditions are avoided.

11.1.3 The old OC and UG openings were prone to illegal mining and created danger to persons

involved in such activities. 08 sites of illegal mining are identified out of which 03 sites namely

Muchipara, Corapara, Borira village are under serious danger of subsidence. To overcome this,

such openings are being monitored regularly and openings are closed immediately on reopening

by such elements (by filling 81582.86 cu.m.OB). However after full-fledged operation at

Kalyaneshwari OC , such areas will be liquidated and no such possibility will be there.

Fig No 11.b: Illegal Mining

Earlier Department of mines and geology, Government of Jharkhand instituted a study on “Illegal

coal mining in Jharkhand and Control Strategies” by XLRI Jamshedpur School of Business &

Human Resources Jamshedpur to examine status and suggest remedial measures report of which

was submitted in May 2008. The report has commented on those involved in the illegal mining, as:


“Superficially, individuals involved in illegal coal supply chain appear as the primary beneficiaries.

However, a deeper analysis tells us that they are the exploiters as well as the exploited. They

exploit a natural resource that is abundantly available in their neighborhood, though in a way that is

considered illegal under the law.

By undertaking an illegal activity that also imposes huge health and social costs, individuals

involved in illegal coal supply chain activities underwrite their value of life to provide sustenance to

their families. Due to the strenuous nature of work and hardships associated with it, individuals

involved in illegal coal supply chain forego almost 8 years of their productive life. As these

individuals, most often the sole bread earners for their families, become incapable of providing

sustenance income at an early age. One or more younger members of the family get sucked into

the vicious cycle of illegal coal supply chain. ”

The report also suggested some control measures such as Socio-economic development

strategies like Improve access to education, Access to drinking water, sanitation and health care,

Institutional arrangements for community development and participation and Strategies to create

alternate employment opportunities to wean away a large population that draws sustenance from

illegal coal economy. These includes:

(i) Reclamation, afforestation, and various environmental initiatives

(ii) Revival of natural resource base (common property resources (CPR) like village ponds, grazing

lands, forests) to enhance sustenance income opportunities for village communities.

(iii) To improve self-sustenance, encourage pisiculture, dairy based industries; poultry farms etc.

provide necessary training and inputs.

(iv) Coal companies engage a large fleet of private vehicles – give preference to village

cooperatives to meet such demands and provide funds if necessary.

(v) Create women’s self-help groups in all villages and help them to engage in cottage industries

and other economic activities.

BCCL has initiated multi-pronged approach using Mining as well as welfare through CSR to deal

with problem. The CSR aims at increasing well-being of people through education, health care,

sanitation as well as skill development. Vehicles of village cooperatives are hired by company to

meet its requirement.

11.1.4 BCCL has prepared a Roadmap for Ecological restoration of mined out areas in BCCL in 2011

through Forest Research Institute (ICFRE), Dehradun and is being successfully implemented.

11.1.5 BCCL has formulated Corporate Environmental Policy and addressing its Corporate Environment

Responsibility (CER) for growth of nation, benefit of people and company.


11.2 ASSESEMENT OF ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE, ECONOMIC BENEFITS AND VALIDATION OF

BASELINE DATA

The liquidation of subsidence and unstable areas in Damagoria has yielded coal in excess to 1993-

94 level of the cluster. The excess production normally result in more pollutant emission in air and

degradation of land. However in this case, the air quality is not significantly affected and no fresh

land is acquired during this mining. Hence there is no significant negative impact on ecology of the

region and has in fact positive impact on ensuring safety of persons of the region.

Under Routine Environment Monitoring of Cluster XVII, Ambient Air Quality and Noise Levels are

analysed on a monthly basis and Effluent Water Quality, Surface Water Quality Drinking Water

Quality are analysed on quarterly basis.

Validation of Baseline data for Ambient Air Quality: Ambient Air Quality monitoring result of

Core Zone of Cluster XVII shows that it is well within standards laid out in NAAQS 2009. The result


of fortnightly monitoring of Ambient Air Quality of Cluster XVII for the month of May ’18 and Jun ’18

are given in Table 11.2:

Table 11.2: Ambient Air Quality

Cluster – XVII Ambient Air QUALITY DATA

Zone: Core Category: Industrial

Station Name: Dates of sampling PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

A26, Begunia

Project

06.06.2018 82 42 12 33 18.06.2018 89 50 18 36 02.07.2018 78 40 11 30 16.07.2018 83 48 14 30

A27, Damagoria 06.06.2018 94 50 14 38 18.06.2018 82 53 13 26 02.07.2018 80 46 12 28 16.07.2018 82 50 15 24

Routine Environment monitoring data of core zone of Cluster XVII for the Month of Jun’-Jul’ 2018

shows that PM 2.5 value ranges between 40 µg/m3 to 53 µg/m3. PM 2.5 values in baseline data for

core zone ranges between 25.1 µg/m3 to 58.3 µg/m3.

Routine Environment monitoring data of PM 10 of core zone of Cluster XVII for the Month of Jun’-

Jul’ 2018 ranges between 78 µg/m3 to 91 µg/m3. PM 10 values in baseline data for core zone

ranges between 44.9 µg/m3 to 98.5 µg/m3.

Routine Environment monitoring data of SO2 of core zone of Cluster XVII for the Month of Jun’-Jul’

2018 ranges between 11 µg/m3 to 18 µg/m3. SO2 values in baseline data for core zone ranges

between 9.0 µg/m3 to 18.9 µg/m3.

Routine Environment monitoring data of NOX of core zone of Cluster XVII for the Month of Jun’-Jul’

2018 ranges between 26 µg/m3 to 36 µg/m3. NOX values in baseline data for core zone ranges

between 13.5 µg/m3 to 28.3 µg/m3.

Validation of Baseline data for Noise level: Routine Environment Monitoring for Noise level of

Cluster XVII shows that it is well within the standards laid out in MOEF Gazette Notification No.

GSR 742(E) dt. 25.09.2000 Standards for Coal Mines and Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Rules, 2000. Result of Noise level data of Cluster XVII for the core zone is given in Table 11.3:


Table 11.3: Noise level data for Cluster XVII

Name of the Project : Cluster -XVII Month: JULY, 2018

Sl. No. Station Name/Code Category of area Date Noise level

dB(A)LEQ

*Permissible Limit of Noise level in dB(A)

1 Begunia Project (N26) Industrial area 02.07.18 62.7

75

2 Begunia Project (N26) Industrial area 16.07.18 63.9

75

3 Damagoria (N27)

Industrial area 02.07.18 62.9

75

4 Damagoria (N27)


75

5 Dahibari OCP (N22)


75

6 Dahibari OCP (N22) Industrial area 17.07.18 63.2

75

7 Basantimata UGP (N23) Industrial area 03.07.18 64.2

75

8 Basantimata UGP (N23) Industrial area 17.07.18 62.3

75

Routine Environmental Monitoring of Noise level in Industrial Area of Cluster XVII shows that

LEQ(day) value ranges between 62.3 dB and 64.8 dB. Baseline data of Industrial area of

Cluster XVII for Noise level with respect to LEQ(day) ranges between 45.6 to 63.9

Validation of Baseline data for Surface Water Quality: Result of quarterly monitoring of

Surface Water Quality of Surface Water Sample collected from Barakar River shows that most

of the parameters are well within limits prescribed IS:2296-1986(Inland Surface water) Class C.

Result of Quarterly monitoring data of quarterly monitoring of Surface Water Quality of Surface

Water Sample collected from Barakar River is as given in the Table 11.4:

Table 11.4: Surafce water quality of Barakar River during Mar’18

Sl.No Parameter Sampling Stations Detection

Limit

IS:2296 – 1982 (Inland surface water)

Class C

BIS Standard &

Method SW-35 SW-36

1 Arsenic (as As), mg/l,

Max

<0.002 <0.002 0.002 0.2

IS 3025/37:1988

R : 2003, AAS-VGA

2 BOD (3 days 27oC), mg/l,

Max

2.0 2.2 2.00 300

IS 3025 /44: 1993, R :

2003

3 day incubation at 27°C

3 Colour ( Hazen Unit) colourless colourless Qualitative 300

Physical/Qualitative

4 Chlorides (as Cl), mg/l,

Max

41 47 2.00 600

IS-3025/32:1988, R-

2007, Argentometric

5 Copper (as Cu), mg/l,

Max

<0.03 <0.03 0.001 1.5

IS 3025 /42 : 1992

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

6 Disolved Oxygen, min. 3.6 3.6 0.10 4 IS 3025/381989,

R : 2003, Winkler Azide

7 Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 0.28 0.32 0.02 1.5

APHA, 22nd Edition

SPADNS

8 Hexavalent Chromium,

mg/l, Max

0.033 0.035 0.01 0.05

APHA, 22nd Edition, 1,5

-

Diphenylcarbohydrazide

9 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max <0.06 <0.06 0.06 50 IS 3025 /53 : 2003,

R : 2009 , AAS-Flame

10 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max <0.005 <0.005 0.005 0.1

APHA, 22nd Edition

AAS-GTA

11 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l,

Max

5.75 6.88 0.50 50

APHA, 22nd Edition,

UV-Spectrphotometric

12 pH value 8.22 7.96 2.5 6.5-8.5

IS-3025/11:1983, R-

1996, Electrometric

13 Phenolic compounds

(as C6H5OH), mg/l, Max

<0.002 <0.002 0.002 5.0

APHA, 22nd Edition

4-Amino Antipyrine


Sl.No Parameter Sampling Stations Detection

Limit

IS:2296 – 1982 (Inland surface water)

Class C

BIS Standard &

Method SW-35 SW-36

14 Selenium (as Se), mg/l,

Max

<0.002 <0.002 0.002 0.05

APHA, 22nd Edition

AAS-GTA

15 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l,

Max

150 220 2.00 400

APHA, 22nd Edition

Turbidity

16 Total Dissolved Solids,

mg/l, Max

268 372 25.00 1500

IS 3025 /16:1984

R : 2006, Gravimetric

17 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.2

IS 3025 /49 : 1994,

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

Result of quarterly Surface Water Quality of Barakar River being carried out in the Routine

Environmental Monitoring, upon comparing the Baseline data and REM Data shows that most of

the parameters are well within limit prescribed in IS: 2296 Standards (Class-C). Parameters such

as TDS, Chlorides, Sulphates etc. are slightly higher in the REM samples collected, however these

are also well below the specified IS 2296 standards. However, on the other hand many parameters

such as BOD, Iron, Lead, Zinc Arsenic, Phenolic Compounds etc. are well below the baseline

limits.

Validation of Baseline data for Drinking Water Quality: Result of quarterly monitoring of

Drinking Water Quality of Drinking Water Sample collected from Chaptoria shows that most of the

parameters are well within limits prescribed IS:10500 Drinking Water Standards. Result of

Quarterly monitoring data of quarterly monitoring of Drinking Water Quality of Drinking Water

Sample collected from Chaptoria is as given in the Table 11.5:

Table 11.5: Drinking water quality of Cluster XVII during Mar’18

Sl.

No

Parameter Sampling Stations Detection

Limit

IS:10500

Drinking Water

Standards

Standard / Test

Method DW-17 2 3

1 Boron (as B), mg/l, Max <0.2 0.20 0.5 APHA, 22nd Edition ,Carmine

2 Colour,in Hazen Units 2 1 5 APHA, 22nd Edition ,Pt.-Co. Method

3 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max 49.4 1.60 75 IS-3025/40:1991,

EDTA

4 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max 42 2.00 250 IS-3025/32:1988, R-2007,

Argentometric

5 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max <0.001 0.001 0.05 IS 3025/42 : 1992

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

6 Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 0.48 0.02 1.0 APHA, 22nd Edition , SPADNS

7 Free Residual Chlorine, mg/l,

Min

<0.02 0.02 0.2 APHA, 22nd Edition,

DPD

8 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max <0.06 0.06 0.3 IS 3025 /53 : 2003,


9 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max <0.005 0.005 0.01 APHA, 22nd Edition, AAS-GTA

10 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max <0.02 0.02 0.1 IS-3025/59:2006,

AAS-Flame

11 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max 1.3 0.5 45 APHA, 22nd Edition,


12 Odour Agreeable Qualitative Agreeable IS 3025 /05:1983, R-2012,

Qualitative

13 pH value 7.81 2.5 6.5 to 8.5 IS-3025/11:1983, R-1996,

Electrometric

14 Phenolic compounds

(as C6H5OH), mg/l, Max

<0.001 0.001 0.001 APHA, 22nd Edition,4-Amino

Autipyrine

15 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max <0.002 0.002 0.01 APHA, 22nd Edition, AAS-GTA


Sl.

No

Parameter Sampling Stations Detection

Limit

IS:10500

Drinking Water

Standards

Standard / Test

Method DW-17 2 3

16 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max 68 2.00 200 APHA, 22nd Edition. Turbidity

17 Taste Agreeable Qualitative Acceptable APHA, 22nd Edition. Taste

18 Total Alkalinity (caco3),, mg/l,

Max

124 4.00 200 IS-3025/23:1986,

Titration

19 Total Arsenic (as As), mg/l,

Max

<0.002 0.002 0.01 IS 3025/ 37:1988

R : 2003, AAS-VGA

20 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l,

Max

<0.04 0.04 0.05 IS-3025/52:2003, AAS-Flame

21 Total Dissolved Solids, mg/l,

Max

296 25.00 500 IS 3025 /16:1984


22 Total Hardness (caco3), mg/l,

Max

130 4.00 200 IS-3025/21:1983,

R-2002, EDTA

23 Turbidity, NTU, Max 2 1.0 1 IS-3025/10:1984 R-1996,

Nephelometric

24 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max <0.01 0.01 5.0 IS 3025/ 49 : 1994,

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

25 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max <0.005 0.005 5.0 IS 3025/ 49 : 1994,

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

Result of quarterly Ground Water Quality analysis at Chaptoria village have been compared with

other nearby villages in the area which were analysed in the baseline data, this comparison shows

that most of the parameters are well within limit prescribed in IS: 10500 Standards. Parameters

such as Chlorides, Hardness, alkalinity are within the range of values occurring in the Baseline

data generated (for e.g. TDS varies from 230 to 625 in Baseline data whereas in the above table its

296, similarly Chlorides vary from 30 to 82 whereas it 42 for Chaptoria village etc.) Moreover,

various heavy metals such as Total Chromium, Lead, Zinc, Nickel, Selenium, etc. are well below

the prescribed limits. Also, many physical parameters such as Color, Taste, Odour, pH, Turbidity is

well within range Iron, Lead, Zinc Arsenic, Phenolic Compounds etc. are well below the baseline

limits.

Result of quarterly monitoring of Effluent Water Quality of Mine Water from Damagoria mine shows

that most of the parameters are well within limit prescribed in DW Standards (IS:10500). However, TDS,

Total Alkalinity and Turbidity of the effluent from Damagoria mine is more than the limit prescribed in DW

Standards (IS:10500). Result of Quarterly monitoring data of Damagoria mine effluent is as given in the

Table 11.6:

Table 11.6: Quarterly monitoring data of Damagoria mine effluent during Mar’ 2018

Sl. No

Parameter Test Result Detection

Limit

Permissible Limit as per

DW Standards (IS:10500)

Method of Testing

1 Boron (as B), mg/l, Max <0.02 0.20 0.5 APHA, 22nd Edition ,Carmine

2 Colour,in Hazen Units 3 1 5 APHA, 22nd Edition ,Pt.-Co.

Method

3 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l,

Max

42 1.60 75 IS-3025/40:1991,

EDTA

4 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l,

Max

54 2.00 250 IS-3025/32:1988, R-2007,

Argentometric

5 Copper (as Cu), mg/l,

Max

<0.001 0.001 0.05 IS 3025/42 : 1992

R : 2009, AAS-Flame


Sl. No

Parameter Test Result Detection

Limit

Permissible Limit as per

DW Standards (IS:10500)

Method of Testing

6 Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max 0.76 0.02 1.0 APHA, 22nd Edition , SPADNS

7 Free Residual Chlorine,

mg/l, Min

<0.02 0.02 0.2 APHA, 22nd Edition,

DPD

8 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max <0.06 0.06 0.3 IS 3025 /53 : 2003,


9 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max <0.005 0.005 0.01 APHA, 22nd Edition, AAS-GTA

10 Manganese (as Mn),

mg/l, Max

<0.02 0.02 0.1 IS-3025/59:2006,

AAS-Flame

11 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l,

Max

15.3 0.5 45 APHA, 22nd Edition,


12 Odour Agreeable Qualitative Agreeable IS 3025 /05:1983, R-2012,

Qualitative

13 pH value 7.86 2.5 6.5 to 8.5 IS-3025/11:1983, R-1996,

Electrometric

14 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, Max

<0.001 0.001 0.001 APHA, 22nd Edition,4-Amino

Autipyrine

15 Selenium (as Se), mg/l,

Max

<0.002 0.002 0.01 APHA, 22nd Edition, AAS-GTA

16 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l,

Max

89 2.00 200 APHA, 22nd Edition. Turbidity

17 Taste Acceptable Qualitative Acceptable APHA, 22nd Edition. Taste

18 Total Alkalinity (caco3),,

mg/l, Max

104 4.00 200 IS-3025/23:1986,

Titration

19 Total Arsenic (as As),

mg/l, Max

<0.002 0.002 0.01 IS 3025/ 37:1988

R : 2003, AAS-VGA

20 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max

<0.04 0.04 0.05 IS-3025/52:2003, AAS-Flame

21 Total Dissolved Solids,

mg/l, Max

663 25.00 500 IS 3025 /16:1984


22 Total Hardness (caco3),

mg/l, Max

442 4.00 200 IS-3025/21:1983,

R-2002, EDTA

23 Turbidity, NTU, Max 4 1.0 1 IS-3025/10:1984 R-1996,

Nephelometric

24 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max 0.05 0.01 5.0 IS 3025/ 49 : 1994,

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

25 Nickel as Ni, mg/l Max <0.005 0.005 0.02 IS 3025/ 49 : 1994,

R : 2009, AAS-Flame

Assesment of Land Degradation

Out of 1844.09 Ha of leasehold area of Cluster XVII, a total of 258.41 Ha has been degraded due

to utilization of land for different uses. 205.26 Ha of quarry area has been excavated out of which

42.14 Ha has been reclaimed through backfilling. External OB dump has been has been spread

over an area of 22.64 Ha of which 5 Ha has been taken up for biological reclamation through eco-

restoration. Area of land under Service building/mine infrastructure Is 27.20 Ha while 3.31 Ha of

land is being used as Coal Dump.

Land degradation due to mining activities is only a temporary phenomenon. A total of 914.04 Ha of

land will be reclaimed through plantation during life of mine and in three year post-closure period.

Mine void will be converted into a waterbody which may become a natural resource for local

inhabitants. A total of 75 Ha of land is to be brought under eco-restoration during next ten years in

two phases.


Economic Benefits

The Cluster has been operative to implement Master Plan, to continue employment to existing

employees and to provide coal to the nation. Economic Benefit accrued due to operation of Cluster

is incidental to implementation of Master Plan. Net accrual of economic benefit of Cluster XVII in

process of implementation of Master Plan and thus exceeding 1993-94 production level of Cluster

XVII, is Rs. Four Hundred and Twenty Three Crore Thirty Four Lakhs Eighty Nine Thousand Five

Hundred Thirty Nine and Twenty Nine Pasie Only and its detailed break-up is as given in table

11.7:

Table 11.7: Economic benefits of Cluster XVII due to production above 1993-94 level

Year Total production of Cluster XVII(T)

Excess production (T)

Benefit from excess production (Rs.) (A)

Expenditure made for Master Plan implementation (Rs.) (B)

CSR and other expenditure made (Rs.) (C)

Escrow A/C fund deposited as security (Rs.) (D)

Land Acquisition cost for Subsidence Management (Rs.) (E)

Net Profit (Rs.) (F=A-B-C-D-E)

1993-94 907616 --- ---- --- ---- ---

2013-14 1546887 639271 92,87,45,000.00 -- 9,76,272.00 --- 4,87,17,203.00 87,90,51,525.00

2014-15 1048433 140817 18,13,25,000.00 --- 10,81,674.00 5,90,52,489.20 7,59,34,466.00 4,52,56,370.80

2015-16 2557413 1649797 1,93,65,64,000.00 --- 4,92,80,000.00 6,28,06,240.00 3,09,49,228.00 1,79,35,28,532.00

2016-17 2141770 1234154 1,37,76,49,000.00 32,27,58,027.51 3,87,27,578.00 10,19,71,072.00 3,25,83,212.00 88,16,09,110.49

2017-18 1380834 473218 70,36,42,000.00 -- 5,91,500.00 2,42,67,712.00 4,47,38,787.00 63,40,44,001.00

Total Profit from excess Production ( in Rs.) 4,23,34,89,539.29

Necessity of mining in Cluster XVII

BCCL is facing acute fire, subsidence and rehabilitation issues in its command area, constituted of

more than 100 years old taken over mines. Since nationalization, action are being taken for

mitigation of impacts and liquidation of fire and subsidence by excavating out coal from unstable

locations. EC Proposal of Cluster-XVII was submitted to MoEF&CC for the same, after due

consideration of the proposal it was diverted to Violation committee for excess production owing to

liquidation of unstable areas due to subsidence under the Master Plan.

EAC (violation) considered the proposal on 28.08.2018 and recommended for ToR. However

following conditions imposed are contrary to spirit of implementation of Master Plan for dealing with

fire, subsidence and rehabilitation in leasehold of BCCL and BCCL/CIL endeavor to comply the

directives of Hon’ble Supreme Court [case no WP(C ) 381/1997] to implement mining operation

for ensuring safety of people of affected region and to provide energy security to nation:

7(i) The State Government/SPCB to take action against the project proponent under the provisions of

section 19 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and further no consent to operate or occupancy

certificate to be issued till the project is granted.


7(ii) The project proponent shall be required to submit a bank guarantee equivalent to the amount of

remediation plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan with the SPCB prior to the

grant of EC. The quantum shall be recommended by the EAC and finalized by the regulatory authority.

The bank guarantee shall be released after successful implementation of the EMP, followed by

recommendations of the EAC and approval of the regulatory authority.

7(x) The Project Proponent shall give an undertaking by way of affidavit to comply with all the statutory

requirements and judgment of Hon’ble Supreme Court dated the 2ndAugust 2017 in Writ Petition (Civil)

No. 114 of 2014 in the matter of Common Cause versus Union of India and Ors before grant of ToR/

EC. The undertaking interalia include commitment of the PP not to repeat any such violation in future in

case of violation of above undertaking, the ToR/Environmental Clearance shall be liable to be

terminated forthwith.

It may be noted that the coal mining is being under taken for safety purpose, benefit of nation and

Master Plan dovetailing is basic requirement of approval of cluster concept. The Master Plan for

dealing with fire, subsidence and rehabilitation is itself a remedial plan approved and funded to the

tune of 7112.11 crores by Government of India and Mine closure fund of 13.37 crores are already

deposited in escrow account.

Affidavit in compliance of Condition 7(x) of ToR, as mentioned above, has been submitted to

MoEF&CC and a copy of the same is attached as Annexure-V. Also, BCCL is a subsidiary of Coal

India Limited which is a CPSU, all its accounts are audited by CAG and all the profit, if any,

accruing to BCCL flows to the Exchequer. Any Penalty levied on BCCL will affect the national

interest.

Hence, since the Mining in Cluster XVII of BCCL was being carried out in national interest by a

subsidiary of CPSU without any direct Profit motive so the conditions of ToR with respect to points

7(i), 7(ii) and 7(x) may be waived.

11.3 Remedial Plan-Cum-Natural and community resource Augmentation Plan

Studies and surveys were conducted in the mining leasehold of BCCL for formulation and

execution of various Remedial plans with respect to environment, ecology and community

damages accrued due to a very long unscientific mining practices. BCCL has been executing these

remedial plans from its own fund as well as from the fund provided by GoI.

As Remedial Plan-Cum-Natural and community resource Augmentation Plan, the implementation

of Master Plan will continue .The Ecological restoration with aim to provide livelihood to people in

post closure through forest produce from restored sites, is being implemented. It is also proposed

to implement skill development schemes as done at various places at BCCL (Such as Handloom


Weaving Training Project, similar to established at Mukunda,Alakdiha and Gareria, poultry, animal

rearing etc. ) under CSR activities.

The details of the Remedial Plan-Cum-Natural and community resource Augmentation Plan

are as under:

11.3.1 Ecological Restoration Plan After nationalization of the coal mines, in order to upgrade the environment in and around JCF,

BCCL started an all-round plantation programme. Till 2011, BCCL has done plantation over large

tracts of degraded lands through Divisional Forest Office, Dhanbad or departmentally over 1056.69

ha and 22,29,188 trees. Much of this was monoculture and single-tier plantation comprising of

exotic species. Although this method creates a green cover, it does not establish biodiversity of

species. Therefore, for establishment of biodiversity and ecosystem on mine spoils BCCL adopted

ecological restoration.

BCCL has started ecological restoration since 2011-12 departmentally and is being continuously

increasing the mined out degraded land/OB dumps under ecological restoration.One Model Eco-

restoration Project was started through Forest Research Institute, Dehradun on an OB dump over 8

ha in 2011 and completed in July 2014 and another pilot project undertaken at about 7 ha OB

dump at Damoda Colliery under expert guidance of Prof. C. R. Babu, Project Director, Centre of

excellence of MOEF, Centre for Environmental Management of Degraded Eco-systems (CEMDE),

University of Delhi at the same time. Both the sites have shown excellent results to restore the

greenery in the project site.

Subsequent to the success of the above pilot projects, BCCL has identified surplus man power for

taking up Ecological restoration departmentally after training of manpower at FRI, Dehradun.

Ecological restoration is implemented on 259.87 Ha of mined out land/OB dump till 2017-18 and

further 30.8 Ha degraded mined out/ OB dumps have identified for ecological restoration is

underway in year 2018-19,which includes 05 ha in this cluster. 7500 saplings alongwith native

seeds and grass seeds are utilized in this site till Aug 2018.


Mined out area at Damoda Ghutway before ecological restoration, 2011

Reclaimed site after ecological restoration, 2015

Inclined Ghutway Damoda Site, Barora Area before ecological restoration, 2011

Inclined Ghutway Damoda Site, Barora Area after ecological restoration, 2015

GKKC Site, Kusunda Area before ecological restoration, 2014

GKKC Site, Kusunda Area after ecological restoration, 2016

Cultivation of paddy at GKKC eco-restoration site


Gokul Park, NT-ST, Lodna Area after physical reclamation, 2014

Gokul Park, NT-ST, Lodna Area after ecological restoration, 2016

Ecological restoration site, CV Area before ecological restoration, 2015

Ecological restoration site, CV Area before ecological restoration, 2016

Fig No 11.c: Ecological Restoration Sites of BCCL

FRI, Dehradun has been engaged as technical advisor/expert for the ecological restoration works

being undertaken by BCCL on OB dumps / mined out Areas. Forest Research Institute (FRI),

Dehradun is a premier institution under the Indian Council of Forestry Research and

Education (ICFRE), an autonomous body of Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate

Change, Government of India. FRI is an expert organization the field of forestry, ecological

restoration, restoration of mined out and degraded lands etc. FRI, Dehradun has been

continuously monitoring the ecological restoration sites of BCCL and providing technical inputs for

establishment and enhancement of ecological restoration sites of BCCL. FRI, Dehradun has been

continuously monitoring the physio-chemical properties and other scientific researches like carbon

sequestration, microbial analysis etc. the results of these researches have shown the positives

signs of restoration of the degraded mined out lands in the coal fields of BCCL.

Goals and Objectives:

The basic goals and objectives of restoration are:

• To restore highly degraded but localized sites

• To improve productive capability of degraded lands based on their land capability

• To enhance conservation values of landscapes


• To link the restoration using native species with future income generation capabilities from

forest produce.

Recommended Eco-restoration Interventions

Ecological restoration is dependent on intensive re-vegetation interventions with appropriate blend

of species of trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses after the initial bioengineering interventions. For

restoration strategy to be successful, the measures to be adopted are:

a) Protection of the area from biotic interference by ‘social fencing' which involves seeking

the agreeable support of the local stakeholders (villagers/tribals) by motivating them, rather

than the barbed wire fencing that is conventionally adopted.

b) Construction of a network of flexible and semi-permanent soil and water Conservation

(SWC) structures to stabilize the eroding slopes, check erosion, improve moisture regime

and conserve fertile soil/fine scree for providing congenial micro environment for plant

establishment and growth.

c) Raising vegetation cover of primary successional nature that paves way for plant

communities of higher successional level thus providing ecological stability to degraded

sites.

Protection/Fencing

Live fencing is an economic way of fencing large areas because once established living fences

become permanent. Besides, a living fence around the mining area that is prone to biotic

disturbance has multiple benefits. Besides protection from cattle, a living fence also provides a

buffer, and with an appropriate choice of plants like Agave sislana or, Jatropha curcas, Jatropha

gossypifolia etc., protection as well as greening of sites can evens be achieved.

Land Preparation and Bioengineering measures

The OB will be dozed and top soil will be laid. To conserve the moisture, mulching will be done.

Based on the topographical, vegetation and soil surveys, an integrated approach consisting of a

combination of bioengineering and vegetative interventions will be implemented.

Erosion Control

Control of erosion is important both during mining, post mining and in the restoration programme. A

major objective of restoration is to establish a sustainable vegetation cover to stabilize the site and

prevent or control erosion. But prior to development of plant cover, mine spoil/ soil working is

required to manage erosion from disturbed areas. Since rainfall is not very high in these areas,

severity of erosion due to rain is moderately low. Grassing will be adopted over slopes for erosion

control


Execution of Road Map for Restoration

While selecting species for raising plant communities, the consider following set of criteria are

being considered:

• Plant species most appropriate for the development of sustainable ecological system that

can set the disturbed nutrient cycling process, productivity & regulation of water regime.

• Plant species that ensure rebuilding the damaged wild faunal habitat

• Plant species that ameliorate the substratum and rebuild the organic matter.

• Plant species that can serve the requirements of local population.

The climate of the area being sub-tropical sub-humid monsoonal type with an average 80% of the

total annual precipitation received in a period of 100 days between June and September months.

The vegetation development in the areas is mainly confined to this period. Therefore all seeding

and planting operations have to be initiated in the month of July so that maximum moisture can be

used by plants to sprout, germinate and survive. Seed mixes of the local species of forestry origin

collected and procured are used for preparation of seed mixes for different types of mine spoils.

Cuttings of Ipomoea fistulosa and Vitex negundo mixed with grass tufts of Saccharum spontaneum

have to be planted in contour trenches on overburden dumps. This has to be supplemented with

seeding of seed mix prepared for specific areas for immediate arrest of soil erosion and

amelioration of strata that is depleted in soil, organic matter and nutrients.

Species recommended by FRI, Dehradun:

As per the recommendations, the various species to be planted at the site are as follows:

Table 11.8: List of various species to be planted at the site

S.No

Botanical Name Common

name Family Uses

Trees 1. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Fruit,medicinal

2. Ailanthus excels Mahanim Simaroubaceae

Medicinal, Timber

3. Albizzia lebbeck Siris Mimosaceae Fodder and Medicinal, Timber

4. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Medicinal, Timber 5. Bombax ceiba Semal Bombacaceae Fodder, Medicinal

6. Bauhinia variegate Kachnar Caesalpinaceae

Fodder,medicinal

7. Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae Medicinal, Timber

8. Cassia fistula Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae

Medicinal, Timber

9. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae Timber, Fodder 10. Ehretia laevis Chamror Boraginaceae Medicinal 11. Ficus glomerata Gular Moraceae Fruit Edible, Fodder 12. Ficus hispida Kath gular Moraceae Fodder 13. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae Fodder

14.Holarrhena antidysenterica

Kutaj Apocynaceae Medicinal

15. Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae Medicinal, Timber 16. Mangifera indica, Aam Anacardiaceae Fruit


S.No

Botanical Name Common

name Family Uses

17. Melia composite Bakain Meliaceae Timber 18. Spondias pinnata Amra Anacardiaceae Medicinal

Shrubs19. Adhatoda zeylanica Vasaka Acanthaceae Medicinal

20. Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae

Medicinal

21. Cassia tora Senna Caesalpiniaceae

Medicinal

22. Clerodendrum viscosum Bhant Verbenaceae Medicinal 23. Datura stramonium Datura Solanaceae Medicinal 24. Hyptis suaveolens Ganga tulsi Lamiaceae Medicinal

25. Ipomoea fistulosa Beha aak Convolvulaceae

Slope binder

26.Pogostemon benghalense

Phangla Lamiaceae Soil binder

27. Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae Medicinal, Soil binder 28. Vitex nugundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae Good soil binder, Medicinal 29. Woodfordia fruiticosa Dehu Lathyraceae Good soil binder, Medicinal 30. Zizyphus nummularia Beri Rhamnaceae Fruit Edible

31. Solanum torvum Jangali bengan

Solanaceae Medicinal

Herbs/grasses 32. Alysicarpus monilifer Leel Fabaceae Soil binder 33. Boerhavia diffusa Punarva Nyctaginaceae Good soil binder, Medicinal 34. Cenchrus ciliaris Anjan grass Poaceae Soil binder 35. Cleome viscosa Jakhia Capparidaceae Seeds edible 36. Cynodon dactylon Dub grass Poaceae Soil binder 37. Dicanthium annulatum Marvel grass Poaceae Soil binder 38. Eragrostis atrovirens Bhant grass Poaceae Waste Land indicator 39. Eragrostis plumose koli grass Poaceae Waste Land indicator 40. Heteropogon contortus Pili grass Poaceae Fodder grass 41. Indigofera trita Indigo Fabaceae Soil binder 42. Mucuna pruriens Konch phali Fabaceae Soil binder, Medicinal 43. Ocimum canum Ram Tulsi Lamiaceae Medicinal

44. Peristrophe paniculata Atrilal Acanthaceae waste land indicator, Medicinal

45. Phyla nodiflora Kocha saag Verbenaceae Well moister indicator 46. Polygonum hydropiper Gotki Polygonaceae Well moister indicator 47. Saccharum spontaneum Kans Poaceae Sand indicator 48. Sida acuta jharu grass Malvaceae Shoot used for sweeping49. Sida cordifolia Bala Malvaceae Medicinal 50. Solanum surattense Nili kateli Solanaceae Clay indicator 51. Tephrosia purpurea Lal puli Fabaceae Soil binder

Planting / sowing techniques

Cuttings of Ipomoea fistulosa, Vitex negundo (about 25 cm. long) and tufts of Saccharum

spontaneum are planted in contour trenches at an interval of 20-25 cm. during the onset of

monsoon season.

Broadcast Seeding: Seed mix as recommended by FRI,Dehradun is broad cast seeded over the

whole area to be treated manually.


Earthen balls

Small earthen balls prepared from local soil are inoculated with about 20 gms. seed mix .These

balls are scattered over the whole area to be treated. In these balls any of the locally available

materials as detailed below may be added to provide immediate microenvironment for the seeds to

germinate on an otherwise hostile site.

Composition of recommended soil ball of 8-10 cm. diameter is :

60% soil + 40% fibrous material easily available locally.

Garbage

The processed and composted garbage is available as solid garbage waste. Availability of this

mulch can have from municipalities or commercial waste-recovery plants. The pH of garbage

generally has in between 7.5 to 8.5 and C to N ratio in between 45:1 to 55.1 (unprocessed). Solid

waste has beneficial effects on plant growth. Solid waste compost is most valuable as a soil

conditioner. It promotes soil aggregation, which enhances the air water relationship of soil.

Compost usually possesses a full complement of trace elements and also reduces acidity.

Mining of minerals, economic growth and environmental protection are inextricably associated and

therefore sustainable restoration necessitates not only the restructuring and ecological stability of

degraded mined land but also the development of natural resources to meet the immediate needs

of the local populace and the requirements of the future generations without in any way

endangering the ecology and environment. The vital feature of sustainable restoration therefore lies

in the paradigm of scientific novelty and economic determinism within the physical limits imposed

by mined landscapes on economic activity. Origin of this concept is based on the fact that the

environment does pose a limit for development and economic activity and a balance has to be

struck between environmental constraints and developmental activity. The economics of

development must expand within ecosystems that have limited regenerative capacities. This

involves an integration of ecological capabilities, social expectations and minimizing the

differentials between resource demand/requirement and supply/availability.

Planning and implementation of road map for ecological restoration of BCCL mining areas has

been oriented towards addressing both short-term and long-term implications and needs of

ecological conservation.

MEDICINAL PLANTS

Medicinal plants play a vital role in the socio-economic and rural development of a degraded

landscape. Medicinal plants of forestry origin are a traditional source of a large number of produce

with medicinal interest and have sustained large masses of rural population. The steady depletion

of forest resources and increasing deforestation has been responsible for fast depletion of


medicinal species from their natural habitats. This has brought into focus the realisation that the

active participation of the communities is necessary for the ex-situ conservation of medicinal plants

as well as provide cash return to local stakeholders. It is also well known that village communities

would have little incentive to participate unless they benefit directly.

1) Short Term Restoration Plan

• Development and conservation of soil and moisture through ecological restoration interventions

• Restoration/ Regeneration of degraded lands including forests and adjoining areas on an

ecological basis;

• Intensification of the availability of fuel wood, fodder, grasses and other forest usufructs from the

restored areas;

• Securing people's participation in planning and restoration efforts in the surrounding villages

to ensure sustainability).

2) Long Term Restoration Plan

• Ecological restoration and environmental conservation;

• Protection and conservation of natural resources for local populace;

• Checking land degradation, deforestation and loss of biodiversity;

• Improve microenvironment of the mined landscapes;

• Capacity building of all the stakeholders

3) Scope and Scale

The plan has three main components:

• Restoration of degraded mined land

• Developing a nursery for medicinal plants

• Soil and moisture conservation practices

• Development of an eco-park

• Awareness and capacity building initiatives


Fig No 11.d: Steps of Ecological restoration

Present Status : Cluster –XVII falls under the administrative control of Chanch Victoria Area of

BCCL which holds the control over the BCCL mines operating in Raniganj Coal fields. Cluster-XVII

falls in the Burdwan District of West Bengal.

As BCCL has adopted ecological restoration method of afforestation for the biological reclamation

of degraded mined areas, therefore, on similar pattern, Ecological restoration of mined areas of

CV Area is being done through ecological restoration.

Physical reclamation

Mulching with dry grass

over slopes

Sapling plantation

Establishment of 3-tier

ecological restoration system

Establishment of biodiversity

Fencing and Weeds removal

Seed balls broadcasting Grass Seed balls


Till 2011, afforestation has been done through forest department over the 50.5 ha in CV Area out

of which 24.78 ha has been done in cluster –XVII. Since 2011, ecological restoration has been

adopted by BCCL, 29.1 ha has been taken up in CV Area (5.6 ha in 2014-15; 4 ha in 2015-16;

12.5 ha in 2016-17 and 7 ha in 2017-18). In similar manner, 5 ha of degraded mined out land/OB

dump after physical reclamation has been taken up for ecological restoration in Cluster-XVII. The

plantation work of sapling plantation @ 2500 plants per hectare will be completed by the end of

the monsoon season in 2018-19. On the ecological restoration site of Cluster-XVII, grass seeds of

various species like Guinea Grass, Cenchrus setigerus, Deenanath grass, Brachiaria etc and

native species seeds of about 17 native species have also been broadcasted for development of

thick forest. This will not only develop the green cover but also helps in restoration of ecology,

establishment of biodiversity and food chains.

In similar manner, ecological restoration of degraded mined out areas will be taken up every year

as per the plantation programme provided in the chapter –IV.

Fig No 11.e: Physical reclamation of the OB dump at Cluster- XVII

Fig No 11.f: Biological reclamation of the OB dump at Cluster- XVII taken up in 2018


Ecological restoration plan for Cluster-XVII

In the line of the road map prepared by FRI, Dehradun, the ecological restoration plan for

Cluster-XVII, CV Area will be done in two phases, in view of, Short term and long term

implication.

In the first phase, 05 ha of degraded mined area will be taken up every year for the next five

years and 10 ha will be taken up for ecological restoration for the next five years. Each site will be

maintained till the site becomes self-sustainable. Further, the remaining area to be forested as

per EMP will be taken up under the mine closure activities of Chapter IV.

Table 11.9: The tentative cost for the implementation of the ecological restoration

Year Inputs/measures Quantity required per ha

Tentative per unit cost (Rs)

Cost / ha

First Year

Saplings 2500 nos 2/ sapling 5000 Grass Seeds 15 kg 500 / kg 7500 Native species seeds (bushes/trees)

10kg 200/kg 2000

Manure 18 cu m 3872.70 Second Year

Grass Seeds 10 kg 500 / kg 5000 Native species seeds (bushes/trees)

8 kg 200/kg 1600

Cow dung manure 9.4 cu m 2029.58 Third Year

Grass Seeds 5 kg 500 / kg 2500 Native species seeds (bushes/trees)

6 kg 200/kg 1200

Cow dung manure 9.4 cu m 2029.58 TOTAL (Rs) 32731.86 *All the works of ecological restoration like nursery, plantation, seed ball broadcasting, irrigation, de-weeding, guarding etc, will be done through departmental manpower

The work on the identified shall be done through departmental manpower. For the maintenance

of the sites departmental manpower @ 02 manpower per hectare will be provided each at the

site.

In the phase -1, the total cost for 25 ha of ecological restoration will be Rs. 818296.50. Similarly,

the cost of ecological restoration, in phase -2 for the 50 ha will be Rs. 1636593.00

Development of site Nursery

As native species plants of the region are to be planted, therefore, a site nursery will also be

established to raise the saplings to cater the requirements. The site nursery may be developed at

the first eco-restoration site identified. Initially, the nursery will be of capacity 15000 saplings

annually and as the phase-2 of ecological restoration will start, the nursery capacity will be

increased to 25000 saplings. The nursery will be maintained by the departmental manpower

deployed at the eco-restoration sites. BCCL has been maintaining a central nursery with capacity

of 1 lakh saplings per year and about 50000 saplings at different site nurseries.


Central Nursery of BCCL

Site Nursery at Kusunda

Site Nursery at Gokul Park, Lodna Area Site Nursery at Muraidih, Lodna Area

Fig No 11.g: Nurseries at BCCL AVENUE PLANTATION

To enhance the environment and pollution mitigation under CV Area, 7300 nos of the avenue

/gabion plantation along the roads in and around the project area has been done. Further, the

avenue plantation will also be done along the roadside wherever it is required and along the

transport route. Green belt /avenue plantation will also be done along the periphery of the project

in 2 rows. The cost of one avenue plant will be Rs 2000.00 .Plantation along mine boundary and

transport road is proposed with tree or bamboo plantation with grasses.


Fig No 11.h: Avenue Plantation done along the roadside by BCCL

Benefits of the ecological restoration

1. Development of the green cover with 3-tier and restoration of forest of the region.

2. Conservation of the flora and fauna of the region.

3. Sequestration of the carbon dioxide in the terrestrial ecosystem.

4. Reduction of the air pollution outside the project boundaries.

5. Green belt development for prevention of the dust emission outside the project boundaries.

6. Stabilization of the slopes and prevention of the slope failure of the OB dumps.

7. Establishment of the biodiversity and food chain.

8. Prevention of the erosion of the OB and soil and silting in the natural drains.

9. Increase the aesthetic beauty of the area

10. Further, establishment of the native species will also helps in the production of the various

NWFP forest products such as honey, fruits, medicinal herbs, vegetables, gums , bamboos

others which will indirectly benefits the local communities and may help in the livelihood

generation.

11.3.2 Eco-Park Development

As the phase-2 of ecological restoration will begin, it is also proposed to develop an eco-park on

the degraded mined area of over 2-3 ha. The Eco-park will provide a place for the recreation and

rejuvenation to the local communities. This will improve the quality of life for the local

communities as well as provide an opportunity for self-employment. The park will have various

components like lawns, flower garden, walking tracks, swings for children. The list of species to

be planted in the park, as suggested in the roadmap prepared by FRI, Dehradun is given in Table

11.10:


Table 11.10: species suggested in the roadmap prepared by FRI, Dehradun

Sl.No. Species Family Vernacular

1. Acacia farnesiana Mimosaceae Fragrant acacia 2. Bamboosa striata Poaceae Strip Bamboo 3. Bauhinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae Kachnar (purple) 4. Bauhinia variegate Caesalpiniaceae Kachnar (white) 5. Butea monosperma Fabaceae Plash 6. Callistemon viminalis Myrtaceae Bottle Brush 7. Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Amaltash 8. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Doob Grass 9. Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Gulmohar 10. Dodonaea viscose Sapindaceae Vilayati Menhadi 11. Duranta goldiana Verbenaceae Duranta 12. Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Bargad 13. Grevilea robusta Proteaceae Bulbul 14. Hibiscus rosa- sinensis Malvaceae Gudhal 15. Mussaenda erythronhylla Rubiaceae Dhoby Bush 16. Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Red Kaner 17. Nyctanthes arbortris – tis Oleaceae Harsingar 18. Plumeria rubra Magnoliaceae Temple tree 19. Putranjiva roxburghii Putranjivaceae Putranjiva 20. Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Bhendi Pipal 21. Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae Pili kaner

The eco-park development at 2-3 ha will be done through departmental manpower and the plants

will be provided from the site nursery at CV Area and Central Nursery. The walking pathways will

be developed using the boulders from the OB generated departmentally. The other civil works for

the development of various other components will be completed at a cost of Rs. 5 lakhs.

Recreational Park

It is also proposed to develop the recreational Park near the water body at Jhunkundar, as

proposed in the road map prepared by FRI, Dehradun for the recreational and tourism activity in

the region. The recreational park will have the fruit bearing and flowering trees along the park

boundary and the walking pathways in the park. The park may have children’s Park, Boating,

fishing, walking tracks etc for the recreational activities. All the works of the recreational park will

be done departmentally.

The proposed layout for the development of the recreational park at Jhunkundar, CV area is

given below along with the type of plantation to be done.


Fig 11.i: Layout of ECO-PARK Eco-Mining tourism

Due to the proximity of the cluster-XVII to the highway, eco-mining tourism may be promoted in

the cluster. The eco-mining tourism package may include the visit to the open cast project, UG

mine, washery, eco-restoration site, IFS site and eco-park of the project. The promotion of eco-

mining tourism will bring the excitement of watching the coal mines and its operations along with

the restoration of the mined out areas to the general public and will help in changing the

perception towards the coal mining. It will also help in the generation of livelihood in various

manners.


Eco-tourism Visit to Gokul Park, Lodna Area by the students of different Schools

Eco-tourism Visit to Gokul Park, Lodna Area by the students of different Schools

Eco-tourism Visit to GKKC Eco-restoration site, Kusunda Area by the students of different Schools Fig no 11.j: Eco-tourism

BCCL has formulated 04 circuits for eco-mining tourism for the general public as well in Jharia

coalfield showing various mining operations and the prominent places in JCF and Dhanbad.

Similarly, a circuit for the CV area are being prepared to promote the eco-mining tourism in the

project.

Circuit-1: Koyla Bhawan- Block-II Open Cast Project- Phularitand U/G Mine- Lilori Maa Temple- Damuda ER site- Muraidih water fall

• Circuit-2: Koyla Bhawan-Gokul Park,Lodna- Handloom project-Kaali maa Temple- Lodna U/G Mine- Belgharia township


Circuit-3: Koyla Bhawan- Shakti Mandir- GKKC ER site, Kusunda area- RO Plant- Moonidih U/G mine- Moonidih Washery

Circuit-4: Circuit-1 on Day-1 and Circuit 2 on Day-2

Proposed Circuit for promotion of ecotourism in mines of BCCL Fig 11.k : Proposed Circuit for promotion of ecotourism in mines of BCCL

Besides the Roadmap prepared by FRI, Dehradun, the learnings of following studies/plans

will also be utilized in this cluster:

a. ASSESSMENT OF CARBON SEQUESTRATION AT ECO RESTORATION SITE :BCCL has

undertaken the carbon sequestration study for quantifying the carbon dioxide being sequestered

by the model ecological restoration sites developed at Tetulmari, Sijua area and Damoda, Barora

Area through Indian School of Mines(now IIT), Dhanbad. As per report submitted by ISM,

Dhanbad, just 3 years old Tetulmari site had achieved a level of CO2 sequestration of 213 t/Ha

and expected to achieve a level of 350 t/ha in next 5 years’ time.

b. FRI COMPLETION REPORT OF TETULMARI PILOT PROJECT:

After the preparation the roadmap, a project for development of model ecological restoration site

was taken up through FRI, Dehradun over 8 ha of OB dumps at Tetulmari colliery of Sijua Area .

The site was developed by FRI, Dehradun with an aim to establish ecology, biodiversity and food

chain over the site by the method of 3-tier ecological restoration with native species consisting of

lower level grasses, middle level shrubs/ bushes and top level trees. The establishment of the 3-

tier vegetation results the stability of the OB dump, development of the greenery, establishment of

the biodiversity and habitat for the fauna.

As per the report of FRI, Dehradun, Further this model will also reduce the ill-effects of pollution

caused to the climate change; formation of carbon sinks thereby reduction of Green House Gases,

improving the air quality and aesthetics and can also become a resource pool for timber

harvesting and other forest produce to the surrounding society and the indigenous people. The

mining companies by this model will be in a position to create no-go areas and hand over the

same to the society. This will be a society based work for creation of awareness regarding organic

farming, tassar farming, lac development, mushroom culture and other eco-friendly ventures.


c. ENHANCEMENT OF BIODIVERSITY AT MODEL ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION SITE,

TETULMARI, SIJUA AREA.: After successfully implementing ecological restoration involving

three tier plantation of native species, BCCL has carried out the work of enhancement of

biodiversity at the model ecological restoration site at Tetulmari, Sijua Area through FRI,

Dehradun. The project duration was for two years and the project has completed in January 2018.

The results in the interim reports shows the stabilization of the fauna over the site and various

kinds of fauna are also present in this site.

d. FRI yearly monitoring reports under MoU: Under MoU, FRI, Dehradun has been continuously

monitoring the ecological restoration sites of BCCL and providing technical inputs for

establishment and enhancement of ecological restoration sites of BCCL. FRI, Dehradun has been

continuously monitoring the physio-chemical properties and other scientific researches like carbon

sequestration, microbial analysis etc. This will serve to execute the plan in effective manner.

e. S&T PROJECT WITH TERI &CMPDI :“Sustainable livelihood activities on reclaimed open cast

coal mines: a technology enabled integrated approach in Indian coal sector” undertaken in

association with TERI &CMPDI undertaken at Muraidih reclamation site for making the post-

mining land use a source of income generation to the local people. TERI University has conducted

various livelihood trainings for local villagers project in various fields like Mushroom Cultivation,

Fisheries, Cattle Farming, Goatery, Poultry, Computer literacy programme, Integrated Farming,

Entrepreneurship Development, Sewing and Embroidery etc. In these training, 459 nos of locals

of Barora have been trained and some of them have also taken up these activities for self-

employment. Similar programs will be implemented in this cluster.


Various livelihood trainings conducted for local public by TERI University Fig no 11.l: Various livelihood trainings conducted for local public by TERI University

11.3.3 DEVELOPMENT OF INTEGRATED FARMING ECO-SYSTEM AT ABANDONED

JHUNKUNDAR OCP OF UNDER CV AREA.

Under the guidance of CEMDE, New Delhi, BCCL has also developed an Integrated Farming

System at Jhunkundar by involving local people. Various activities like vegetable farming,

fishery, fruit orchard etc. have been started.

Integrated farming system (or integrated agriculture) is a agricultural system that integrate

livestock and crop production, vegetable farming or integrate fish and livestock and may

sometimes be known as Integrated Biosystems. It is based on concept of an all-round

'development of agriculture, animal husbandry, fisheries and other associated occupations. In this

system an inter-related set of enterprises used so that the “waste” from one component becomes

an input for another part of the system, which reduces cost and improves production and/or

income. Since it utilizes wastes as resources, we not only eliminate wastes but we also ensure

overall increase in productivity for the whole agricultural systems.

The advantages of IFS include pooling and sharing of resources/inputs, efficient use of family

labor, conservation, preservation and utilization of farm biomass including non-conventional feed


and fodder resources, effective use manure/animal waste, regulation of soil fertility and health,

income and employment generation for many people and increase economic resources. The IFS

is part of the strategy to ensure sustainable use of the natural resources for the benefit of present

and future generations.

Advantages of IFS

✓ It improves space utilization and increase productivity per unit area

✓ It provides diversified products

✓ Improves soil fertility and soil physical structure from appropriate crop rotation and using cover

crop and organic compost

✓ Reduce weeds, insect pests and diseases from appropriate crop rotation

✓ Utilization of crop residues and livestock wastes

✓ Less reliance to outside inputs – fertilizers, agrochemicals, feeds, energy, etc

✓ Higher net returns to land and labour resources of the farming family thereby minimising risk due

to multi source of income

✓ Round the year income due to multiple enterprises and interactions.

✓ Environmentally sustainable as waste recycling

✓ Less energy requirement as it uses more organic by-product due to effective recycling.

Fig No 11.m: Integrated Farming Eco-system

Farming enterprises include crop, livestock, poultry, fish, tree crops, plantation crops, etc. A

combination of one or more enterprises with cropping, when carefully chosen, planned and

executed, gives greater dividends than a single enterprise, especially for small and marginal

farmers.

Integrated Small Farm Model for 5 ha of degraded mined out Area under CV Area

An Integrated farming (IFS) project will be taken up at an already identified site at Jhunkundar,

CV Area. The identified site also has an existing water body which is suitable for pisciculture. The


various components that will be considered for Integrated farming are fodder cultivation, crop

cultivation, fishery, cattle rearing, Poultry, Mushroom cultivation and Fruit orchard, vegetable

cultivation and fishery in the adjoining water body. It will also have one compost pit for

conversion of the agricultural and other waste to far yard manure. The identified IFS system will

be sustainable for one family of 4-5 members.

Table 11.11: Tentative Expenditure of IFS sysytem Components Plot size (ha) Tentative expenditure (Rs) Fodder 0.3 5000 Fishery In the existing water body 10000 Poultry 0.1 10000 Mushroom 0.1 10000 Fruit orchard 0.3 5000 Crop cultivation 0.4 10000 Cattle 100000 Other infrastructure like cattle shed, poultry house, and residential and maintenance activities

50000

Total 200000

Various components already exist at IFS site to support the activities like shelter for mushroom

production, irrigation facilities and boundary of the site. The IFS will also be maintained by

departmental manpower.

Vegetable Cultivation At IFS Site

Plantation at IFS site Water body at IFS site


Cultivation of various crops at IFS Site Fig no 11.n: IFS Site

This IFS project may be utilized for the skill development programme by imparting and training

and awareness to the locals and enhance their livelihood opportunities and household income.

Estimated cost of the project: 02 Lakhs + applicable tax+ surplus manpower

No of beneficiary: skill development of 100 villagers .

Scheme Duration : 2018-19 to 2023-24

On successful completion of aforementioned IFS project at Jhunkundar, CV Area, a similar

project on a larger scale, covering an area of about 10 Ha, will be taken up in Cluster XVII. The

site for such project will be finalized after consultation with the local villagers.

11.3.4 Handloom Weaving training program:

An agreement has been signed between Coal India Limited and TISS in respect of CSR

activities. TISS was entrusted the responsibility by BCCL to undertake the work of generating

data through a baseline survey in the peripheral villages of BCCL. Accordingly TISS conducted a

sample survey in 42 villages in and around BCCL in the year 2013 for knowing the strength and

need of initiatives to be undertaken by BCCL in the domain of CSR activities.

Keeping in view the General Recommendations of the sample Base line survey conducted by

Tata institute of social sciences (TISS), Mumbai, BCCL is looking forward in the domain of

sustainable development of the society. With an objective of inclusive growth and over all

development of villagers, BCCL has envisaged Comprehensive Community initiatives under its

‘Swaavlambee Project’. This is a dream project of BCCL through which Management has

envisioned to generate self-employment opportunities in peripheral villages of BCCL under

“Swaavlambee project”.

Company’s CSR initiatives are in the areas of awareness, Safety, Health and hygiene, Sanitation,

Welfare, Education, Environment and Forest and self-employment generation among various

stakeholders especially the underprivileged section of the society.


The Strategic CSR planning of BCCL considers its main objective to improve the quality of life of

people living in and around the command areas. Towards achieving this objective and to

understand the interest levels of the local community, BCCL has undertaken an intensive

baseline Skill Gap Analysis study at the location with departmental resources; the

recommendations from the study would form the basis for the design and deployment of the

various skill development initiatives being planned.

The study undertaken with objectives to understand the education/skill levels of people in the

given area and map possible skill gaps; map the demographics of the locations including

population, employment status, distance/access to towns, employment opportunities that will help

determine livelihood Centre set-up; and to identify the possible skill development interventions

across different work sectors required on the basis of employability and suitability. Based on the

study, the livelihood enhancement projects towards creating a sustainable improvement and

skills development interventions can be deployed in the domain of development of the villagers.

Base line survey has been conducted at Mukunda, Alakdiha belonging to Baliapur block of

Dhanbad District, the ongoing survey at Gareria and the study (base line survey) conducted at

the Panchmohali Panchayat and Nootangram village belonging to Chanch Victoria Area of the

command areas of BCCL. Based on the base line survey, it has been visualised to undertake

entrepreneurship development activities for unemployed women of these villages by imparting

them skill development training.

The project is for two years for a group of twenty (20) women. Five groups of women each group

comprising of twenty(20) women have been identified at Mukunda, Alakdiha, Gareria,

Panchmohali and Nootangram village. A two months training on Handloom Weaving planned to

be imparted to these groups. This handloom weaving Training programme was planned to be

followed by two years production under guidance of JHARCRAFT for which financial support will

be provided by BCCL from CSR fund of the company. Till date schemes are implemented at

Mukunda, Alakdiha, Gareria villages and the production is underway. Similar scheme will be

implemented at Panchmohali Panchayat and Nootangram village also.

Fig No 11o: Handloom Weaving training program


Each project will be for a period of two (02) years for a group of women of twenty (20). The

identified group will be given a specific name like ‘Sarsawti’. Training on handloom weaving will

be imparted to the members of the identified group of women for sixty (60) days by the Master

trainers appointed by implementation agency (such as JHARCRAFT) for a specific group of

women. After completion of sixty days training schedule, the trained group of women will work as

a production team and the training domain would convert automatically to production centre for

handloom clothes. Production of handloom clothes would be executed under guidance of the

Master Trainer appointed by implementation agency for next four (4) months after imparting two

(02) months of training. Later, the project would continue for two (02) years under guidance of

implementation agency till the expiry of the project period, that is, for two (02) years. Marketing

of the products of the centre would be promoted by implementation agency for the success of the

project and for ensuring self-employment & assured earnings to the trained women group, the

end beneficiary of the project.

No. of beneficiaries

• Primary –

➢ The families of the women group participating the project and the production .Number of

beneficiary for each group will be 20.

➢ Illiterate and less qualified women of the villages

➢ Underprivileged section of society

• Secondary – Number of secondary beneficiary per group will family members of 20 families

which will come around 100 persons each group. Later, other women Groups of the villages will

be inspired to join the programme and ultimately this will benefit the society at large.

Proposal for handloom Weaving Training programme, BCCL

i) Duration of Training- 60 Days

ii) No of Trainees – 20

iii) No of Looms – 08

iv) Duration of Project – 2 Years

Table No 11.12: Cost of handloom Weaving Training programme

S.No Description Specification Amount

1 Looms and Accessories (Rs 37,000 x 8 looms) 2,96,000/-

2 Raw material for training period

2,40,000/-

3 Design development (for 2 years) 3,00,000/-

4 Stipend to trainees

(Rs 50/day x 20 trainees x

60 days)

60,000/-

5 Honorarium to the Trainers (Rs 10,000 x 6 months) 60,000/-

6

Miscellaneous for six months

(TA, Lodging, boarding of

the trainers and

tativ f

60,000/-


S.No Description Specification Amount

7 Total Cost

10,16,000/-

8

Consultancy Charges (@ 20%

of Project Cost)

2,03,200/-

Total Cost of Project

12,19,200/-

+ taxes

For two projects, it will be Rs 24,38,400 +taxes

11.3.5 Health and sanitation :

The different schemes under implementation by BCCL are:

a. Jyoti Pariyojana- Removal of cataract and intra Occular Lens Implant

b. Mamta Pariyojana- Family Planning Camps through tubectomy/vasectomy & immunization of

children

c. Project Divyang -Distribution of Aides and Appliances to Differently abled Persons

In addition, fund of Rs 20.6 crores provided to State government for construction of toilets in

schools under Swachh Vidyalaya Abhiyan out of which expenditure of 6.36 crores are made till

date .

Fig 11.p: Water Supply & Medical Camps


INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT LIKE ROADS, GHATS, SCHOOLS: Table 11.13: For 2018-19, the following action plan is prepared under head CSR

Sl. No. Name of Work Estimate Expenditure

(in Rs. lakhs) 1. Construction of 01 no. Community Room in

Devipur village 5.0

2. Construction of 02 nos. Class room Lohiya Vidyapith at Man Beria

5.0

3. Construction of 01 no. shed for burning ghat at Begunia

4.0

4. Construction of 01 no. Waiting Shed at NH-2 near Damagoria

2.0

5. Construction of Toilet and Urinal with wash room facility near Kalyaneshwari Temple

10.0

6. Construction of PCC road to Barakar River Ghat 5.0 7. Construction of Burnig Ghat at Borira Village. 3.0 8. Construction of Community Centre at Lal Bazar. 10.0 9. Construction of ladies Ghat at bank of Barakar

River. 2.0

10. Construction of Shed near burning ghat Begunia, Barakar.

4.0

Total(Rs. Fifty Lakhs only) 50.0

Table 11.14 Details of CSR done under CV Area from Period 2013-14 to 2017-18

Year Sl. No. Name of the Work Expenditure Amount (Rs.)

2013-14

1. Arrangement of Chhat Ghat and PCC road to Chhat Ghat at the bank of Barakar River, Barakar.

6,55,799.00

2. Providing 50 Nos. Duel desk bench for Adarsh Uchcha Vidalaya, JOCP, C.V.Area

3,20,473.00

2014-15

3. Fencing wall & Jungle Cleaning of Jhunkundar IFA at Ecological Park, Jhunkundar under CV Area.

5,23,674.00

4. Providing Financial assistance to various primary schools under CV Area.

5,58,000.00

2015-16

5. Providing Health Camps and MMV under CV Area. 1,22,000.00

6. Construction of toilet in various schools in Dumka District of Jharkhand.

4,86,00,000.00


5,58,000.00

2016-17

8. Construction of toilet in various schools in Dhanbad District

1,17,000.00

9. Construction of toilet in various schools in Dumka District of Jharkhand.

3,41,96,000.00

10. Construction of PCC road from Palasia village to Ketardih village in Benagoria Panchayat under CV Area.

36,37,000.00


5,58,000.00


Year Sl. No. Name of the Work Expenditure Amount (Rs.)

12. Providing Health Camps and MMV under CV Area. 1,46,500.00

2017-18


5,58,000.00

14. Providing Health Camps and MMV under CV Area. 33,500.00

Total Expenditure incurred (Rs.Nine Crore Five Lakhs Eighty Three Thousand Nine Hundred and Forty Six only)

9,05,83,946.00

11.3.6 Public expectation shown during PH: The stakeholders welcomed the project and shown

some expectation, which is as under

Table No 11.15: Public expectation shown during PH

Sl.

No.

Public expectation Comments/Action plan Implementation Status

(i) Better Compensation

plan for people

including land losers

The land losers having 2.00 acres of land will be

directly offered employment in BCCL & who have

less than 02 acres, they will be monetary compensated

by purchasing the land as per company's policy.

A total of 141 Nos. of employment has been

already given PAP of Proposed

Kalyaneshwari Project (Cluster XVII) under

R&R policy of Coal India Ltd. Further

employments of many other PAP is under

pipeline.

(ii) Preservation of rural

economy and skill

development of

unemployed youth

Job provision has been made for 512 nos of person.

These projects will provide direct and indirect

employment to the local population and this project

will have a development impact on economy of the

local areas.

Skill development programme is going on for the

PAP by providing them training on different trade

courses, like Handloom Weaving, ITI

(Electrical/Mechanical etc.), Basic of Computer etc.

by BCCL Authority under the CSR policy/activities

and it will be continued.

This project involves many contractual jobs

which are being executed by local contractor.

These local contractors hire local manpower

which results in opportunity of job as well as

skill development in local population.

Apart from above various skill development

programme is being conducted under welfare

head like Handloom weaving at Begunia

Colliery, Computer training centre near CV

Area office etc.

(iii) Environment

pollution,

deforestation and

loss of grazing

fields.

There is a provision of Rs. 2247.94 Lakh (in Capital

Head) & 107.07 Lakh (in Revenue Head) in the

estimated expenditure on environmental protection

measures and land reclamation for Cluster-XVII

mines.

Regular monitoring of Environmental parameters

(Air, Water and Noise) by CMPDI, will be done to

check the pollution levels and adequate measures will

be taken accordingly.

Dust suppression measures like water sprinkling

through fixed and mobile sprinklers, transportation

through covered trucks will be ensured.

It is proposed that 914.04 ha of land will be

progressively reclaimed by plantation during

operational and post-closure period in Cluster XVII.

To conserve environment various mitigation

measures is being taken. Some of them are as

follows:-

1. To control air pollution sprinkler on

haul road has been deployed. Details

of sprinkler is as below:-

Damagoria Colliery..

Hired----

No. Of sprinkler- 05 nos.

Capacity- 30kl each

Frequency-3 times/shift/sprinkler

Departmental----

No. Of sprinkler- 02 nos

Capacity- 3kl each

Frequency- 2 times/day

Transport---

No. Of sprinkler- 01 nos

Capacity- 1kl

Frequency- 6 times/day

2. Controlled blasting is being done for

minimising dust generation.


Sl.

No.


3. Dust extractor fitted drilling machine

is being used for Dust control.

4. Regular maintenance of HEMM is

being done for controlling vehicular

emission.

5. For the conservation of water rain

water harvesting is being used. Old

3B quarry is used as collection tank

for rainwater.

6. Mine water is being used for

industrial purposes. No ground water

is being used for Industrial purposes.

7. Pressure filter at Haslo pit is installed

for supplying of filtered mine water

to local community for domestic

purposes.

8. Water Treatment plant at Begunia

Colliery as well as Victoria West

Colliery is used for supply of

Drinking water as well as domestic

water in nearby company colony as

well as local community.

9. For conserving the natural

biodiversity Eco-restoration is being

done in area of 05.00 Ha. near 3B

quarry. More Eco-restoration sites

will come in future.

(iv) Project authority to

stick to their

commitment

regarding CSR

activities including

supply of electricity,

purified water to

local people,

conducting regular

medical check-up,

development of local

roads etc.

As per Coal India CSR policy. The fund for the CSR

is being allocated based on 2% of the average net

profit of the Company for the three immediate

preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of

Coal Production of previous year whichever is higher.

The peak production of Cluster XVII group of mines

of BCCL is 5.2 MTY.

As per the company’s policy of allocating Rs. 2 per tonne towards CSR, by considering peak production

an amount of Rs. 104 Lacs is proposed to be used for

the CSR works per year for Cluster XVII group of

mines.

This fund will be utilised as per the requirement

raised by the locals.

A total of Rs. 9,05,83,946.00/- has been

incurred on CSR activity under CV Area head

from 2013-14 to 2017-18. Further various

activities and work has been proposed for FY

2018-19 under CSR project.

(v) Project proponents

for having proper

communication with

the local people

regarding

development issues.

The schemes under the CSR heads will be identified

after only interaction with Gram Panchayat, Local

Govt. and BCCL.

Interaction between Project Proponent and

local Panchayat is being done on regular basis

for the resolving of various matters.

(vi) Project proponent to

ensure the

development of

infrastructure of

local primary

schools, health

centers and drainage

system through their

CSR program.

The Panchayat authorities or local body of villages in

and around the project should come up with

composite proposals for construction of schools or up

gradation whatever the case may be to be taken up

under CSR activities. Project will provide all help

cordially regarding this matter, when ever needed.

Mobile medical Van with necessary medicines and

immunization facility will be provided to the local

people as soon as the project starts. Already project is

providing medical treatment and medicine to the local

people through project dispensaries.

There is a provision of 104.00 Lakh Rs./year for

CSR activities, considering peak production of

Under CSR programme financial assistance to

various primary schools is being already

provided.

Health camps as well as MMV are already

deployed regularly under CSR programme in

nearby villages of CV Area.


Sl.

No.


Cluster-XVII.

This fund will be utilised as per the requirements

raised by the locals.

11.3.7 Summary of NCRAP:

BCCL has been committed towards sustainable mining practices. Through a multitude of eco-

restoration Projects and community development programs Natural and Community Resource

Augmentation is to be achieved. List of such Projects and Programs are given in the Table

below:

Table-11.16: Proposed Remediation Plan and Natural and Community Resource Augmentation Plan(NCRAP) Sl. No.

Environmental/ Social Issues

Category of Plan

Existing Measures Proposed Measures Cost of Proposed Mitigation measures (Rs.)

1. Land reclamation Remediation Eco-restoration

work has been

taken up over an

area of 5 Ha in

Cluster XVII.

Eco-restoration work will be taken up

over an area of 25 Ha in first phase

during next 5 years and over an area

of 50 Ha in second phase during

subsequent 5 years.

2454889.50

2. Solid waste recycling

through composting

Remediation

3. Conservation of soil

& Erosion Control

Remediation

4. Carbon sequestration Remediation

5. Intensification of

availability of fuel

wood, fodder,

grasses & medicinal

Plants.

Natural

Resource

augmentation

6. Checking loss of

biodiversity

Natural

resource

augmentation

7. Reduction of Air

Pollution outside

Project boundaries

Remediation

8. Provision of a place

for rejuvenation and

recreation of local

community.

Community

resource

augmentation

Development of Eco-park on degraded

mined area.

500000

9. Promotion of eco-

tourism & generating

livelihood

opportunities.

Community

resource

augmentation

Eco-mining tourism circuit will be

developed for the CV Area showing

Integrated Farming System Site, eco-

restoration site, working of Open cast

mine, washery.

Part of Eco-

restoration &

IFS.

10. Agricultural & allied Community Integrated Farming Integrated Farming system will be 400000


activities & resource

augmentation

System over 5 ha

of degraded mined

out Area is being

taken up at

Jhunkundar, CV

Area.

developed in and around Cluster XVII

boundary over an Area of 10 Ha in

consultation with local villagers

residing in and around Cluster XVII.

11. Waste recycling Remediation

12. Livelihood

augmentation

through skill

development.

Community

resource

augmentation

13. Comprehensive

Community initiative

Community

resource

augmentation

Handloom Weaving training will be

provided to a group of women over the

period of two years under

Swaavlambee Project of BCCL.

2438400

14. Infrastructure

development

Community

resource

augmentation

Action plan under CSR head for 2018-

19:

1. Construction of 01 No. of

Community room in Devipur village.

2. Construction of 02 no. of Class room

Lohiya Vidyapith at Man Beria.

3. Construction of 01 no. shed for

burning Ghat at Begunia.

4. Construction of 01 no. waiting shed

at NH-2 near Damagoria.

5. Construction of Toilet and Urinal

with washroom near Kalyaneshwari

Temple.

6. Construction of PCC road to Barakar

River Ghat.

7. Construction of Burnig Ghat at

Borira Village.

8. Construction of Community Centre

at Lal Bazar.

9. Construction of ladies Ghat at bank

of Barakar River.

10. Construction of Shed near burning

Ghat Begunia, Barakar.

5000000

Amount already incurred (Rs. Three Lakh Sixty Three Thousand Six Hundred and Fifty Nine and Fifty

Paise only)

363659.50

(for Eco-

restoration

and IFS)

Total Amount to be incurred(Rs.One Crore Seven Lakh Ninety Three Thousand Two Hundred and

Eighty Nine and Fifty Paise only)

10793289.50


11.4 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

In the OM issued by MoEFCC (F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May, 2018 on Corporate

Environment Responsibility (CER), it is noted that

“Sustainable development has many important facets/components like social, economic, environmental, etc. All these components are closely interrelated and mutually re-enforcing. Therefore, the general

structure of EIA document, under Appendix-III to the notification, prescribes inter-alia public consultation,

social impact assessment and R&R action plan besides environment management plan (EMP).

Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 deals with Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) …. The environment clearance given to a project may involve a situation where the concerned company is yet to

make any net profit and\or is not covered under the purview of the aforesaid Act and Rules made

thereunder. In such cases, the provisions of aforesaid act and Rules will not apply”.

The guidelines includes:

• The activities proposed under CER shall be worked out based on the issues raised during the public

hearing, social need assessment, R&R plan, EMP, etc.

• The proposed activities shall be restricted to the affected area around the project.

• Some of the activities which can be carried out in CER, are infrastructure creation for drinking water

supply, sanitation, health, education, skill development, roads, cross drains, electrification including solar

power, solid waste management facilities, scientific support and awareness to local farmers to increase

yield of crop and fodder, rain water harvesting, soil moisture conservation works, avenue plantation,

plantation in community areas, etc.)

• The entire activities proposed under the CER shall be treated as project and shall be monitored. The

monitoring report shall be submitted to the regional office as a part of half-yearly compliance report, and

to the District Collector. It should posted on the website of the project proponent.

However much before the issue of CSR became global concern, Coal India was aware of its

Corporate Social Responsibility and was fulfilling the aspiration of the Society through well-

defined “Community Development Policy” within the periphery of 8 Kms. of the Project sites.

• As per existing policy, the primary beneficiaries of CSR are land oustees, PAP and those staying

within the radius of 25 Kms of the Project. Poor and needy section of the society living in different

parts of India are second beneficiaries.

• For subsidiaries of CIL, fund for CSR are allocated based on 2% of average net profit of the

company for the three immediate preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of coal

production of previous year whichever is higher. The unspent amount in CSR budget in a

particular year do not lapse and added with CSR budget of subsequent years for CIL and its

subsidiaries.

• Board level committee exists for CSR proposals approval and six monthly monitoring. The

proposals are examined by TISS.

Hence in the case of BCCL and its holding company CIL, regardless of profit, CSR expenditure is

made. Therefore, in line with the existing CSR policy of CIL, in the present project, expected

amount of Rs. 80 lakhs per annum is estimated for CSR activities corresponding to Normative

production of 4 MTPA and the same will be increased to Rs. 104 Lakhs whenever peak


production of 5.2 MTPA will be achieved in Cluster XVII. The following schemes are proposed

under cluster-XVII:

Table-11.17: List of schemes being implemented by BCCL for community benefit:

Sl no

Scheme Beneficiary Investment Implementing agency

Monitoring Agency

Remarks

Cost Manpower(in Manshift)

1 Master Plan for dealing with fire

3025 families 28982 lakhs BCCL /ADDA HPCC of MoC

2 Ecological restoration phase-I (25 Ha)

Local community

8.18 lakhs 50*300*5 BCCL Surplus manpower will be utilized (10 surplus manpower will be utilized for every 05 ha each year)

3 Ecological restoration phase-I (50 Ha)

Local community

16.37lakhs 100*300*5 BCCL Surplus manpower will be utilized (20 surplus manpower will be utilized for every 10 ha each year)

4 Avenue plantation

Local community

146 lakhs DFO implemented

5 Eco park Local community

5 lakhs 05*300*10 BCCL For recreation (Surplus manpower will be utilized)

6 Integrated farming system

100 2 lakhs 10*300*5 BCCL+ self-help group

BCCL Skill development training which will be replicated in other areas in the cluster (Surplus manpower will be utilized)

7 Handloom Weaving training program

20x2 24.38 lakhs JHARKRAFT/ Other agency

BCCL In 02 villages

8 Health care 05*12*10 BCCL By Health camps

9 Toilet State level 2060 lakhs State 6.36 crores expenditure till date

Total 31243.93 lakhs

Apart from schemes mentioned in the table above, CV Area has been implementing various CSR

activities during the period 2013-17 in CV Area irrespective of profit gained or loss incurred by the


company in those years. Detailed list of these activities along with expenditure incurred on them is

given in the Table-11.10.

11.5 Conclusion:

The liquidation of unstable and illegal mining prone areas in Damagoria has yielded coal in excess

to 1993-94 level of the cluster. However there is no negative impact on ecology of the region and

has in fact positive impact on ensuring safety of persons of the region. The company operated the

cluster under losses during the period to implement Master Plan and to meet nation’s energy

requirement and to continue employment of persons for their livelihood and sustainability. The

various measures as in this plan will enhance the physical and socio-economic environment of the

region.


CHAPTER-XII

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

C O N T E N T S

TITLE PAGE NO

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 316-329


12.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 320

12.3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 321

12.4 BRIEF DETAIL OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

324

12.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 325

12.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 326

12.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 326

12.8 PROJECT BENEFITS 326

12.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 326

12.10 CAPITAL AND REVENUE ESTIMATES 327


328

12.12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 329

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO TABLE NAME Page No

TABLE - 12.1 LOCATION 318

TABLE - 12.2 NATURE AND SIZE OF THE PROJECT 320

TABLE - 12.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

324

TABLE - 12.4 ESTIMATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

327

TABLE - 12.5 REVENUE EXPENDITURE 328

TABLE - 12.6 CLOSURE COST OF THE MINES OF CLUSTER XVII 328

TABLE - 12.7 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 329


CHAPTER-XII

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 12.1 Introduction

The Cluster XVII mines of Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL), a subsidiary of

Coal India Limited (A Government of India Enterprise) is located in the Chanch

Victoria Area in Raniganj Coalfields. The mines of Cluster XVII are more than 100

years old taken over mines of BCCL. Certain factors like historic unscientific

mining, difficult geo-mining conditions, highly gassy seams, presence of large

number of surface and ground water bodies and densely populated mining areas

make mines of BCCL unique and mining difficult. Mines in Command Area of

BCCL has been infamous by the names of “Slaughter Mining” and “Rat Hole

Mining”. The old OC and UG openings were prone to illegal mining and created

danger to persons involved in such activities. To overcome this, such openings

are being monitored regularly and openings are closed immediately on reopening

by such elements (by filling 81582.86 cu.m.OB). However after full-fledged

operation at Kalyaneshwari OC , such areas will be liquidated and no such

possibility will be there.

Mining by erstwhile private mine owners have been guided by profit motive driven

by “More Hole More Coal” dictum, this has led to problem of fire and subsidence

in mines of BCCL which is causing loss of vital national resources and notional

loss to the exchequer apart from threat to railway line of the region and to life and

property of local people. To deal with fire and subsidence Master Plan has been

under implementation in Cluster XVII.

Purpose of the report

All the mines in the Cluster started their operation prior to nationalization of the

coal mines. This Report has been prepared on the basis of Project Report /

schemes/conceptual report for setting up Proposed Kalyaneshwari washery

Reports taking into account the present status of the mine.


West Colliery, Victoria Colliery and Damagoria Colliery; the first two will

remain inoperative/non-producing and latter two ,Victoria and Damagoria

leasehold are merged to form proposed Kalyaneshwari OC.



Colliery and Damagoria Colliery. Additional 369.33 Ha of land will be

required for external OB Dumping.

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery is also proposed in 15.66 Ha area for

washing of coal before supply to power plant and steel plant.


Cluster XVII mines of BCCL, under Cluster Concept, from Ministry of

Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in view of EIA Notification, 2006. The

Cluster will have a peak production capacity of mines 5.2 MTPA and that of

washery will be 3.60 MTPA.

Identification of project & project proponent

Cluster XVII mines of BCCL are administratively under General Manager,

Chanch/Victoria Area of BCCL, a subsidiary of Coal India Limited. The mailing

address of the General Manager is given below:

General Manager

BCCL, Chanch/Victoria Area

PO- Barakar.

Dist. - Burdwan.

West Bengal – 713324

Location & Communication

This cluster of mines is located in the western part of the Raniganj Coalfield in

Burdwan district of West Bengal.

The location of the above mines/ proposed Coal Washery are as under:

Table 12.1: Location

Sl No.

Name of the Mine Latitude Longitude

1 Begunia Colliery 23°43'25.22" N to

23°43'57.88" N

86°48'9.99" E to

86°49'48.91”E

2 Victoria West Colliery 23°44' 0.89"N to 23°44'’43.85" N

86°48'30.06"E to 86°50'1.77"E


23°43'49.97" N

23°46'12.56"

23°44'53.37"

23°44'44.30"

86°52'31.72" E

86°51'4.62" E

86°52'50.98" E

86°50'12.22" E


Barakar Railway Station of Eastern Railway is within 1 km to the North/East

and G.T.Road (Bye-Pass) is situated 0.05 km North of the Begunia Colliery

and stands as Northern boundary of the colliery. It lies at distance of 15 kms

west from the Asansol town.

Description of importance to the country and region

The mines of Jharia Coalfield and Raniganj Coalfield are affected by Fire and


subsidence and Rehabiliation. Coal mining in Cluster XVII is being undertaken



Bharat Coking Coal Limited is facing increasing demand of coal because of

increased demand mainly from steel industry and power sector. Continuing

and augmentation of coal production from the mines of BCCL will help to

bridge the gap of demand and supply of coal in India. Moreover BCCL is the

main producer of coking coal in the country. In order to meet the requirement

of coking coal, substantial foreign exchange has to be spent on import of

coking coal. To reduce the dependency, we need to enhance utilization of

available resources.

Benefits at local level

The proposed project will also bring about enhanced socio-economic benefits

to local population due to expenditure on CSR activities, direct and indirect

employment opportunities, improvement in infrastructure and growth of

ancillary facilities.

As per Coal India CSR policy,The fund for the CSR is being allocated based

on 2% of the average net profit of the Company for the three immediate

preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of Coal Production of previous

year whichever is higher.

Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out


Based on the presentation made to MoEF, the terms of reference (ToR) was

issued by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA.II(M) dated 21st May,

2014.The validity of ToR was extended for a further period of one year i.e.

upto 21st May, 2018 by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11015/373/2013-IA-II(M)pt.

dated 26th December,2017. This EIA/EMP report has been prepared based on

the ToR prescribed by MoEF&CC.

12.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Nature and size of the project

The Cluster XVII consists of following:

Table:12.2- Nature and size of the project

Proposed

Sl. No.

Name of Colliery/Washery Normative Prod.

(Mty)

Peak Prod. (Mty)

Lease Hold (Ha)






4.00 5.20 1212.43

6 Proposed Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery with approach road 3.60 3.60 15.66

Total 4.00 5.20 1844.09


12.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

The environmental quality data includes air, water, noise and soil besides

existing flora fauna and existing socio-economic status. Hydrogeological

studies has been carried out for assessing the ground water impact due to the

present and future mining activities.

Ambient Air Quality

One season (i.e., January 2016 – March 2016) data were generated so far for

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx.

Summary of the observations made during the study period are as follows:

Core Zone – Victoria U/G Office (SA - 1)

At this location, PM10 and PM2.5 concentration were observed in the range of

48.0 to 67.1 µg/m3 and 26.8 to 38.4 µg/m3. SO2 and NOx concentration were in

the range of 8.7 to 13.6 µg/m3 and 13.5 to 21.2 µg/m3 respectively.

Core Zone – Victoria West (SA - 2)


44.9 to 62.8 µg/m3 and 25.1 to 35.9 µg/m3 respectively. SO2 and NOx

concentration were in the range of 9.0 to 14.0 µg/m3 and 13.9 to 21.8 µg/m3

respectively.

Core Zone – Begunia Guest House (SA - 3)




respectively.

Core Zone – Damagoria Project Office (SA - 4)




respectively.

Chirkunda (SA - 5)





respectively.

Dendua Village (SA - 6)




respectively.

Kulti (SA - 7)



concentration were in the range 9.2 to 15.7 µg/m3 and 16.1 to 25.6 µg/m3

respectively.

Kalipahari Village (SA - 8)




respectively.

Noise Level Study

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech

communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, disturb sleep thus

deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise level was measured at

several locations in the human settlements around the proposed mining site by

using precision noise level meter.

Detailed analysis of noise has revealed that there is no noticeable impact of

noise in the surrounding environment. All the study sites in the residential

areas exhibited a noise level well within the corresponding threshold limit

value as prescribed by CPCB, both during the day and night time.

From the results, the noise level for core zone was observed in the range of 45.6

dB (A) to 63.9 dB (A) during day time and 42.0 dB (A) to 49.7 dB (A) during night

time whereas the maximum average noise levels in the area were observed to

be 58.2 dB (A) during day time and 48.3 dB (A) during night time. Thus, from the

observation it may be concluded that the noise levels in the area were in good


compliance with prescribed limit for industrial area which are 75 dB (A) for day

time and 70 dB (A) for night time.

Similarly, the noise levels in close vicinity of the project area were observed in

the range of 44.2 dB (A) to 53.4 dB (A) in day time & 41.0 dB (A) to 45.0 dB (A)

in the night time, whereas the maximum average noise levels in the area were

observed to be 48.7 dB (A) during day time and 43.5 dB (A) during night time.

Thus, from the observations it may be concluded that the noise levels in the area

were well within the prescribed limit for residential areas which are 55 dB(A) for

Day time and 45 dB(A) for Night time.

From the above observations, it may be concluded that the Noise levels are in

good compliance with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for

Industrial and Residential areas

Water Quality Status

The water quality studies was carried out at 4 locations for ground water, 3

locations for surface water and 01 locations for industrial effluent /mine water.

Water samples were collected from the mine, seasonal nallah and village well

water to ascertain the present status of water quality. In general all the values

are well within the prescribed limits of MOEF Scheduled - VI Standards for

Effluent water, IS 10500:2012, Second Revision for drinking water, IS: 2296 -

1982 for Surface water samples and General Standards for Discharge of

Effluents.

Flora and Fauna study

The flora and fauna was surveyed by M/s VRDS Consultants, Chennai. The

Survey Report shows that there are no rare and endangered flora and fauna

species in the Core Zone.

Socio-economic

The socio-economic data has been taken from Census Report (2011) which

shows that industrial activities are major income generation occupation.


12.4 BRIEF DETAIL OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

Environmental impact has been assessed due to activities of mine and also

washery project.

The project activities will have impact on environmental attributes.

Environmental impacts on following environmental attributes have been

assessed.

● Ambient Air Quality

● Ambient Noise Level

● Surface Water Quality

● Land

● Bio-environment including Flora & Fauna

● Socio-economic profile

The impact study is limited to study area of the project site.

The activities of the mines and washery have been assessed in respect to

existing environmental scenario of the area. No adverse impact has been

assessed due to mining and washery activities on the existing environmental

status.

However reclamation of unstable areas and subsided areas has been

proposed as per the Jharia Action Plan and also as per norms which includes

rehabilitation and compensation of the affected families for Kalyaneshwari

OCP.

Apart from the above, mine closure activities has been also included as per

the guidelines of Ministry of Coal, GoI and adequate funding has been

proposed for progressive mine closure and final mine closure activities.

Table 12.3: Salient features of environmental protection measures

Sl. No.


1 Air pollution 1. At the points of dust generation, water sprinkling / spraying will be done. 2. Thick greenery will be developed in and around the project area. 3. Plantation will be done on external dump and reclaimed area.

2 Water Pollution 1. Garland drains will be made around the periphery of the quarry. Garland drains around the stockpiles and other process areas to collect and carry the contaminated water to treatment/settling pond shall be provided.


Sl. No.


2. Entire domestic effluent will be treated in septic tanks and soaked into soak pits. 3. Industrial water will be put into a closed circuit. 4. Properly designed system to collect and divert the storm water shall be provided






3. The noise absorbing pads at foundations will be provided. 4. Thick green belt has been proposed to prevent the propagation of

sound and also to dampening its intensity. 5 Solid waste Internal dumping will be carried out in the de-coaled area along with

the mining operation.




9 Ground vibration Controlled Blasting will be practiced to minimize the ground vibration after ground vibration study

12.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

As coal extraction is Site Specific, hence no alternative sites can be adopted.




near the site.


12.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

For effective implementation, a time bound action plan for environmental

management including all aspects shall be followed by the project. Samples

for study of air quality, water quality and noise level shall be collected and

tested fortnighty at strategic places representing all the categories of location.

12.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Public Consultation & Public Hearing

People living in the area around the project site may have reservations and

apprehension about likely effect of project construction and operation on

environmental pollution, socio-economic profile of the area, etc. Public Hearing

& Public Consultation held on 27.04.2018 in accordance with the procedure

laid out in the EIA Notification of 2006 & 2009.

Risk assessment

Special care will be taken to follow all aspects related to safe mining practices

as stipulated by DGMS. A Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been drawn

up for Cluster XVII group of mines of BCCL.

12.8 PROJECT BENEFITS

The mining activity at Cluster XVII mine of BCCL will improve the socio-

economic activities in the adjoining areas. This will result in following benefits:

• Improvements in Physical Infrastructure

• Improvements in Social Infrastructure

• Increase in Employment Potential

• Post-mining Enhancement of Green Cover

12.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Bharat Coking Coal Limited, the owner of this project has already set-up an

Environmental Cell headed by a Dy. General Manager at its HQs. The cell

provides necessary support that is required for Environmental Management of

various projects and mines under the jurisdiction of the company.


12.10 CAPITAL & REVENUE COST ESTIMATE

Table: 12.4



Name of the Project : CLUSTER-XVII Group of Mines

(Amount in Rs. Lakhs)




1 Dozer 320 HP (4 nos. reqd.) 791.86



4 Others (F. Engine & Assemblies, Contingency, etc.) 98.98

SUB-TOTAL 1077.99









SUB-TOTAL 1018.94



2 EMP Report 50.00




SUB-TOTAL 151.00


(A) - CAPITAL







Table: 12.5

Sl.

No. Element

Annually Recurring Cost

(Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Pollution Control 20.00

2 Routine Environmental Monitoring 35.00

3 Occupational health & safety 10.00

4 Green belt & Biological reclamation

(Proposed plantation cost averaged over the

entire life of mine)

12.07

5 Water Cess, CTO / CTE (LS) 15.00

6 Others(including additional studies) (LS) 15.00

Total 107.07

Table: 12.6 Closure Cost of the mines of Cluster XVII


Ha)

Closure Cost (` in Lakh) Without

Escalation With

Escalation

1 Begunia Colliery (Closed for

Production) 306.00 78.51 110.923


(Closed for Production) 310.00

Mine Closure status report

(MCSR) has been prepared

and submitted.

5 Proposed Kalyaneshwari

OCP 1228.09 7368.540 30015.064**

TOTAL 7447.05 30125.987 *Escalated considering WPI of April 2018. **Escalated considering WPI of Oct 2017 and life of 39 years.

12.11 Remedial Plan-Cum-Natural and Community resource augmentation plan Studies and surveys were conducted in the mining leasehold of BCCL for

formulation and execution of various Remedial plans with respect to

environment, ecology and community damages accrued due to a very long

unscientific mining practices. BCCL has been executing these remedial plans

from its own fund as well as from the fund provided by GoI.

As Remedial Plan-Cum-Natural and community resource Augmentation Plan,

the implementation of Master Plan will continue .The Ecological restoration with

aim to provide livelihood to people in post closure through forest produce from


restored sites, is being implemented. It is also proposed to implement skill

development schemes as done at various places at BCCL (Such as Handloom

Weaving Training Project, similar to established at Mukunda,Alakdiha and

Gareria, poultry, animal rearing etc. ) under CSR activities.

12.12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Table No 12.7: Disclosure of consultants

Sl. No.

Nature of Study Name of Agency who conducted the study

1 Project Report /Conceptual Report

CMPDIL, a subsidiary of Coal India Ltd., is a premier consultancy organization engaged in mineral exploration, land resource management through remote sensing survey, coal petrography, mine planning, coal preparation & utilization, design of coal handling plants, environmental management of coal projects etc.

2 Ambient Air Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

3 Ambient Noise Level Study

Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

4 Soil Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

5 Water Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

6 Land-use Study CMPDIL, a subsidiary of Coal India Ltd., is a premier consultancy organization engaged in mineral exploration, land resource management through remote sensing survey, coal petrography, mine planning, coal preparation & utilization, design of coal handling plants, environmental management of coal projects etc.

7 Flora & Fauna Study M/S VRDS CONSULTANTS, Chennai

8 EIA / EMP Report M/S Central Mine Planning & Design Institute Limited(CMPDIL)


CHAPTER – 13

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

13.1 SOURCE AND TYPE OF DATA

Sl. No.

Nature of Study Name of Agency who conducted the study

1 Project Report /Conceptual Report


2 Ambient Air Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

3 Ambient Noise Level Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

4 Soil Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

5 Water Quality Study Project Development of India, Sindri (PDIL)

6 Land-use Study


7 Flora & Fauna Study M/S VRDS CONSULTANTS, Chennai

8 EIA / EMP Report M/S Central Mine Planning & Design Institute Limited (CMPDIL)

EIA-EMP (with NCRAP) Cluster XVII Mines of BCCL Q-1 Job No: 200308025

+PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : Cluster XVII Group of Mines of BCCL Name of the proponent : BCCL Mailing Address : General Manager Chanch Victoria Area, BCCL P.O. Barakar Dist: Bardhaman West Bengal , Pin Code- 713324 E-mail : [email protected] Telephone : 0341-2520062,2520064 Fax No. : 0341-2520063 (b) Objective of the project : To liquidate coal from unstable areas of Cluster XVII to

implement Master Plan and bridge the overall deficit of coal availability over demand of BCCL.

(c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

Barakar, Chungari, Lalbazar, Petna, Kulti, Manberia, Baltoria, Borira.

Asansol Bardhaman West Bengal

(d) Does the proposal relate to New Mine/ Expansion/ Renewal of lease/ Modernisation.

This Cluster of Mines were taken over by BCCL from private mine owners after nationalization through Coal Mines Nationalisation Act, 1972-73.

Cluster XVII has been operative to implement Master Plan. The status and category of mine for EC are given below.

Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annexures and should be properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma.

Note 2 : Please enter in appropriate box where answer is yes / No. Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly

mentioned. Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study. Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.


Cluster

No. Name of the Mine/ Washery Status Category of mine for EC

XVII

Begunia Colliery UG Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria West Colliery UG Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria Colliery* UG (to be amalgamated in proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)


Damagoria Colliery * OC (to be amalgamated in proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)


seeking EC regularisation

Kalyaneshwari Opencast Project OC Proposed

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery Washery Proposed

*To be amalgamated with proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP.

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location a. Begunia UG

• Latitude • Longitude

• Survey of India Topo sheet number

• Elevation above Mean Sea Level

• Total mining lease area (in ha.)

b. Victoria West UG Latitude

• Longitude



• Total mining lease area (in ha.) C Kalyaneshwari OCP Latitude

• Longitude



• Total mining lease area (in ha.)

73 I / 14

23043'25.22"N to 23043'57.88" N

86048'9.99"E to 860 49' 48.91"E

102 m

306.00 Ha

73 I / 14

23044’0.89” N to 23044'43.85" N

86048'30.06" E to 860 50' 1.77" E

102 m

310.00 Ha

10,11,13 & 14 (RF – 1:4000)

23043’49.97”N to 23046'12.56" N 23044’53.37”N to 23044’44.30”N

86052'31.72"E to 860 51’4.62”E 86052'50.98"E to 860 50’12.22”E

126m to 146m

1212.43 Ha


(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

• Flat Yes No

• Undulated Yes No

• Hilly Yes No 2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in Ha)

(a)

Agricultural

:

60.60

(b) Forest : 0.0

(c) Waste land / Govt. Land : 72.34

(d) Grazing land : 447.87

(e) Surface water bodies : 130.08

(f) Others (specify) – BCCL Land

: 1133.20

Total : 1844.09

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years.

(a) Severity (Richter Scale) : The ML area falls in Seismic Zone –III (b) Impact i.e. Damage to

• Life Yes No

• Property Yes No

• Existing mine Yes No

`.

--

--

--


4. Break-up of mining project area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan:

Purpose

Mining Lease Area Area Acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Total Government Private Total Goverment Private Total

Forest Land

Other Govt. Land

BCCL Land

Agri. Land

Other Land

Forest Land

Other Govt. Land

BCCL Land

Agri. Land

Other Land

Forest

Land

Other Govt. Land

BCCL Land

Agri. Land

Other Land

1. Area to be excavated 6.08 326.99 68.63 401.70 326.99 326.99 6.08 68.63 74.71

2. Storage of Top Soil 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 3. Overburden /Dumps 1.40 86.22 379.24 466.86 86.22 86.22 1.40 379.24 380.64 4. Mineral Storage 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

5. Infrastructure (workshop, Administrative Building ) 27.20 27.20 27.20 27.20

6. Roads

64.86

64.86

64.86*

64.86

7.Railways

8. Green Belt 24.78 24.78 24.78 24.78

9.Water Body 130.08 130.08 130.08 130.08

10. Effluent treatment plant

Included in item no.5

11.Coal handling plant / mineral separation plant 15.66 15.66 15.66 15.66 12.Township area/Homestead Land 197.91 197.91 197.91 197.91

13 Barren Land 447.13 447.13 447.13 447.13 14. Others (agricultural area etc.) 60.6 60.60 60.60

TOTAL 72.34 1263.28 60.6 447.87 1844.09 64.86 1263.28 1328.1

4 7.48 60.6 447.87 515.95 *Government land not required to be acquired, to be used for transportation.


5. Township (outside mining lease): (a) Total area (in ha.)

(b) No. of dwelling units

(c) Distance from mine site

Note:- i) 492 nos.quarters of Victoria West Colony lies within the mine lease boundary of Victoria West Colliery. ii) 249 nos. quarters of Begunia Colony lies within the mine lease boundary of Begunia Colliery. iii) 608 nos. quarters of Damagoria Colony lies at a distance of about 500m from mine lease boundary of Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP. iv) No separate residential colony is proposed for Kalyaneshwari OCP.

6. Distance of water bodies ( in km) Distance from River Bank* / Jore Other Water bodies* Sea / Creek / Lake

/ Nalla etc. (Specity) Mining lease boundary

Barakar River (adjacent to cluster boundary)

Maithon Dam( about 6 km)

Ancillary facilities --do-- --do-- [ * From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) : Not applicable

Whether the mineral to be mined is Yes No

of rare nature and not available outside CRZ?

If yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duty

demarcated by one of the authorized agencies * [ * Director, Space Application Centre,

Ahmedabad; Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Triruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote

Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs,

Kolkata: Naval Hydrographers’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography,

Panjim, Goa: and National institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease

area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the

project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand

dunes, mangroves, forest land / patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the

project area.

197.91

1349

0.5 to 1 Km


8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km).

Sl. No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from (in km.)

Core* Zone Buffer* Zone

1 National Park / Sanctuary NIL Not Applicable Not Applicable

2 Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve

NIL Not Applicable Not Applicable

3 Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Dry deciduous scrub

forest -- Exists

4 Habitat for migratory birds NIL Not Applicable Not Applicable

5 Corridor for aninals of schedule I & II of the Wildlife (Protection Act, 1972.


6 Archaeological sites • Notified • Others


7 Defence Installation NIL Not Applicable Not Applicable

8 Industries / Thermal Power Plants Maithon Hydro Power

Plant of DVC Maithon Power Plant

About 6 – 9 km from core zone

Exists in buffer zone

9 Other Mines Banjimarhi Colliery of

ECL & Ramnagar Colliery of SAIL

Adjacent to cluster boundary

Exists in buffer zone

10 Airport No airport Not Applicable Not Applicable

11 Railway Lines Grand chord Rly Line (E.C.RLY)

Adjacent to cluster boundary

Not Applicable

12 National / State Highways NH - 2 Passes through

Cluster boundary. Not Applicable

[ * Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone ].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.*

[*Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an expert in the field / credible scientific Institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to be based on field survey.].

Source: Field Study (for flora & fauna) for Cluster XVII group of mines was done by VRDS

consultants. The study was conducted during January, 2016 to March, 2016.

Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone A.1. Agricultural crops Table 3.57 in Chapter III Table 3.62 in Chapter III 2. Commerical crops Table 3.58 in Chapter III Table 3.63 in Chapter III 3. Plantation Table 3.59 in Chapter III Table 3.64 in Chapter III

4. Natural vegetation / forest type

Dry deciduous Scrub vegetation.

Dry deciduous Scrub vegetation as mentioned in Table 3.65 in Chapter III

5. Grass lands Table 3.60 in Chapter III Table 3.66 in Chapter III 6. Endangered species Nil Nil 7. Endemic species Nil Nil


Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone

8. Others (specify) (Type of trees)

Aquatic flora given in Table 3.61 in Chapter-III

Aquatic flora in Barakar river, streams and rivulets as mentioned in Table 3.67

B. Fauna 1. Total listing of faunal

elements Table no.3.68 & 3.69 in

Chapter 3 Table no.3.70 & 3.71 in

Chapter 3 2. Endangered species Nil Nil 3. Endemic species Nil Nil 4. Migratory species Nil Nil 5. Details of aquatic

fauna, if applicable Fishes , Crustaceans, Mollusc Fishes , Crustaceans, Mollusc

The details of flora and fauna are are given in Chapter – III of EIA / EMP.

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approval Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tonnes)

(a) Proved : 136.62

(b) Indicated : ---

(c) Inferred : ---

(d) Mineable reserves : 122.96

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area.

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of (i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No (e) Source of data (Indicate)

Geological Report / Project Report


12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes/annum)

: 4.0 Mty (Peak – 5.2 Mty)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

: Begunia Colliery – Inoperative/non producing Victoria west Colliery – Inoperative/non producing Kalyaneshwari OCP – 39 Years Kalyaneshwari Washery – 31 Years (Begunia and Victoria West Colliery are mines of Pre-nationalisation period)

(c) Lease period (Years) : 30 years

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D/M/Y) : 03.10.2048

(e) Indicate in case of existing mine

: This Cluster of Mines were taken over by BCCL from private mine owners after nationalization through Coal Mines Nationalisation Act, 1972-73. The status and category of mine for EC are given below.

Cluster No.

Name of the Mine/ Washery Status Category of mine for EC

XVII

Begunia Colliery UG Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria West Colliery UG Inoperative seeking EC

regularisation

Victoria Colliery* UG(to be amalgamated in proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)


Damagoria Colliery * OC (to be amalgamated in proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP)

Operative under implementation of Master

Plan seeking EC regularisation

Kalyaneshwari Opencast Project

OC Proposed

Kalyaneshwari Coal Washery Washery Proposed

i.

Date of opening of mine

:

This Cluster of Mines were taken over by BCCL from private mine owners after nationalization through Coal Mines Nationalisation Act, 1972-73.

Production fig. of Cluster XVII Year Production(Te.) Year Production(Te.) 2013-14 1546887.00 2018-19 4000000* 2014-15 1048433.00 2019-20 4000000*

2015-16 2557413.00 2020-21 4000000*

2016-17 2141770.00 2021-22 4000000*

2017-18 1380834.00 2023-24 4000000*

*Subject to grant of EC. Peak production of 5.2 MTPA may be achieved by favourable geo-mining conditions and better utilization of resources

ii. Production in the last 5 years

:

iii. Projected production for the next 5 years

:

iv. Whether mining was suspended after opening of the mine ?

: There was no production from Damagoria Colliery of Cluster XVII during 2010-11 and 2011-12 because it was allocated to WBPDCL by MoC. Production from Damagoria mines resumed from 2012-13 after it was re-allocated to CIL/BCCL in 2011-12. Production during 2009-10 from Damagoria Colliery was 28028.00 Te.

If yes, details thereof including last production figure and reason for the same

:

(f) Whether plans & sections provided ?

: Yes


13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast

Manual

Underground

Semi-mechanised

Both

Mechanised

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing (a) Existing

(b) Additional

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to overburden in m3)

: 3.41

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl) : 270.00

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of existing mine (in m bgl)

: Not Applicable

(iv) Thickness of topsoil (in m) ▪ Minimum ▪ Maximum ▪ Average

: : :

0.20 0.30 0.25

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m) ▪ Minimum ▪ Maximum ▪ Average

: : :

3 - 5 20 12 - 15

(vi) Mining Plan ▪ Height and width of the bench in overburden /

waste. ▪ Height and width of the bench in orebody / coal

seam (Surface Miner)

: :

Height Width

14m 30m

Height Width

12m 30m

None

Kalyaneshwari Washery (Proposed)

---

---

---

---


▪ Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal/ ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine.

▪ Whether transverse sections across the open-

cast mine at the end of fifth year and at the end of the life of the mine have been submitted ?

: :

Working bench slope angle, Coal - 70o Working bench slope angle, OB-70o Overall pit slope at the closure of mine - 37o Submitted (Plate No.- 25)

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted : Controlled Deep Hole Blasting

(b) Underground mines : Begunia Colliery – Inoperative/non producing Victoria west Colliery – Inoperative/non producing

(i) Seam/ore body : Min.Depth (m)

Max. Depth (m)

Avg. thicknes(m)

Rate of dip in degree

Direction of dip

Not applicable →

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine

▪ Shaft ▪ Adit ▪ Incline

: : :

Not applicable

(iii) Details of machinery

▪ On surface ▪ At face ▪ For transportation ▪ Others

: : : :

Not applicable

(iv)

Method of stoping (metalliferous mines)

▪ Open ▪ Filled ▪ Shrinkage ▪ Caving ▪ Combination of above ▪ Others (specify)

: : : : : :

Not applicable

(v) Extraction method


▪ Caving ▪ Stowing ▪ Partial extraction

: : :

Not applicable

(vi) Subsidence

▪ Predicted max. subsidence (in m) ▪ Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m) ▪ Max. slope change (in mm/m) ▪ Whether identified possible subsidence

area (s) superimposed on Surface Plan has been submitted ?

▪ Major impacts on surface features like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest, etc.

▪ Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control)

: : : : : :

Not applicable

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan submitted?

: Yes (Plate No.-VII)

(b) Do you propose any modification/diversion in the existing natural drainage pattern at any stage ? if yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed route/ changes, if any i.e. realignment of river/nullah/any other water body falling within core zone and its impact.

: No

17. Embankment and / or weir construction

(a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of :

(i) Embankment for protection against flood ? : No

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine ? : No

(b) If so, provide details thereof. : Not applicable

(c) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlment around. : Not applicable

(d) Impact of weir on down-stream users of water. : Not applicable

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing : Two wheelers Light Motor Vehicles

450 30

(b) After the proposed activity : Two wheelers Light Motor Vehicles Heavy Vehicles(Tippers)

700 45 52


(c) Whether the existing road network is adequate? If no, provide details of alternative proposal ?

: Yes

19. Loading, transporation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface :

(a) Manual : No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. : No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers/trucks : Yes (shovel, dozer, dumper and tippers)

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) : Yes (belt conveyors)

(e) Others (specify) :

20. Mineral(s) transporation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road : 1576 10 10-12 km

(b) Rail : 14181 90 (Depends upon

(c) Conveyors : --- --- linkage)

(d) Ropeway : --- ---

(e) Waterways : --- ---

(f) Pipeline : --- ---

(g) Others (specify) : --- ---

Total : 15757 100

21. Baseline meteorological & air quality data

(a) Micro-meteorological data [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N,NNE,NE,----- )

based on 24-hourly data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.

• Day time : Not Applicable

• Night time : Not Applicable

• 24-hours period : Start – (i) Date : 01/01/2016 End (i) Date : 31/03/2016 (ii) Time: 00:00 hrs (ii) Time: 23:00 hrs.


N


(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month

Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (K) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall$ (mm) Cloud Cover@ (Octas of the

sky)

Mean Max % of Calm Mean

(Dry Bulb) Highest Lowest

Mean

Highest

Lowest

Total 24 hrs

Highest No. of Rainy

Days Mean

Jan/ 2016 1.32 2.9

42.81

292.23 303.4 281.1 49.26 73 30 22.5 18.0 3 0.92

Feb’ 2016 1.20 3.7 296.97 306.9 285.9 47.63 70 28 39.9 14.0 6 1.30

Mar’ 2016 1.34 8.3 302.88 313.6 290.3 41.88 67 21 27.7 12.7 6 1.22

$ 24 hrs rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs IST of the day. $ Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs rainfall is ≥ 2.5 mm. @ Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meterological station from which climatological data obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any.

: Micro-metorological station was set up by PDIL at Damagoria Project office to collect baseline micro-meteorological data.

(b) Ambient air quality data * (RPM, SPM, SO2, NOx and Heavy Metals)

[ *Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21(a) (i)] [* Frequency of sampling : Sapmling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24-hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period]. (i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out. : Postwinter, Period - Jan ‘16 to Mar ‘16 (ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station. : 24


PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX Name of monitoring equipment used

RDS Sampler fitted with a cyclone separator

Fine Dust Sampler

RDS with gaseous sampling attachment

and spectrophotometer

RDS with gaseous sampling attachment

and spectrophotometer

Equipment sensivity AS per IS:5182 (Part-IV)-1973

USEPA’S Quality Assurance Guideline

Documents 2.12 IS: 5182 (Part-V) IS: 5182 (Part-V)

Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB)

( g/m3)

Residential 100 60 80 80 Industrial 100 60 80 80

Sensitive 100 60 80 80

Monitoring Location

No. of Samples Drawn

Category* (R,I,S)

Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 98% tile

Core zone SA1

24 samples I 48.0 67.1 66.89 26.8 38.4 38.12 8.7 13.6 13.55 13.5 21.2 20.83

Core zone SA2

24 samples I 44.9 62.8 62.60 25.1 35.9 35.67 9.0 14.0 13.96 13.9 21.8 21.46

Core zone SA3

24 samples I 49.9 70.0 69.63 27.6 39.6 39.32 9.8 15.2 15.00 16.6 25.6 24.75

Core zone SA4

24 samples

I 69.8 105.8 105.71 38.4 58.9 58.62 11.8 18.9 18.87 19.7 28.3 27.56

Buffer zone SA5

24 samples

R 41.7 65.5 64.71 21.6 35.1 34.45 9.0 15.4 15.31 15.7 25.1 24.52

Buffer zone SA6

24 samples R 31.1 48.9 48.72 18.2 28.3 27.56 7.5 12.1 12.10 12.0 19.5 19.41

Buffer zone SA7

24 samples R 40.1 62.9 62.14 20.9 35.4 34.92 9.2 15.7 15.63 16.1 25.6 25.07

Buffer zone SA8

24 samples R 32.9 53.7 53.33 19.2 31.5 31.5 8.1 12.3 12.34 13.0 20.5 20.25

*All values are in µg/m3 # Annexure a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site.: ANNEXED (Plate No-11A)


AAQ Stations Sl. No.

Location Code

Name of Location Direction w.r.t Centre of

Core Zone Distance w.r.t

Project Site (km)

1. SA1 Victoria U/G Office- Core zone Core Zone

2. SA2 Victoria West U/G Office Core zone Core Zone

3. SA3 Begunia Guest House Core zone Core zone

4. SA4 Damagoria Project Office Core zone Core zone

5. SA5 Chirkunda W 0.8

6. SA6 Dendua Village NE 2.7 7. SA7 Kulti SE 1.2

8. SA8 Kalipahari Village NW 3.0

% HEAVY METAL DISTRIBUTION PATTERN IN DUST

Sl. No.

Location Name / Location Code

Lead, Pb

Mercury, Hg

Chromium, Cr

Arsenic, As

Nickel Ni

Cadmium Cd

Quartz, SiO2

Min. Max. Min. Max

. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

Max.

01. Victoria U/G Office-SA1

0.20 0.27 NT NT 0.01 0.03 NT NT 0.27 0.29 NT NT 37.5 44.5

02. Victoria West U/G Office – SA2

0.22 0.26 NT NT 0.01 0.04 NT NT 0.24 0. 28 NT NT 36.2 46.3

03. Begunia Guest House – SA3

0.22 0.27 NT NT 0.01 0.03 NT NT 0.22 0.25 NT NT 38.5 46.3

04. Damagoria Project Office – SA4

0.24 0.29 NT NT 0.01 0.04 NT NT 0.27 0. 30 NT NT 39.2 48.2

05. Chirkunda – SA5

0.16 0.24 NT NT 0.01 0.02 NT NT 0.21 0.26 NT NT 33.9 39.5

06. Dendua Village – SA6

0.14 0.19 NT NT 0.01 0.02 NT NT 0.17 0.20 NT NT 29.4 34.6

07. Kulti-SA7 0.16 0.21 NT NT 0.01 0.03 NT NT 0.21 0.24 NT NT 33.4 40.2

08. Kalipahari Village-SA8

0.17 0.22 NT NT 0.01 0.03 NT NT 0.20 0.24 NT NT 30.2 37.5

Detection Limit (in µg/ml)

0.2 2.0 0.06 2.0 0.2 0.01 -

*NT- Not Traceable


22. Stack and emission details, if any* : Not applicable 23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* : Non-point specific / fugitive emission sources from this project are:

-- Operation of coal winning and overburden removal. -- Drilling and blasting opertions -- Haul road of paved and unpaved types. -- Wind erosion from coal stock piles, benches and overburden dumps.

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid i) AERMOD version 9.4.0 size, terrain features, and input meteorological data. ii) Terrain : Rural elevated

( site specific micro-meteorological data (hourly data for one complete season i.e. January ,2016 - March, 2016) (b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise: Table: Predicted incremental PM2.5 concentration

Baseline Stations Measured PM2.5

(98th Percentile)


PM2.5 using AQIP

Predicted

absolute PM2.5

(i) (ii) (i)+(ii)

SA - 1 38.1 3.93 42.03

SA - 2 35.7 0.69 36.39

SA - 3 39.3 0.49 39.79

SA - 4 57.8 6.05 63.85

SA - 5 34.5 0.24 34.74

SA - 6 27.6 1.78 29.38

SA - 7 34.9 0.92 35.82

SA - 8 31.5 0.93 32.43 (Values in µg/cu. m)

Table: Predicted incremental PM10 concentration

Baseline Stations Measured PM10

(98th Percentile)


PM10 using AQIP Predicted absolute PM10

(i) (ii) (i)+(ii)

SA - 1 66.9 24.80 91.7

SA - 2 62.6 4.73 67.33

SA - 3 69.6 3.30 72.9

SA - 4 98.0 31.36 129.36

SA - 5 64.7 1.74 66.44

SA - 6 48.7 11.70 60.4

SA - 7 62.2 6.29 68.49

SA - 8 53.3 6.56 59.86

(Values in µg/cu. m) [* Question Number 22,23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.] [** Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]


25. Water Requirement (m3 / day)

Purpose Peak Demand (m3/day)

A. Mine site Kalyanesh-wari OCP

Begunia UG

Victoria west

Victoria UG

Damagoria OC

1.Haul road washing 350 closed for

produ-ction

closed for product-ion

to be amalgamated with Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

to be amalgamated with Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP

2.Dust suppression & CHP 120

3.Green belt 10 4.Washeries 1750 5.Workshop & HEMM 315 6.Fire service 230

9.Others (5% process & loss) 135

Total (A) 2910* Nil Nil Nil Nil

B. Township 1.Green belt No

separate domestic requireme

nt (Proposed

OCP)

125

No mine pimp-

ing

No mine pimping

120 2.Domestic 488 688

3.Other (Service Building like GM office, Guest house, Hospital, Club, School etc)

122 172

Total (B) 1715# Grand Total (A+B) 4625

(Source: *mine water of Proposed K. OCP and # from Cluster-XVII old UG workings, 2675 KLD from Barakar River through DVC for domestic use)


26. Source of Water supply*

Name of colliery Source Availability of water(m3/day)

Remarks

Begunia Colliery

Mine Water (Abandoned UG

mine water)

735 m3/day

Closed UG mine water after filtration is supplied to the nearby village/Basti Begunia, Riverside colony, Disergarh Dear colony etc.

Victoria West Colliery DVC

(Barakar River)

2675 m3/day Victoria West colony, Manberia colony etc.

Victoria Colliery DVC

(Barakar River)

Damagoria Colliery Mine Water

980 m3/day

Water after filtration is supplied to the nearby village/Basti Damagoria colony, Lal bazar etc.

Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP and Washery

Mine Water 2930 m3/day

1) Projected mine inflow water will be used for Industrial purpose of the Proposed OCP (Haul road washing, dust suppression, workshop& HEMM, Fire fighting, Greenbelt etc) around 1160 m3/day.

2) Mine water will be supplied to proposed Coal washery (1750 m3/day)

[* Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water].

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs): Not applicable

(for drinking water requirement supply from DVC is continued throughout the year)


28. Ground water potential of the study area (Mm3)

GROUNDWATER POTENTIAL DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA

(Quantity in ha.m)

(i) BARDHAMAN DISTRICT

Sl No

Net Ground Water Availability

Existing Ground Water Draft for Irrigation

Existing Ground Water Draft for Domestic and Industrial water supply

Existing Ground Water Draft for all uses

Annual Allocation For Domestic and Industrial Requirement supply upto next 25 years



1 236877.76 94059.60 9608.01 103667.61 15762.29 127055.87 44.0 %

(ii) SALANPUR BLOCK

Sl No

Block Name Net Ground Water Availability

Existing Gross Ground Water Draft for all uses

Allocation For Domestic and Industrial Requirement supply

Whether water level shows significant long term decline during



Categorization as per GEC-97

Pre- Monsoon Post-Monsoon

1 SALANPUR 1695.70 284.42 349.01 No No 1330.69 16.77% Safe

Source: Central Ground Water Board, Dynamic GWRE-2013


Groundwater Resource Estimation of the Buffer zone of the Cluster-XVII as per GEC-97

Description of items Buffer Zone 1. Stage of Groundwater Development

a. Net Groundwater Availability (Mcum) (from Table: 7.iv.5.)

65.005

b. Annual Gross Groundwater Draft (Mcum) (from Table: 7.v.2.)

10.68

c. Balance Available Annual Groundwater Recharge 54.325

d. Stage of Groundwater Development [ {(1b) / (1a)} * 100 ]

16.43%


28.1 Ground water availability :

(a) Range of water table (m bgl):

(i) Pre-monsoon ( April / May)(2017)

o Core Zone o Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November/December)(2017)

o Core Zone o Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharage (million m3 / year)

o By ground water table fluctuation method o By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through mine

Discharge (million m3 /year).

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3 / year). (e) Net annual ground water available (million m3 / year). (f) Stage of ground water development in % 28.2. Water demand (Cluster-XVII) – Competing users of the water source.

Sl. No.

Usage Present Consumption in

Million Cum/yr

Additional proposed as per local plan in Million

Cum/yr Total in MLD

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic 0.98

(DVC/Barakar River)

0.54 (Old UG pit water)

Nil Nil 0.98

(DVC/Barakar River)

0.54 (Old UG pit water)

2 Irrigation - 0.09 Nil Nil - 0.09

3 Industry - - Nil Nil - -

4 Mining - 1.06 Nil Nil - 1.06 5 Others (specify) - - - -

Total 0.98 1.69 0.98 1.69

0.45-3.37 m

0.45-9.35 m

1.15-2.00 m

1.15-5.25 m

65.005

67.60

7.95

2.73

54.325

16.43%.


29. Water quality* (a) Annex physico-chemical analysis of water at intake point** :

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge : Not applicable

i.e. complete physico-chemical analysis**

[* For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from

downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post monsoon periods and analysed.

For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for

analysis, and Direction Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’.

Table: PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l, maximum) Period: 01st Jan. 2016- 31st March. 2016 Date of Sampling: 24.03.16

Sl. No. Parameters


Limits



PHYSICAL 1 pH 7.1 7.2 6.5-8.5


3 Colour, HU < 2.0 3.0 5/15 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 5 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 6 Turbidity (NTU) 06# 05# 1/5

7 Total Suspended Solid 14 18 -

8 Total Dissolved Solids 470 625# 500/2000 CHEMICAL

1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL - 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 270# 382# 200/600 3 Chloride as Cl 68 82 250/1000 4 Sulphate as SO4 46 68 200/400 5 Nitrate as NO3 1.5 1.58 45 7 Fluoride as F <0.4 0.5 1.0/1.5 8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 298# 488# 200/600 9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 189# 302# 75/200* 10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 109 186# 30/100** 11 Sodium as Na 48.4 33.8 - 12 Potassium as K 9.1 6.4 - 13 Silica as SiO2 14 12 - 14 Iron as Fe 0.8# 0.7# 0.3

METALS 1 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 0.1/0.3 2 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 <0.01 0.05 3 Lead as Pb <0.05 <0.05 0.01 4 Zinc as Zn 0.26 0.30 5.0/15


Sl. No. Parameters


Limits



5 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 0.01 6 Copper as Cu <0.002 <0.002 0.003 7 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 0.02

8 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 0.05

9 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 0.01 OTHER


2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH NIL NIL 0.001/0.002


< 20 < 20 Absent


Table: PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES

(Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l, maximum) Period: 01st Jan. 2016- 31st March. 2016 Date of Sampling: 24.03.16

Sl. No. Parameters


Limits



PHYSICAL 1 pH 7.3 7.2 6.5-8.5


3 Colour, HU 3.0 2.0 5/15 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 5 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 6 Turbidity (NTU) 05# 04 1/5

7 Total Suspended Solid 16 12 -

8 Total Dissolved Solids 230 240 500/2000 CHEMICAL

1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL - 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 122 142 200/600

3 Chloride as Cl 30 24 250/1000 4 Sulphate as SO4 22 16 200/400

5 Nitrate as NO3 1.3 1.2 45 7 Fluoride as F 0.5 0.4 1.0/1.5 8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 98 84 200/600

9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 62 50 75/200*

10 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3

36 34 30/100**

11 Sodium as Na 37.4 45.3 - 12 Potassium as K 7.0 8.5 - 13 Silica as SiO2 13 14 - 14 Iron as Fe 0.6# 0.5# 0.3

METALS 1 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 0.1/0.3

2 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 <0.01 0.05 3 Lead as Pb <0.05 <0.05 0.01


Sl. No. Parameters


Limits



4 Zinc as Zn 0.32 0.28 5.0/15 5 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 0.01

6 Copper as Cu <0.002 <0.002 0.003 7 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 0.02

8 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 0.05

9 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 0.01 OTHERS


2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH

NIL NIL 0.001/0.002


< 20 < 20 Absent

Note: 1) *-Calcium as Ca 2) **-Magnesium as Mg 3) # - Exceeds acceptable limit Analysis was carried out in the laboratory at Project & Development India Limited, Sindri

Table:

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY (Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l)


SI. NO.

PARAMETERS


MAITHON

RESERVOIR

SW2 –BARAKAR

RIVER

SW3- DAMAGORIA

VILLAGE

POND PHYSICAL

1 pH 7.2 7.4 7.4 6.5-8.5 2 Temperature (OC) 28 28 29 * 3 Colour, HU <5 <6 <4 300 4 Odour Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. * 5 Turbidity (NTU) 06 07 04 * 6 Total Suspended Solids 14 16 14 7 Total Dissolved Solids 215 275 630 1500

CHEMICAL 1 P- Alkalinity as CaCO3 NIL NIL NIL * 2 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 130 176 400 * 3 Chloride as Cl 22 38 72 600 4 Sulphate as SO4 16 18 56 400 5 Nitrate as NO3 1.20 1.50 1.38 50 6 Fluoride as F <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 1.5 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 100 204 352 * 8 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 68 108 216 * 9 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 32 96 136 *

10 Dissolve Oxygen 2.2 5.2 6.8 4.0 11 COD 4.2 6.6 4.2 * 12 BOD (3 days at 27oC) 1.8 2.4 2.6 3.0 13 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen as N 0.46 0.52 0.48 *

14 Sodium as Na 75 40 200 * 15 Potassium as K 4.0 2.2 10 * 16 Silica as SiO2 14 12 13 *

METALS


SI. NO.

PARAMETERS


MAITHON

RESERVOIR

SW2 –BARAKAR

RIVER

SW3- DAMAGORIA

VILLAGE

POND 1 Iron as Fe 0.06 0.04 0.06 5.0

2 Manganese as Mn <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 * 3 Total Chromium as Cr <0.006 <0.006 <0.006 0.05

4 Lead as Pb <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 0.1 5 Zinc as Zn 0.16 0.12 0.12 15.0 6 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 7 Copper as Cu <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 1.5 8 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 * 9 Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.2

10 Selenium as Se <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 11. Cyanide as CN <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 12. Mercury as Hg NIL NIL NIL

OTHERS 1 Oil & Grease <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 2 Phenolic Compound as C6H5OH NIL NIL NIL 0.005


2.2 x 103 2.4 x 103 2.6 x 103 5000

Note: 1) BDL – Below Detectable Level; 2) * - Limit Not specified; 3) NT- Not Traceable Analysis was carried out in the laboratory at Project & Development India Limited, Sindri


PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE WATER DISCHARGE (Wherever not specified, characteristics are expressed in mg/l)

Period:: 01st Jan. 2016- 31st Mar. 2016 Date of Sampling: 24.03.16

SI. NO. PARAMETERS

MW

MOEF STANDARD

SCHEDULE-VI PHYSICAL

1 pH 7.6 5.5-9.0

2 Temperature (OC) 24 Te<Ts+5oC 3 Colour,HU <5 * 4 Odour Unobj. Unobjectionable 5 Turbidity (NTU) 24 *

6 Total Suspended Solids 30 100 7 Total Dissolved Solids 500 *

CHEMICAL 1 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 182 * 2 Chloride as Cl 32 * 3 Sulphate as SO4 183 * 4 Nitrate as NO3 2.24 10 5 Dissolve Phosphate as PO4 <0.05 5.0 6 Fluoride as F 0.5 2.0 7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 382 * 8 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 244 * 9 Magnesium Hardness as CaCO3 138

10 Total Residual Chlorine <0.04 1.0

11 COD 8.4 250

12 BOD (3 days at 27oC) 2.4 30

13 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen as N 1.24 100 14 Sodium as Na 18 * 15 Sulphide as S <0.01 2.0 16 Ammonical Nitrogen as N 0.56 50

HEAVY METALS 1 Iron as Fe 1.0 3.0 2 Manganese as Mn <0.05 2.0 3 Lead as Pb <0.01 0.1 4 Zinc as Zn 0.28 5.0 5 Copper as Cu 0.03 3.0 6 Nickel as Ni 0.04 3.0 7 Mercury as Hg <0.01 0.01 8 Cyanide as CN <0.1 0.2 9 Arsenic as As <0.1 0.2

10 Selenium as Se <0.02 0.05 11 Vanadium as V <0.01 0.2 12 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 2.0 13 Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6 <0.01 0.1 14 Total Chromium as Cr <0.01 2.0

OTHER 1 Oil & Grease <2.0 10 2 Phenolic Compound C6 H5 OH NIL 1.0

Note: 1) BDL – Below Detectable Level; 2) NT – Not Traceable


30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering * (a) Radius of influence (in m)

[To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula]

Project Name

Radius of influence (m)

Max Probable drawdown(m)

Proposed Kalyaneshwari OCP 200-550 m 18-50.0 m

Begunia Colliery Not affected Only accumulated GW in UG old workings/goaf are under pumping. No influence in aquifer is predicted.

Victoria West Colliery Not affected

Victoria Colliery Not affected

Damagoria Colliery Not affected

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take Yes No

Place? (Applicable to costal areas) (c) Impact on stream / take / springs : insignificant

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100m3 / day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise ( in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]. [** For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee recommendations of 1997].

31. Waste Water Management

Mine (a) Daily average discharge (MLD) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during MLD

o Lean period

o Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop : NIL

(iii) Domestic (mine site) : NA

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries : NA (Zero Discharge washery)

(v) Coal Handling Plant : NIL

(vi) Tailings pond : NIL

(vii) Other (Specify)-Excess water : 0.02 MLD

2.93

3.223


(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow Yes No. sheet for treatment process attached.

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused /

to be recycled in (i) Percentage : 99.30

(ii) m3 / day : 2910.0

(d) Point of final discharge :

Final Point Quantity discharged ( in MLD)

1.Surface (i) Agricultural land (ii) Waste land (iii) Forest land (iv) Green belt

0.02 NIL NIL NIL

2. River / nallah NIL (waste water from irrigational use) 3. Lake NIL 4. Sea NIL 5. Others (specify) NIL

Total 0.02 MLD


(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No.

(iv) Industry Yes No.

(v) Others (Specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / : Not Applicable will be discharged (cumecs) (i) Average flow rate --

(ii) Lean season flow rate --

(iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes Upstream and 100 meters downstream Of discharge point submitted.

Township

(a) Waste water generation from township (m3/day) (avg.)

: 2800

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage treatment plant?

: Soak pit provided

(c) Usage of treated water : Not Applicable.

Green belt development

Provided up stream & down stream river water

analysis report.


32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

33. Ambient noise level dB(A) leq

Summary of noise level data generated during (01st January ,2016 to 31st March, 2016) are given below:

Station Code

Monitoring Station Average Leq value in dB (A)

Remark Day Night

Core Zone

SN1 Victoria UG office 54.1 44.9 Industrial &

Commercial Area

SN2 Victoria West UG

office 54.5 44.3

Industrial & Commercial Area

SN3 Begunia Guest House 50.9 43.4 Industrial &

Commercial Area

SN4 Damagoria Project

Office 60.0 48.4

Industrial & Commercial Area

Central Pollution Control Board Standard (Commercial Area)

65.0 55.0

Buffer Zone

SN5 Chirkunda 49.6 43.6 Residential Area

SN6 Dendua Village 48.1 42.6 Residential Area

SN7 Kulti 48.8 42.6 Residential Area

SN8 Kalipahari Village 48.4 43.1 Residential Area

Central Pollution Control Board Standard (Residential Area)

55.0 45.0


34. Solid Waste (a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality :

Name (Lump/ fines/ slurry/ Sludge/ Others

Composition Quantity (M. Cum.)

Method of disposal

Mining activity* a. Top soil b. Over burden c. Others (specify)

Sandy clay & Sandy loam Fine to coarse grained Sand , gray shale, Carbonecous shale , rock and some alluvium material i)Suspended solid from Mine water ii) Oil & grease from workshop effluent

0.90

417.83 -

Topsoil will be concurrently and progressively used/ carpeted over the technically reclaimed area. Overburden will be dumped internally & externally. Then the dumps will be re-claimed both technically and biologically. i)Collected at settling pond & used as filling material. ii) Disposal through auction to authorized reprocessors.

Effluent Treatment Plant (Sludge)

Domestic sewage, Oily Sludge

- Soak pit , Land filling.

Total 418.73 [* Annex layout plan indicating dump sites] - Plate No.-– 2 & 16

(b) (i) Does waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/ : radioactive materials or heavy metals? Overburden generated during mining operation does not contain any hazardous

subtance. However, the batteries used in HEMM, the oily sludge, etc. from the workshop contain hazardous substances.

(ii) If yes, whether details and precautionary measures provided? : Yes.

The details of hazardous wastes from the project and pre-cautionary measures provided are given below :

Sl. No. Waste description Method of disposal/precautionary measures

1.

2.

Used oil Oil & grease

Used oil will be stored in drums in store for disposal through auction to the authorised re-processors or to be used as lubricant in the UG mines of other areas.

3. Oily sludge To be disposed in the impervious layer lined pit.

4. Filter & filter materials

5. Used batteries To be stored safely for auction to authorised reprocessors.

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities : Used oil will be used as lubricants

in U/G mines and also dispposed off through auction.

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste : The hazardous waste like used

batteries will be disposed through auction to battery makers


(authorised reprocessors). Non-hazardous solid wastes like topsoil and overburden material will be used for reclaiming the decoaled area of this project progressively.

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? : Yes (ii) If yes, when do you propose to start backfilling. : Backfilling will start from 17th year from start of the Project.

(in million m3)

Solid waste(s) Already

accumulated (A)

To be generated (B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Overburden (including topsoil)

Nil

418.73 - 100 % (During post

closure period)

Others (specify) - - - - Land reclamation Plan

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate (i) Associated environmental problems : Fugitive dust emission, slope failure and siltation of water body. (ii) Number & type of waste dumps :

▪ No. of external dumps : 2 ▪ Max. projected height of dumps (in m) : 120 m

▪ No. of terraces & height of each stage : 4 and 30 m.

▪ Overall slope of the dump (degree) : 20-220 ▪ Proposed reclamation measures : Details given in Chapter IV

(iii) Section of waste dump in relation to the : Yes, adjacent ground profile attatched (Plate no. 22).

35. Fuel/Energy requirements* [* To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25ha or captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (Peak) (in MkWh/annum)

Sl. No.

Mine Site Township and other common services

Others (specify)

Total

1. Present -- 4.33 -- 4.33

2. Proposed 52.02 --

--

52.02

Total 52.02 4.33 -- 56.35


(b) Source of power : From 220/132/33 kV Kalyaneshwari substation of DVC (in MkWh/annum)

Sl.No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1. Present 4.33 Nil Nil

2. Proposed 52.02 Nil Nil

Total 56.35 Nil Nil

[ * Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority.]

(c) Details of fuels

Sl. No.

Fuel Daily Consumption (Kl/day) Calorific value

(k cal/kg) % Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1. HSD -- 47.18 (avg.) Kl/day

10670 - 0.20

2. LSHS -- Nil Not available →

3. Others (specify) -- Nil

36. Storage of inflammable/explosive materials

Sl. No.

Name Number of storages Consumption (in TPD) (avg.)

Maximum quantity at any point of time (in TPD)

1. Fuels From fuel delivery station 47.18 Kl/day 64.70 Kl/day

2. Explosives$ One main magazine 14590 kg/day 20011 kg/day $ Site Mixed Slurry will be used.

37. Human Settlement

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Population* - 657658

No. of villages 5 179

Number of households - 124728

[*As per 2011 census record or actual survey]

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan*

[ * Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced, other wise a summary plan].

Details of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan is given in Chapter-X.


(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages Number Name

Core Zone 5

Manberia, Victoria West, Begunia, Victoria Colliery,

Damagoria Colliery

500 m from the blasting site (s) 7

Salanpur, Lal Bazar, Lachhanpur,

Syaldih, Buldih, Banjamari, Indakata

Buffer zone 179

Sarkuri, Banskatia, Hadla, Maheshpur,

Gopalpur, etc. Detailed list given

in Chapter-III

Township site 3

Damagoria Colony, Victoria West Colony and

Begunia Colony b) Detail of Villages in Core Zone:

S.No. Village name Population* Average Annual

Income ST Others 1 Manberia 20 902 42000 2 Victoria West 0 513 46000 5 Damgoria Colliery 4 227 48000

Data given in above table is as per household sample survey conducted.

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees: Details are given below

Population to be rehabilitated under the Master Plan (for Cluster XVII)

It may be noted that the above mentioned families will be resettled and rehabilitated for their

safety and not for project implementation and mining of coal. Therefore they will be given R&R

Colliery Site name & no. Affected

Area (Sq.m.)

No. of Houses to be Rehabilitated

BCCL Pvt. Ench

r Oth. Total


375299 61 2093 0 18 2172

Victoria West Baltoria/O2 81656 176 57 0 0 233

Victoria West Barakar Town /O3 239416 0 14 0 0 14

Victoria West Jhanakpura/O4 71270 0 286 0 2 288

Victoria West Jhewri Mohalla/O6 30491 0 71 0 51 122

Victoria West Karimdanga/O7 48382 0 143 0 1 144

Victoria West Pahalsadarga /O5 15235 0 29 0 0 29

Victoria Heslok Pit Area/O1 20806 23 0 0 0 23

TOTAL 8 882555 260 2693 0 72 3025


package as per Master Plan and hence no employment will be offered for any rehabilitation to

them.






Total: 1123 nos

(23 nos. covered under Master Plan, so balance considered for Kalyaneshwari OCP – 1100 nos.)

(Authorized private houses and authorized other structures are to rehabilitated from Muchi Para, Kora Para, Tetul Dhawra, Bindu Dhawra, Samaj Dhawra and Borira locations.) Job provision has been made for 512 nos of person (As per PR).

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalized? : Yes

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are : Basic civic amenities like road network, colony proposed to be resettled & facilities power, water supply, drainage system, clubs recreational existing / to be created etc.will be provided at the rehabilitation site. . .

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package. : Rs. 28982.29 lakhs for rehabilitation under Master Plan & Rs. 40568.32 lakhs (AS per PR) for proposed rehabilitation for Kalyaneshwari OCP

(iii) Agency / Authority responsible for their resettlement: Jharia Rehabilitation Development Authority, Dhanbad for rehabilitation under Master Plan and BCCL for rehabilitation of PAPs.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement : It would start before of Project Affected People (PAP). commencement of the Project.

(v) Period in which resettlement of PAP will be : As per timeframe of Master over. Plan and project schedule.

39. Lease –wise plantation details.

(a) Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

1. Area broken up

2. To be broken up

3. Area not to be broken up

(b) Township area (in ha.)

Nil Nil

Nil

1442.39

197.91 197.91

401.70


(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dump Road Township Others i) Existing 24.78 ii) Proposed 104.85 658.22 30.46 95.73

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed :

(i) Existing

o When plantation was started? : Month /year

No. of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha. )

Native species 2500

Survival rate % : -- 80% Avg. height: -- 7-10 m

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number saplings (per ha. )

Species Recommended by DRI Dehradun for ecological restoraion

2500

The plantation programme has been proposed and a total of 2223150 saplings will be planted in

a total area of 889.26 Ha. 40 Environmental health and safety

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated?

: Slope failure in mine pit, external & internal OB dumps, fire, mine inundation, accidents and health hazards like silicosis, pneumoconiosis, etc., are anticipated.

(b) What provisions have been made/ proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

: Given in Chapter-II & VII, EIA & EMP report.

(c) In case of an existing mine Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status of the workers under the Mines Act annexed.

:

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

▪ Free silica :

▪ Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

▪ Lead**

: :

Not applicable

[* Only for Chromite mines] [** Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable

: Not applicable

Pre-Nationalisation period mines


41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures.

Sl. No. Environmental issues Proposed 1 Air pollution 1. At the points of dust generation, water sprinkling / spraying will be

done. 2. Greenery will be developed in and around the project area. 3. Plantation will be done on external dump and reclaimed area.

2 Water Pollution 1. Garland drains will be made around the periphery of the quarry. Garland drains around the stockpiles and other process areas to collect and carry the contaminated water to treatment/settling pond shall be provided. 2. Entire domestic effluent will be treated in septic tanks and soaked into soak pits. 3. Industrial water will be put into a closed circuit. 4. Properly designed system to collect and divert the storm water shall be provided






3. The noise absorbing pads at foundations will be provided. 4. Green belt has been proposed to prevent the propagation of

sound and also to dampening its intensity. 5 Solid waste Internal dumping will be carried out in the de-coaled area along with

the mining operation.




9 Ground vibration Controlled Blasting will be practiced to minimize the ground vibration after ground vibration study.


Sl. No. Environmental issues Proposed 10 Wild life conservation Not Applicable

11 Forest protection Not Applicable 12 Others (specify) --

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (for existing units) : Not applicable (a) Status of the compliance of conditions of Yes No.

Environmental clearance issued by MOEF, If any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to Yes No Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed.

(c) Latest ‘environmental statement’ enclosed. Yes No 43. Scoping of EIA. Whether environmental impact assessment Yes No. Of the project has been carried out by following Scoping process? If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed. Yes No.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? : Yes

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine closure plan. : Yes, ‘Progressive Mine Closure Plan’ given in Chapter – IV, EIA / EMP report .

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for implementing the same (in Rs. Lakh)

: Total Mine Closure cost – Rs.30125.987 lakhs (as per latest guidelines).

45. Capital cost of the project : Rs 2563.74 Crores (Based on latest estimate) (Total cost with washery) 46. Cost of environmental protection measures.*





HEMM for Reclamation --- 1 Dozer 320 HP (4 nos. reqd.) 791.86 2 Hydraulic Shovel with BH (1.5 Cum) 92.50 3 Tipper 8 cu. m ( 6 nos. required) 94.65 4 Others (F. Engine & Assemblies, Contingency, etc.) 98.98 SUB-TOTAL 1077.99





Name of the Project : CLUSTER-XVII Group of Mines 2 50 m Fog canon - for dust suppression (02 Nos.) 120.00 3 Development of green belt 15.00 4 Oil & Grease trap 50.00 5 Garland Drain 50.00 6 Fire Fighting arrangement 75.00 7 Provision for Arboriculture 30.00

SUB-TOTAL 1018.94

III OTHER PROVISIONS (on LS basis) 1 Base line data generation and monitoring works 15.00 2 EMP Report 50.00 3 Env. Lab Van 16.00 4 Rainwater Harvesting System 40.00 5 Sedimentation Pond 30.00 SUB-TOTAL 151.00

IV ABSTRACT OF FINANCIAL IMPACT (A) - CAPITAL

1 Cost of restoration 1077.99 2 Cost of Anti-pollution measures in mine & Industrial area 1018.94 3 Other provisions 151.00 TOTAL CAPITAL 2247.94

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans. – Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Fund for CSR will be allocated based on 2% of the average net profit of the company for the

three immediate preceding financial years or Rs. 2.00 per tonne of coal production of the

previous year whichever is higher.

48. Public Hearing (a) Date of Advertisement

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present

21.03.2018

Ei Samay (Bangla Daily), Times of India (English Daily)

Chairman: Sri Somnath Dutta (Dy. Magistrate & Dy. Collector) Dist.- Paschim Bardhaman Members: Mr.Shouvik Ganguly (Astt. Env. Engineer, WBSPCB) Mr. M. Barai (Astt. Env. Engineer, WBSPCB)

MDH. Tabassum Ara Dy. Mayor (AMC)

27/04/2018